Вы находитесь на странице: 1из 165

DIVISION

FINISHES
MANUFACTURERS
PRODUCT
GUIDE

GUIDE SPECIFICATIONS

RESOURCES

Conwed Designscape | Wall Technology


Sound Absorptive Wall Panels
Foundations Acoustical Wall Panels
Rebound Panels
Resist Acoustical Panels
Respond A Series (A100/A200/A300/A400) Acoustical Panels
Respond IR Series (IR108/IR308/IR408) Acoustical Panels
Respond TK/AC Acoustical Panels
Sound Absorptive Ceilings
Access Ceiling System
Foundations Acoustical Ceiling Panels
Gridlock Acoustical Ceiling Panels
New Dimensions Acoustical Ceiling Panels
Sound Absorptive Clouds
Respond Curved Reflective Ceiling Clouds
Respond Reflector Ceiling Clouds, Flat
Skyway Ceiling Clouds Type 1
Skyway Ceiling Clouds Type II
Sound Absorptive Specialty Products
Loaded Vinyl Acoustical Panels
Low Frequency Tuner
Metro Rebound Panels
Reflective Wall Panels
Urban Forest
Wedge Wall Panels
Sound Absorptive Diffusers
Omni Plane Diffuser Panel
Respond Diffusers: Barrel and Pyramidal
Sound Absorptive Baffles
Respond Baffles: Fold-Up and Back-to-Back
SelectSound
SelectSound Black Acoustic Board
SelectSound Black Acoustic Blanket
Eurospan Stretch System
Eurospan Ceiling System
Eurospan Classic Ceiling System
Eurospan EOS Ceiling System
Eurospan Translucence Ceiling System
Eurospan Wall System
Eurospan Acoustical Wall System
Acoustic Insulation
QuietZone Acoustic Batts with PureFiber Technology

Conwed Designscape | Wall Technology


Sound Absorptive Wall Panels Product Data Sheets
Foundations Acoustical Wall Panels
Rebound Panels
Resist Acoustical Panels
Respond A Series (A100/A200/A300/A400) Acoustical Panels
Respond IR Series (IR108/IR308/IR408) Acoustical Panels
Respond TK/AC Acoustical Panels
Sound Absorptive Ceilings Product Data Sheets
Access Ceiling System
Foundations Acoustical Ceiling Panels
Gridlock Acoustical Ceiling Panels
New Dimensions Acoustical Ceiling Panels
Sound Absorptive Clouds Product Data Sheets
Respond Curved Reflective Ceiling Clouds
Respond Reflector Ceiling Clouds, Flat
Skyway Ceiling Clouds Type 1
Skyway Ceiling Clouds Type II
Sound Absorptive Specialty Product Data Sheets
Loaded Vinyl Acoustical Panels
Low Frequency Tuner
Metro Rebound Panels
Reflective Wall Panels
Urban Forest
Wedge Wall Panels
Sound Absorptive Diffusers Product Data Sheets
Omni Plane Diffuser Panel
Respond Diffusers: Barrel and Pyramidal
Sound Absorptive Baffles Product Data Sheets
Respond Baffles: Fold-Up and Back-to-Back

TABLE OF CONTENTS

RESOURCES

TECHNICAL SERVICES

Conwed Designscape | Wall Technology


Installation Guidelines
Access Ceiling System
Gridlock Acoustical Ceiling Panels
Impaling Clip/Adhesive
Impaling Clip with Resin Spots
Respond Baffles
Respond Diffusers
Splines: Wall and Ceiling
Wall Panels Adhesive, No Resin
Z-Bar with Hook and Loop
Z-Bar to Z-Bar
Z-Clip to Z-Bar
Z-Clip to Double Wall Brackets
Limited Warranty
Wall and Ceiling Panels Warranty
Cleaning and Maintenance
General Cleaning and Maintenance Guide
SelectSound
SelectSound Black Acoustic Board Product Data Sheet
SelectSound Black Acoustic Blanket Product Data Sheet
Eurospan Stretch System
Eurospan Ceiling System
Eurospan Classic Ceiling System Product Data Sheet
Eurospan Classic Ceiling System Typical Details
Eurospan Classic Fabric Maintenance and Cleaning Guide
Eurospan EOS Ceiling System Product Data Sheet
Eurospan EOS Fabric Maintenance and Cleaning Guide
Eurospan Wall System
Eurospan Wall System Product Data Sheet
Eurospan Wall System Typical Details
Eurospan Wall Fabric Maintenance and Cleaning Guide
Plaster & Gypsum Board Accessories

For technical questions, please call 1-800-GET-PINK or


1-800-438-7465. Our Technical Service Department is available
to assist Monday through Friday from 8 a.m. 5 p.m. EST.

HOW TO ORDER LITERATURE


If you need to order literature, please refer to the publication
number associated with a particular publication. If applicable,
these publication numbers can be found at the bottom of the
document near the copyright information. To place an order,
call Owens Corning Customer Response Center at
1-800-GET-PINK or 1-800-438-7465.

Quietzone Noise Control Batts Product Data Sheet


QuietZone Acoustic Sealant Product Data Sheet
QuietZone Acoustic Wall Framing Product Data Sheet
Acoustic Underlayment
QuietZone Acoustic Floor Mat Product Data Sheet
Acoustic Insulation
EcoTouch Sound Attenuation Batts (SAB) with
PureFiber Technology Product Data Sheet
EcoTouch Fiberglas Insulation with PureFiber
Technology Product Data Sheet

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Foundations Acoustical Wall Panels

PROJECT ARCHITECT RESPONSIBILITY: This is a general specification guide, intended to be used by experienced construction
professionals, in conjunction with good construction practice and professional judgment. This guide is to aid in the creation of a
complete building specification that is to be fully reviewed and edited by the architect of record (specifier). Sections of this guide
should be included, edited, or omitted based on the requirements of a specific project. It is the responsibility of both the specifier and
the purchaser to determine if a product or system is suitable for its intended use. Neither Owens Corning, nor any of its subsidiary or
affiliated companies, assume any responsibility for the content of this specification guide relative to actual projects and specifically
disclaim any and all liability for any errors or omissions in design, detail, structural capability, attachment details, shop drawings or
other construction related details, whether based upon the information provided by Owens Corning or otherwise.

SECTION 098410 SOUND ABSORPTIVE WALL PANELS


PART 1 - GENERAL
1.1

SUMMARY
A.

Section Includes: Sound absorptive wall panels.

B.

Related Work: The following items are not included in this Section and are specified under the designated Sections:
1.

1.2

Section 092100 PLASTER AND GYPSUM BOARD ASSEMBLIES for plaster and gypsum board walls and
ceilings.

SUBMITTALS
A.

Product Data: Submit manufacturers product data including certified laboratory test reports and other data required to
show compliance with these specifications.

B.

Samples: Submit 11-1/2 by 11-1/2 inch samples of representative panel with factory detailed edge, and representative
samples of mounting devices.

1.3

QUALITY ASSURANCE
A.

1.4

Pre-installation Conference: Conduct conference at Project site to comply with requirements in Division 01.
DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING

A.

1.5

Project Conditions: Protect system components from excessive moisture in shipment, storage, and handling. Deliver in
unopened bundles and store in a dry place with adequate air circulation. Do not deliver material to building until wet
conditions such as concrete, plaster, paint, and adhesives have been completed and cured to a condition of equilibrium.
LIMITED WARRANTY

A.

Limited Warranty: Provide manufacturers standard limited 3-year warranty against manufacturing defects in material or
workmanship.

PART 2 - PRODUCTS
2.1

SOUND ABSORPTIVE WALL PANELS


A.

Basis-of-Design: Conwed Designscape | Wall Technology Foundations Acoustical Wall Panels

Foundations Acoustical Wall Panels

1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
8.
9.
10.
11.
12.
13.
14.
15.
16.
17.
18.
19.
20.
21.
22.
23.
24.
25.
26.
27.
28.
29.
30.
31.
32.
33.

Construction: Composite core of dimensionally stable rigid fiberglass laminated with 16 - 20 pcf molded glass
fiber and covered with a specially formulated fiberglass mat.
Core Fiberglass Density: 6 - 7 pcf.
Cores laminated with 1/8 inch thick, 16 - 20 pcf molded glass fiber.
Recycled Content: For fiberglass, 52 percent pre-consumer and 5 percent post-consumer recycled content.
Core Thickness: 7/8 inches.
Core Thickness: 1-1/8 inches.
Core Thickness: 1-5/8 inches.
Core Thickness: 2-1/8 inches.
Core Thickness: 3-1/8 inches.
Core Thickness: 4-1/8 inches.
Width: 24-48 inches and custom.
Length: 24-120 inches and custom.
Corners: Square.
Edge Profile: Square.
Edge Profile: Bevel (1/2 inch minimum).
Edge Treatment: Resin hardened.
Finishes: Acoustically transparent fiberglass mat, applied directly over face and edges of acoustical panels to
provide full finished edge.
Corners: Fully tailored.
Finish Type and Color: Soft Texture finish, white (can be field-painted).
Mounting Type: Adhesive / Resin.
Mounting Type: Impaling / Adhesive / Resin.
Mounting Type: Lay-in.
Mounting Type: Magnet.
Mounting Type: Spline.
Mounting Type: Velcro.
Mounting Type: Panel Clip to Z-Bar.
Mounting Type: Panel Clip to Double Wall Clip.
Mounting Type: Z-Bar to Z-Bar.
Mounting Type: Aluminum Z-Clip.
Mounting Type: Panel-Clip / Velcro.
Flammability (ASTM E 84): Panel components shall have a Class A rating per ASTM E 84.
Resistivity To Heat Or Cold: R-factor of 4.16 per inch of thickness.
Acoustical Performance: Values below are for panels mounted in accordance with ASTM C 423 (Type D5
Mounting) and vary by panel thickness and finish.
a.
Noise Reduction Coefficient (NRC) for 1-1/8 inch Thickness: 0.90.
b.
Noise Reduction Coefficient (NRC) for 2-1/8 inch Thickness: 1.10.

PART 3 - EXECUTION
3.1

INSTALLATION
A.

Verify wet work such as plastering and concrete is complete and dry. Verify building is enclosed and under standard
occupancy conditions (60 - 85 degrees F and not more than 70 percent relative humidity) prior to start of installation.
Commencement of installation constitutes Installers acceptance of surfaces and conditions.

B.

Install products in accordance with manufacturers written instructions and in proper relationship with adjacent
construction, including the following:
1.

C.

For adhesive installation to substrate, provide temporary support to prevent panel slippage. Note: Impaling clips
are designed to help hold panels in place until adhesive dries..

Touch-up, repair or replace damaged units until satisfactory results are obtained.

END OF SECTION

2014 Owens Corning. All Rights Reserved.

Rebound Panels

PROJECT ARCHITECT RESPONSIBILITY: This is a general specification guide, intended to be used by experienced construction
professionals, in conjunction with good construction practice and professional judgment. This guide is to aid in the creation of a
complete building specification that is to be fully reviewed and edited by the architect of record (specifier). Sections of this guide
should be included, edited, or omitted based on the requirements of a specific project. It is the responsibility of both the specifier and
the purchaser to determine if a product or system is suitable for its intended use. Neither Owens Corning, nor any of its subsidiary or
affiliated companies, assume any responsibility for the content of this specification guide relative to actual projects and specifically
disclaim any and all liability for any errors or omissions in design, detail, structural capability, attachment details, shop drawings or
other construction related details, whether based upon the information provided by Owens Corning or otherwise.

SECTION 098410 SOUND ABSORPTIVE WALL PANELS


PART 1 - GENERAL
1.1

SUMMARY
A.

Section Includes: Sound absorptive wall panels.

B.

Related Work: The following items are not included in this Section and are specified under the designated Sections:
1.

1.2

Section 092100 PLASTER AND GYPSUM BOARD ASSEMBLIES for plaster and gypsum board walls and
ceilings.

SUBMITTALS
A.

Product Data: Submit manufacturers product data including certified laboratory test reports and other data required to
show compliance with these specifications.

B.

Samples: Submit 11-1/2 by 11-1/2 inch samples of representative panel with factory detailed edge, and representative
samples of mounting devices.

1.3

QUALITY ASSURANCE
A.

1.4

Pre-installation Conference: Conduct conference at Project site to comply with requirements in Division 01.
DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING

A.

1.5

Project Conditions: Protect system components from excessive moisture in shipment, storage, and handling. Deliver in
unopened bundles and store in a dry place with adequate air circulation. Do not deliver material to building until wet
conditions such as concrete, plaster, paint, and adhesives have been completed and cured to a condition of equilibrium.
LIMITED WARRANTY

A.

Limited Warranty: Provide manufacturers standard limited 3-year warranty against manufacturing defects in material or
workmanship.

PART 2 - PRODUCTS
2.1

SOUND ABSORPTIVE WALL PANELS


A.

Basis-of-Design: Conwed Designscape | Wall Technology Rebound Panels


1.

Construction: Composite core of dimensionally stable rigid fiberglass.

Rebound Panels

2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
8.
9.
10.
11.
12.
13.
14.
15.
16.
17.
18.
19.
20.
21.
22.
23.
24.
25.
26.
27.
28.
29.
30.
31.
32.
33.

Core Fiberglass Density: 6 - 7 pcf.


Cores laminated with 1/16 inch thick, resilient perforated co-polymer face sheet.
Recycled Content: For fiberglass, 52 percent pre-consumer and 5 percent post-consumer recycled content.
Core Thickness: 1-1/16 inches.
Core Thickness: 1-9/16 inches.
Core Thickness: 2-1/16 inches.
Width: 24-48 inches and custom widths up to 53 inches.
Length: 24-120 inches and custom.
Corners: Square.
Corners: Radiused.
Edge Profile: Square.
Edge Profile: Miter for corner conditions.
Edge Treatment: Resin hardened.
Edge Treatment: Aluminum for square edge only.
Edge Treatment: High-pressure laminate, for square edge only.
Corners: Fully tailored.
Finish: Manufacturer, type and color as selected.
Mounting Type: Adhesive / Resin.
Mounting Type: Adhesive No Resin.
Mounting Type: Impaling / Adhesive.
Mounting Type: Lay-in.
Mounting Type: Magnet.
Mounting Type: Spline.
Mounting Type: Velcro.
Mounting Type: Panel Clip to Z-Bar.
Mounting Type: Panel Clip to Double Wall Clip.
Mounting Type: Z-Bar to Z-Bar.
Mounting Type: Aluminum Z-Clip.
Mounting Type: Panel-Clip / Velcro.
Flammability (ASTM E 84): Panel components shall have a Class A rating per ASTM E 84.
Resistivity To Heat Or Cold: R-factor of 4.16 per inch of thickness.
Acoustical Performance: Values below are for panels mounted in accordance with ASTM C 423 (Type D5
Mounting) and vary by panel thickness and finish.
a.
Noise Reduction Coefficient (NRC) for 1-1/16 inch Thickness: 0.85.

PART 3 - EXECUTION
3.1

INSTALLATION
A.

Verify wet work such as plastering and concrete is complete and dry. Verify building is enclosed and under standard
occupancy conditions (60 - 85 degrees F and not more than 70 percent relative humidity) prior to start of installation.
Commencement of installation constitutes Installers acceptance of surfaces and conditions.

B.

Install products in accordance with manufacturers written instructions and in proper relationship with adjacent
construction, including the following:
1.

C.

For adhesive installation to substrate, provide temporary support to prevent panel slippage. Note: Impaling clips
are designed to help hold panels in place until adhesive dries.

Touch-up, repair or replace damaged units until satisfactory results are obtained.

END OF SECTION

2014 Owens Corning. All Rights Reserved.

Resist Acoustical Panels

PROJECT ARCHITECT RESPONSIBILITY: This is a general specification guide, intended to be used by experienced construction
professionals, in conjunction with good construction practice and professional judgment. This guide is to aid in the creation of a
complete building specification that is to be fully reviewed and edited by the architect of record (specifier). Sections of this guide
should be included, edited, or omitted based on the requirements of a specific project. It is the responsibility of both the specifier and
the purchaser to determine if a product or system is suitable for its intended use. Neither Owens Corning, nor any of its subsidiary or
affiliated companies, assume any responsibility for the content of this specification guide relative to actual projects and specifically
disclaim any and all liability for any errors or omissions in design, detail, structural capability, attachment details, shop drawings or
other construction related details, whether based upon the information provided by Owens Corning or otherwise.

SECTION 098410 SOUND ABSORPTIVE WALL PANELS


PART 1 - GENERAL
1.1

SUMMARY
A.

Section Includes: Sound absorptive wall panels.

B.

Related Work: The following items are not included in this Section and are specified under the designated Sections:
1.

1.2

Section 092100 PLASTER AND GYPSUM BOARD ASSEMBLIES for plaster and gypsum board walls and
ceilings.

SUBMITTALS
A.

Product Data: Submit manufacturers product data including certified laboratory test reports and other data required to
show compliance with these specifications.

B.

Samples: Submit 11-1/2 by 11-1/2 inch samples of representative panel with factory detailed edge, and representative
samples of mounting devices.

1.3

QUALITY ASSURANCE
A.

1.4

Pre-installation Conference: Conduct conference at Project site to comply with requirements in Division 01.
DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING

A.

1.5

Project Conditions: Protect system components from excessive moisture in shipment, storage, and handling. Deliver in
unopened bundles and store in a dry place with adequate air circulation. Do not deliver material to building until wet
conditions such as concrete, plaster, paint, and adhesives have been completed and cured to a condition of equilibrium.
LIMITED WARRANTY

A.

Limited Warranty: Provide manufacturers standard limited 3-year warranty against manufacturing defects in material or
workmanship.

PART 2 - PRODUCTS
2.1

SOUND ABSORPTIVE WALL PANELS


A.

Basis-of-Design: Conwed Designscape | Wall Technology Resist Acoustical Panels.


1.

Construction: Composite core of dimensionally stable rigid fiberglass.

Resist Acoustical Panels

2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
8.
9.
10.
11.
12.
13.
14.
15.
16.
17.
18.
19.
20.
21.
22.
23.
24.
25.
26.
27.
28.
29.
30.
31.
32.

Core Fiberglass Density: 6 pcf.


Core Thickness: 1-1/8 inches.
Core Thickness: 2-1/8 inches.
Width: 24-48 inches and custom.
Length: 24-120 inches and custom.
Corners: Square.
Corners: Radiused.
Edge Profile: Square.
Edge Profile: Half-bevel.
Edge Profile: Full-bevel.
Edge Profile: Miter.
Edge Treatment: Edges un-hardened.
Edge Treatment: Resin hardened.
Corners: Fully tailored.
Finish: Manufacturer, pattern and color as selected; applied directly over face and edges of panel and returned
to back of panel to provide full finished edge; corners fully tailored.
Classic Resist Panel Finish: Whispertex Plisse fabric for nominal 1-1/8 inch and 2-1/8 inch thickness.
Mounting Type: Adhesive / Resin.
Mounting Type: Adhesive No Resin.
Mounting Type: Impaling / Adhesive.
Mounting Type: Lay-in.
Mounting Type: Magnet.
Mounting Type: Spline.
Mounting Type: Velcro.
Mounting Type: Panel Clip to Z-Bar.
Mounting Type: Panel Clip to Double Wall Clip.
Mounting Type: Z-Bar to Z-Bar.
Mounting Type: Aluminum Z-Clip.
Mounting Type: Panel Clip / Velcro.
Flammability (ASTM E 84): Panel components shall have a Class A rating per ASTM E 84.
Resistivity To Heat Or Cold: R-factor of 4.16 per inch of thickness.
Acoustical Performance: Values below are for panels mounted in accordance with ASTM C 423 (Type D5
Mounting) and vary by panel thickness and finish.
a.
Noise Reduction Coefficient (NRC) for 1-1/8 inch Thickness: 0.85.

PART 3 - EXECUTION
3.1

INSTALLATION
A.

Verify wet work such as plastering and concrete is complete and dry. Verify building is enclosed and under standard
occupancy conditions (60 - 85 degrees F and not more than 70 percent relative humidity) prior to start of installation.
Commencement of installation constitutes Installers acceptance of surfaces and conditions.

B.

Install products in accordance with manufacturers written instructions and in proper relationship with adjacent
construction, including the following:
1.

C.

For adhesive installation to substrate, provide temporary support to prevent panel slippage. Note: Impaling clips
are designed to help hold panels in place until adhesive dries..

Touch-up, repair or replace damaged units until satisfactory results are obtained.

END OF SECTION

2014 Owens Corning. All Rights Reserved.

Respond A100 Series Acoustical Panels

PROJECT ARCHITECT RESPONSIBILITY: This is a general specification guide, intended to be used by experienced construction
professionals, in conjunction with good construction practice and professional judgment. This guide is to aid in the creation of a
complete building specification that is to be fully reviewed and edited by the architect of record (specifier). Sections of this guide
should be included, edited, or omitted based on the requirements of a specific project. It is the responsibility of both the specifier
and the purchaser to determine if a product or system is suitable for its intended use. Neither Owens Corning, nor any of its subsidiary or affiliated companies, assume any responsibility for the content of this specification guide relative to actual projects and specifically disclaim any and all liability for any errors or omissions in design, detail, structural capability, attachment details, shop drawings or other construction related details, whether based upon the information provided by Owens Corning or otherwise.

SECTION 098410 SOUND ABSORPTIVE WALL PANELS


PART 1 - GENERAL
1.1

SUMMARY
A.

Section Includes: Sound absorptive wall panels.

B.

Related Work: The following items are not included in this Section and are specified under the designated Sections:
1.

1.2

Section 092100 PLASTER AND GYPSUM BOARD ASSEMBLIES for plaster and gypsum board walls and
ceilings.

SUBMITTALS
A.

Product Data: Submit manufacturers product data including certified laboratory test reports and other data required to
show compliance with these specifications.

B.

Samples: Submit 11-1/2 by 11-1/2 inch samples of representative panel with factory detailed edge, and representative
samples of mounting devices.

1.3

QUALITY ASSURANCE
A.

1.4

Pre-installation Conference: Conduct conference at Project site to comply with requirements in Division 01.
DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING

A.

1.5

Project Conditions: Protect system components from excessive moisture in shipment, storage, and handling. Deliver in
unopened bundles and store in a dry place with adequate air circulation. Do not deliver material to building until wet
conditions such as concrete, plaster, paint, and adhesives have been completed and cured to a condition of equilibrium.
LIMITED WARRANTY

A.

Limited Warranty: Provide manufacturers standard limited 3-year warranty against manufacturing defects in material or
workmanship.

PART 2 - PRODUCTS
2.1

SOUND ABSORPTIVE WALL PANELS


A.

Basis-of-Design: Conwed Designscape | Wall Technology Respond A100 Series Acoustical Panels
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
8.

Construction: Composite core of dimensionally stable rigid fiberglass.


Fiberglass Density: 6 - 7 pcf.
Recycled Content: For fiberglass, 52 percent pre-consumer and 5 percent post-consumer recycled content.
Core Thickness: 1/2 inch.
Core Thickness: 3/4 inch.
Core Thickness: 1 inch.
Core Thickness: 1-1/2 inches.
Core Thickness: 2 inches.

Respond A100 Series Acoustical Panels

9.
10.
11.
12.
13.
14.
15.
16.
17.
18.
19.
20.
21.
22.
23.
24.
25.
26.
27.
28.
29.
30.
31.
32.
33.
34.
35.
36.
37.
38.

Core Thickness: 3 inches.


Core Thickness: 4 inches.
Width: 24-48 inches.
Length: 24-120 inches.
Corners: Square.
Corners: Radiused.
Edge Profile: Square.
Edge Profile: Radius.
Edge Profile: Half-bevel.
Edge Profile: Full-bevel.
Edge Profile: Miter for corner conditions.
Edge Treatment: Resin hardened.
Edge Treatment: Aluminum for square edge only.
Edge Treatment: High-pressure laminate, for square edge only.
Fabric Finish: Manufacturer, pattern and color as selected; applied directly over face and edges of panels to
provide full finished edge, fully tailored corners.
Mounting Type: Adhesive / Resin.
Mounting Type: Adhesive No Resin.
Mounting Type: Impaling / Adhesive.
Mounting Type: Lay-in.
Mounting Type: Magnet.
Mounting Type: Spline.
Mounting Type: Velcro.
Mounting Type: Panel Clip to Z-Bar.
Mounting Type: Panel Clip to Double Wall Clip.
Mounting Type: Z-Bar to Z-Bar.
Mounting Type: Aluminum Z-Clip.
Mounting Type: Panel Clip / Velcro.
Flammability (ASTM E 84): Panel components shall have a Class A rating per ASTM E 84.
Resistivity To Heat Or Cold: R-factor of 4.16 per inch of thickness.
Acoustical Performance: Values below are for panels mounted in accordance with ASTM C 423 (Type D5
Mounting) and vary by panel thickness and finish.
a.
Noise Reduction Coefficient (NRC) for 1/2 inch thickness: 0.55.
b.
Noise Reduction Coefficient (NRC) for 3/4 inch Thickness: 0.70.
c.
Noise Reduction Coefficient (NRC) for 1 inch Thickness: 0.80.
d.
Noise Reduction Coefficient (NRC) for 1-1/2 inch Thickness: 0.95.
e.
Noise Reduction Coefficient (NRC) for 2 inch Thickness: 1.05.
f.
Noise Reduction Coefficient (NRC) for 3 inch Thickness: 1.10.

PART 3 - EXECUTION
3.1

INSTALLATION
A.

Verify wet work such as plastering and concrete is complete and dry. Verify building is enclosed and under standard
occupancy conditions (60 - 85 degrees F and not more than 70 percent relative humidity) prior to start of installation.
Commencement of installation constitutes Installers acceptance of surfaces and conditions.

B.

Install products in accordance with manufacturers written instructions and in proper relationship with adjacent
construction, including the following:
1.

C.

For adhesive installation to substrate, provide temporary support to prevent panel slippage. Note: Impaling clips
are designed to help hold panels in place until adhesive dries.

Touch-up, repair or replace damaged units until satisfactory results are obtained.

END OF SECTION
2014 Owens Corning. All Rights Reserved.

Respond IR108 Series Acoustical Panels

PROJECT ARCHITECT RESPONSIBILITY: This is a general specification guide, intended to be used by experienced construction
professionals, in conjunction with good construction practice and professional judgment. This guide is to aid in the creation of a
complete building specification that is to be fully reviewed and edited by the architect of record (specifier). Sections of this guide
should be included, edited, or omitted based on the requirements of a specific project. It is the responsibility of both the specifier and
the purchaser to determine if a product or system is suitable for its intended use. Neither Owens Corning, nor any of its subsidiary or
affiliated companies, assume any responsibility for the content of this specification guide relative to actual projects and specifically
disclaim any and all liability for any errors or omissions in design, detail, structural capability, attachment details, shop drawings or
other construction related details, whether based upon the information provided by Owens Corning or otherwise.

SECTION 098410 SOUND ABSORPTIVE WALL PANELS


PART 1 - GENERAL
1.1

SUMMARY
A.

Section Includes: Sound absorptive wall panels.

B.

Related Work: The following items are not included in this Section and are specified under the designated Sections:
1.

1.2

Section 092100 PLASTER AND GYPSUM BOARD ASSEMBLIES for plaster and gypsum board walls and
ceilings.

SUBMITTALS
A.

Product Data: Submit manufacturers product data including certified laboratory test reports and other data required to
show compliance with these specifications.

B.

Samples: Submit 11-1/2 by 11-1/2 inch samples of representative panel with factory detailed edge, and representative
samples of mounting devices.

1.3

QUALITY ASSURANCE
A.

1.4

Pre-installation Conference: Conduct conference at Project site to comply with requirements in Division 01.
DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING

A.

1.5

Project Conditions: Protect system components from excessive moisture in shipment, storage, and handling. Deliver in
unopened bundles and store in a dry place with adequate air circulation. Do not deliver material to building until wet
conditions such as concrete, plaster, paint, and adhesives have been completed and cured to a condition of equilibrium.
LIMITED WARRANTY

A.

Limited Warranty: Provide manufacturers standard limited 3-year warranty against manufacturing defects in material or
workmanship.

PART 2 - PRODUCTS
2.1

SOUND ABSORPTIVE WALL PANELS


A.

Basis-of-Design: Conwed Designscape | Wall Technology Respond IR108 Series Acoustical Panels
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
8.
9.

Construction: Composite core of dimensionally stable rigid fiberglass, laminated with impact resistant 16-20 pcf
molded glass fiber.
Core Fiberglass Density: 6 - 7 pcf.
Cores laminated with 1/8 inch layer of 16 - 20 pcf molded glass fiber.
Recycled Content: For fiberglass, 52 percent pre-consumer and 5 percent post-consumer recycled content.
Core Thickness: 5/8 inch.
Core Thickness: 7/8 inches.
Core Thickness: 1-1/8 inches.
Core Thickness: 1-5/8 inch.
Core Thickness: 2-1/8 inch.

Respond IR108 Series Acoustical Panels

10.
11.
12.
13.
14.
15.
16.
17.
18.
19.
20.
21.
22.
23.
24.
25.
26.
27.
28.
29.
30.
31.
32.
33.
34.
35.
36.
37.
38.
39.
40.
41.

Core Thickness: 3-1/8 inches.


Core Thickness: 4-1/8 inches.
Manufacturing Tolerances: Standard +/- 1/16 inch for width and length.
Width: 24-60 inches and custom.
Length: 24-120 inches and custom.
Corners: Square.
Corners: Radiused.
Edge Profile: Square.
Edge Profile: Radius.
Edge Profile: Half-bevel.
Edge Profile: Full-bevel.
Edge Profile: Miter for corner conditions.
Edge Treatment: Resin hardened.
Edge Treatment: Aluminum.
Edge Treatment: High-pressure laminate, for square edge only.
Edge Treatment: Wood.
Fabric Finish: Manufacturer, pattern and color as selected; applied directly over face and edges of panels to
provide full finished edge, fully tailored corners.
Mounting Type: Adhesive / Resin.
Mounting Type: Adhesive No Resin.
Mounting Type: Impaling / Adhesive.
Mounting Type: Lay-in.
Mounting Type: Magnet.
Mounting Type: Spline.
Mounting Type: Velcro.
Mounting Type: Panel Clip to Z-Bar.
Mounting Type: Panel Clip to Double Wall Clip.
Mounting Type: Z-Bar to Z-Bar.
Mounting Type: Aluminum Z-Clip.
Mounting Type: Panel-Clip / Velcro.
Flammability (ASTM E 84): Panel components shall have a Class A rating per ASTM E 84.
Resistivity To Heat Or Cold: R-factor of 4.16 per inch of thickness.
Acoustical Performance: Values below are for panels mounted in accordance with ASTM C 423 (Type F5
Mounting) and vary by panel thickness and finish.
a.
Noise Reduction Coefficient (NRC) for 5/8 inch Thickness: 0.70.
b.
Noise Reduction Coefficient (NRC) for 7/8 inch Thickness: 0.80.
c.
Noise Reduction Coefficient (NRC) for 1-1/8 inch Thickness: 0.90.
d.
Noise Reduction Coefficient (NRC) for 1-5/8 inch Thickness: 1.00.
e.
Noise Reduction Coefficient (NRC) for 2-1/8 inch Thickness: 1.05.
f.
Noise Reduction Coefficient (NRC) for 3-1/8 inch Thickness: 1.05.

PART 3 - EXECUTION
3.1

INSTALLATION
A.

Verify wet work such as plastering and concrete is complete and dry. Verify building is enclosed and under standard
occupancy conditions (60 - 85 degrees F and not more than 70 percent relative humidity) prior to start of installation.
Commencement of installation constitutes Installers acceptance of surfaces and conditions.

B.

Install products in accordance with manufacturers written instructions and in proper relationship with adjacent
construction, including the following:
1.

C.

For adhesive installation to substrate, provide temporary support to prevent panel slippage. Note: Impaling clips
are designed to help hold panels in place until adhesive dries.

Touch-up, repair or replace damaged units until satisfactory results are obtained.

END OF SECTION
2014 Owens Corning. All Rights Reserved.

Respond TK/AC Acoustical Panels

PROJECT ARCHITECT RESPONSIBILITY: This is a general specification guide, intended to be used by experienced construction
professionals, in conjunction with good construction practice and professional judgment. This guide is to aid in the creation of a
complete building specification that is to be fully reviewed and edited by the architect of record (specifier). Sections of this guide
should be included, edited, or omitted based on the requirements of a specific project. It is the responsibility of both the specifier and
the purchaser to determine if a product or system is suitable for its intended use. Neither Owens Corning, nor any of its subsidiary or
affiliated companies, assume any responsibility for the content of this specification guide relative to actual projects and specifically
disclaim any and all liability for any errors or omissions in design, detail, structural capability, attachment details, shop drawings or
other construction related details, whether based upon the information provided by Owens Corning or otherwise.

SECTION 098410 SOUND ABSORPTIVE WALL PANELS


PART 1 - GENERAL
1.1

SUMMARY
A.

Section Includes: Sound absorptive wall panels.

B.

Related Work: The following items are not included in this Section and are specified under the designated Sections:
1.

1.2

Section 092100 PLASTER AND GYPSUM BOARD ASSEMBLIES for plaster and gypsum board walls and
ceilings.

SUBMITTALS
A.

Product Data: Submit manufacturers product data including certified laboratory test reports and other data required to
show compliance with these specifications.

B.

Samples: Submit 11-1/2 by 11-1/2 inch samples of representative panel with factory detailed edge, and representative
samples of mounting devices.

1.3

QUALITY ASSURANCE
A.

1.4

Pre-installation Conference: Conduct conference at Project site to comply with requirements in Division 01.
DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING

A.

1.5

Project Conditions: Protect system components from excessive moisture in shipment, storage, and handling. Deliver in
unopened bundles and store in a dry place with adequate air circulation. Do not deliver material to building until wet
conditions such as concrete, plaster, paint, and adhesives have been completed and cured to a condition of equilibrium.
LIMITED WARRANTY

A.

Limited Warranty: Provide manufacturers standard limited 3-year warranty against manufacturing defects in material or
workmanship.

PART 2 - PRODUCTS
2.1

SOUND ABSORPTIVE WALL PANELS


A.

Basis-of-Design: Conwed Designscape | Wall Technology Respond TK/AC Acoustical Panels


1.

Construction: Single core of dimensionally stable mineral fiber board.

Respond TK/AC Acoustical Panels

2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
8.
9.
10.
11.
12.
13.
14.
15.
16.
17.
18.
19.
20.
21.
22.
23.
24.

Core Mineral Fiber Density: 16.8 pcf and 22 pcf.


Core Materials: Maximum 0.1 percent hygrometric expansion from 50 - 90 percent RH.
Recycled Content: For mineral fiber board, 50 percent total; 32 percent pre-consumer recycled content, 18
percent post-consumer recycled content.
Core Thickness and Density: 5/8 inch, 22 pcf.
Core Thickness and Density: 1/2 inch, 16.8 pcf.
Manufacturing Tolerances: Standard +/- 1/16 inch for width and length.
Width: 24-48 inches and custom.
Length: 24-120 inches and custom.
Edge Profile: Square.
Edge Profile: Radius.
Edge Profile: Half-bevel.
Edge Profile: Miter.
Edge Profile: Kerf.
Corners: Square.
Corners: Radiused.
Corners: Fully tailored.
Finish: Manufacturer, pattern and color as selected; applied directly over face and edges of panel and returned
to back of panel to provide full finished edge; corners fully tailored.
Mounting Type: Adhesive / Resin (perimeter adhesive).
Mounting Type: Concealed spline.
Mounting Type: Velcro.
Mounting Type: Z-Clip Plates and Wall Bars.
Flammability (ASTM E 84): Panel components shall have a Class A rating per ASTM E 84.
Acoustical Performance: Values below are for panels mounted in accordance with ASTM C 423 (Type D5
Mounting) and vary by panel thickness and finish.
a.
Noise Reduction Coefficient (NRC): Based on manufacturers typical data.

PART 3 - EXECUTION
3.1

INSTALLATION
A.

Verify wet work such as plastering and concrete is complete and dry. Verify building is enclosed and under standard
occupancy conditions (60 - 85 degrees F and not more than 70 percent relative humidity) prior to start of installation.
Commencement of installation constitutes Installers acceptance of surfaces and conditions.

B.

Install products in accordance with manufacturers written instructions and in proper relationship with adjacent
construction, including the following:
1.

C.

For adhesive installation to substrate, provide temporary support to prevent panel slippage. Note: Impaling clips
are designed to help hold panels in place until adhesive dries.

Touch-up, repair or replace damaged units until satisfactory results are obtained.

END OF SECTION

2014 Owens Corning. All Rights Reserved.

Access Ceiling System

PROJECT ARCHITECT RESPONSIBILITY: This is a general specification guide, intended to be used by experienced construction
professionals, in conjunction with good construction practice and professional judgment. This guide is to aid in the creation of a
complete building specification that is to be fully reviewed and edited by the architect of record (specifier). Sections of this guide
should be included, edited, or omitted based on the requirements of a specific project. It is the responsibility of both the specifier and
the purchaser to determine if a product or system is suitable for its intended use. Neither Owens Corning, nor any of its subsidiary or
affiliated companies, assume any responsibility for the content of this specification guide relative to actual projects and specifically
disclaim any and all liability for any errors or omissions in design, detail, structural capability, attachment details, shop drawings or
other construction related details, whether based upon the information provided by Owens Corning or otherwise.

SECTION 098410 SOUND ABSORPTIVE CEILINGS


PART 1 - GENERAL
1.1

SUMMARY
A.

Section Includes: Sound absorptive ceilings.

B.

Related Work: The following items are not included in this Section and are specified under the designated Sections:
1.

1.2

Section 092100 PLASTER AND GYPSUM BOARD ASSEMBLIES for plaster and gypsum board walls and
ceilings.

SUBMITTALS
A.

Product Data: Submit manufacturers product data including certified laboratory test reports and other data required to
show compliance with these specifications.

B.

Samples: Submit 11-1/2 by 11-1/2 inch samples of representative panel with factory detailed edge, and representative
samples of mounting devices.

1.3

QUALITY ASSURANCE
A.

1.4

Pre-installation Conference: Conduct conference at Project site to comply with requirements in Division 01.
DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING

A.

1.5

Project Conditions: Protect system components from excessive moisture in shipment, storage, and handling. Deliver in
unopened bundles and store in a dry place with adequate air circulation. Do not deliver material to building until wet
conditions such as concrete, plaster, paint, and adhesives have been completed and cured to a condition of equilibrium.
LIMITED WARRANTY

A.

Limited Warranty: Provide manufacturers standard limited 3-year warranty against manufacturing defects in material or
workmanship.

PART 2 - PRODUCTS
2.1

SOUND ABSORPTIVE CEILINGS


A.

Basis-of-Design: Conwed Designscape | Wall Technology Access Ceiling

Access Ceiling System

1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
8.
9.
10.
11.
12.
13.
14.
15.
16.
17.
18.

Core Fiberglass Density: 6 - 7 pcf.


Core laminated with 1/8 inch, 16 - 20 pcf molded glass fiber.
Recycled Content: For fiberglass, 52 percent pre-consumer and 5 percent post-consumer recycled content.
Assembly Accessories: Access or Conceil grid system.
Core Thickness: 1-1/8 inches.
Flat Panels, Width: 48-60 inches.
Flat Panels, Length: 24-144 inches.
Edge Profile: Slightly beveled to create 1/8 inch reveal.
Edge Profile: 4 inch integral returned edges.
Edge Profile: 6 inch integral returned edges.
Finish Type and Color: Soft Texture finish, white.
Finish Type and Color: Subtle Texture finish, black, over acoustically transparent membrane.
Finish Type and Color: Custom Paint Color.
Fabric Finish: _______________. (for optional fabric finish, specify manufacturer, type, pattern and color)
Mounting Type: Torsion spring mounting, extruded aluminum grid mains and V-shaped spacer bars.
Flammability (ASTM E 84): Panel components shall have a Class A rating per ASTM E 84.
Resistivity To Heat Or Cold: R-factor of 4.16 per inch of thickness.
Acoustical Performance: Values below are for panels mounted in accordance with ASTM C 423 (Type E400
Mounting) and vary by panel finish.
a.
Noise Reduction Coefficient (NRC) for 1-1/8 inch Thickness: 0.90.

PART 3 - EXECUTION
3.1

INSTALLATION
A.

Verify wet work such as plastering and concrete is complete and dry. Verify building is enclosed and under standard
occupancy conditions (60 - 85 degrees F and not more than 70 percent relative humidity) prior to start of installation.
Commencement of installation constitutes Installers acceptance of surfaces and conditions.

B.

Install products in accordance with manufacturers written instructions and in proper relationship with adjacent
construction, including the following:
1.

C.

For adhesive installation to substrate, provide temporary support to prevent panel slippage. Note: Impaling clips
are designed to help hold panels in place until adhesive dries.

Touch-up, repair or replace damaged units until satisfactory results are obtained.

END OF SECTION

2014 Owens Corning. All Rights Reserved.

Foundations Ceiling Panels

PROJECT ARCHITECT RESPONSIBILITY: This is a general specification guide, intended to be used by experienced construction
professionals, in conjunction with good construction practice and professional judgment. This guide is to aid in the creation of a
complete building specification that is to be fully reviewed and edited by the architect of record (specifier). Sections of this guide
should be included, edited, or omitted based on the requirements of a specific project. It is the responsibility of both the specifier and
the purchaser to determine if a product or system is suitable for its intended use. Neither Owens Corning, nor any of its subsidiary or
affiliated companies, assume any responsibility for the content of this specification guide relative to actual projects and specifically
disclaim any and all liability for any errors or omissions in design, detail, structural capability, attachment details, shop drawings or
other construction related details, whether based upon the information provided by Owens Corning or otherwise.

SECTION 098410 SOUND ABSORPTIVE CEILINGS


PART 1 - GENERAL
1.1

SUMMARY
A.

Section Includes: Sound absorptive ceilings.

B.

Related Work: The following items are not included in this Section and are specified under the designated Sections:
1.

1.2

Section 092100 PLASTER AND GYPSUM BOARD ASSEMBLIES for plaster and gypsum board walls and
ceilings.

SUBMITTALS
A.

Product Data: Submit manufacturers product data including certified laboratory test reports and other data required to
show compliance with these specifications.

B.

Samples: Submit 11-1/2 by 11-1/2 inch samples of representative panel with factory detailed edge, and representative
samples of mounting devices.

1.3

QUALITY ASSURANCE
A.

1.4

Pre-installation Conference: Conduct conference at Project site to comply with requirements in Division 01.
DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING

A.

1.5

Project Conditions: Protect system components from excessive moisture in shipment, storage, and handling. Deliver in
unopened bundles and store in a dry place with adequate air circulation. Do not deliver material to building until wet
conditions such as concrete, plaster, paint, and adhesives have been completed and cured to a condition of equilibrium.
LIMTIED WARRANTY

A.

Limited Warranty: Provide manufacturers standard limited 3-year warranty against manufacturing defects in material or
workmanship.

PART 2 - PRODUCTS
2.1

SOUND ABSORPTIVE CEILINGS


A.

Basis-of-Design: Conwed Designscape | Wall Technology Respond Foundations Acoustical Ceiling Panels.

Foundations Ceiling Panels

1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
8.
9.
10.
11.
12.
13.
14.
15.
16.
17.
18.
19.
20.
21.
22.
23.

Core Fiberglass Density: 6 - 7 pcf.


Core laminated with 1/8 inch, 16 - 20 pcf molded glass fiber.
Assembly Accessories: Provide optional kerfs/splines for abutting square-edge panels.
Recycled Content: For fiberglass, 52 percent pre-consumer and 5 percent post-consumer recycled content.
Core Thickness: 1-1/8 inches.
Core Thickness: 1-5/8 inches.
Core Thickness: 2-1/8 inches.
Core Thickness: 3-1/8 inches.
Core Thickness: 4-1/8 inches.
Width: 24-48 inches.
Length: 24-120 inches.
Corners: Square.
Edge Profile: Square.
Edge Profile: Full bevel.
Edge Profile: Half-bevel.
Edge Treatment: Resin hardened.
Corners: Fully tailored.
Finish Type and Color: Soft Texture finish, white.
Mounting Type: Lay-in.
Mounting Type: Z-Bar to Z-Bar.
Flammability (ASTM E 84): Panel components shall have a Class A rating per ASTM E 84.
Resistivity To Heat Or Cold: R-factor of 4.16 per inch of thickness.
Acoustical Performance: Values below are for panels mounted in accordance with ASTM C 423 (Type E400
Mounting) and vary by panel thickness and finish.
a.
Noise Reduction Coefficient (NRC) for 1-1/8 inch Thickness: 0.90.
b.
Noise Reduction Coefficient (NRC) for 2-1/8 inch Thickness: 1.10.

PART 3 - EXECUTION
3.1

INSTALLATION
A.

Verify wet work such as plastering and concrete is complete and dry. Verify building is enclosed and under standard
occupancy conditions (60 - 85 degrees F and not more than 70 percent relative humidity) prior to start of installation.
Commencement of installation constitutes Installers acceptance of surfaces and conditions.

B.

Install products in accordance with manufacturers written instructions and in proper relationship with adjacent
construction, including the following:
1.

C.

For adhesive installation to substrate, provide temporary support to prevent panel slippage. Note: Impaling clips
are designed to help hold panels in place until adhesive dries.

Touch-up, repair or replace damaged units until satisfactory results are obtained.

END OF SECTION

2014 Owens Corning. All Rights Reserved.

Gridlock Ceiling Panels

PROJECT ARCHITECT RESPONSIBILITY: This is a general specification guide, intended to be used by experienced construction
professionals, in conjunction with good construction practice and professional judgment. This guide is to aid in the creation of a
complete building specification that is to be fully reviewed and edited by the architect of record (specifier). Sections of this guide
should be included, edited, or omitted based on the requirements of a specific project. It is the responsibility of both the specifier and
the purchaser to determine if a product or system is suitable for its intended use. Neither Owens Corning, nor any of its subsidiary or
affiliated companies, assume any responsibility for the content of this specification guide relative to actual projects and specifically
disclaim any and all liability for any errors or omissions in design, detail, structural capability, attachment details, shop drawings or
other construction related details, whether based upon the information provided by Owens Corning or otherwise.

SECTION 098410 SOUND ABSORPTIVE CEILINGS


PART 1 - GENERAL
1.1

SUMMARY
A.

Section Includes: Sound absorptive ceilings.

B.

Related Work: The following items are not included in this Section and are specified under the designated Sections:
1.

1.2

Section 092100 PLASTER AND GYPSUM BOARD ASSEMBLIES for plaster and gypsum board walls and
ceilings.

SUBMITTALS
A.

Product Data: Submit manufacturers product data including certified laboratory test reports and other data required to
show compliance with these specifications.

B.

Samples: Submit 11-1/2 by 11-1/2 inch samples of representative panel with factory detailed edge, and representative
samples of mounting devices.

1.3

QUALITY ASSURANCE
A.

1.4

Pre-installation Conference: Conduct conference at Project site to comply with requirements in Division 01.
DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING

A.

1.5

Project Conditions: Protect system components from excessive moisture in shipment, storage, and handling. Deliver in
unopened bundles and store in a dry place with adequate air circulation. Do not deliver material to building until wet
conditions such as concrete, plaster, paint, and adhesives have been completed and cured to a condition of equilibrium.
LIMITED WARRANTY

A.

Limited Warranty: Provide manufacturers standard limited 3-year warranty against manufacturing defects in material or
workmanship.

PART 2 - PRODUCTS
2.1

SOUND ABSORPTIVE CEILINGS


A.

Basis-of-Design: Conwed Designscape | Wall Technology Respond Gridlock Acoustical Ceiling

Gridlock Ceiling Panels

1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
8.
9.
10.
11.
12.
13.
14.
15.
16.
17.
18.

Core Fiberglass Density: 6 - 7 pcf. Optionally laminated cores with 1/8 inch thick. 16 20 pcf molded fiberglass
/ High Impact facer.
Recycled Content: For fiberglass, 52 percent pre-consumer and 5 percent post-consumer recycled content.
Edge Treatment: Resin hardened.
Core Thickness and Edge: 1 inch thick, square edge profile.
Core Thickness and Edge: 1-1/8 inches thick, square edge profile, High Impact facer.
Core Thickness and Edge: 1-1/2 inches thick, square edge profile.
Core Thickness and Edge: 1-5/8 inches thick, square edge profile, High Impact facer.
Core Thickness and Edge: 2 inches, square edge profile.
Core Thickness and Edge: 2-1/8 inches, square edge profile, High Impact facer.
Width: 24-30 inches.
Length: 24-60 inches, and custom.
Finish Type and Color: Soft Texture finish, white.
Finish Type and Color: Subtle Texture finish, over acoustically transparent membrane, standard white.
Fabric Finish: _______________. (for optional fabric finish, specify manufacturer, type, pattern and color)
Mounting: Lift-and-shift Gridlock.
Flammability (ASTM E 84): Panel components shall have a Class A rating per ASTM E 84.
Resistivity To Heat Or Cold: R-factor of 4.16 per inch of thickness.
Acoustical Performance: Values below are for panels mounted in accordance with ASTM C 423 (Type E400
Mounting) and vary by panel thickness and finish.
a.
Noise Reduction Coefficient (NRC): Per manufacturers data.

PART 3 - EXECUTION
3.1

INSTALLATION
A.

Verify wet work such as plastering and concrete is complete and dry. Verify building is enclosed and under standard
occupancy conditions (60 - 85 degrees F and not more than 70 percent relative humidity) prior to start of installation.
Commencement of installation constitutes Installers acceptance of surfaces and conditions.

B.

Install products in accordance with manufacturers written instructions and in proper relationship with adjacent
construction, including the following:
1.

C.

For adhesive installation to substrate, provide temporary support to prevent panel slippage. Note: Impaling clips
are designed to help hold panels in place until adhesive dries.

Touch-up, repair or replace damaged units until satisfactory results are obtained.

END OF SECTION

2014 Owens Corning. All Rights Reserved.

New Dimensions Ceiling Panels

PROJECT ARCHITECT RESPONSIBILITY: This is a general specification guide, intended to be used by experienced construction
professionals, in conjunction with good construction practice and professional judgment. This guide is to aid in the creation of a
complete building specification that is to be fully reviewed and edited by the architect of record (specifier). Sections of this guide
should be included, edited, or omitted based on the requirements of a specific project. It is the responsibility of both the specifier and
the purchaser to determine if a product or system is suitable for its intended use. Neither Owens Corning, nor any of its subsidiary or
affiliated companies, assume any responsibility for the content of this specification guide relative to actual projects and specifically
disclaim any and all liability for any errors or omissions in design, detail, structural capability, attachment details, shop drawings or
other construction related details, whether based upon the information provided by Owens Corning or otherwise.

SECTION 098410 SOUND ABSORPTIVE CEILINGS


PART 1 - GENERAL
1.1

SUMMARY
A.

Section Includes: Sound absorptive ceilings.

B.

Related Work: The following items are not included in this Section and are specified under the designated Sections:
1.

1.2

Section 092100 PLASTER AND GYPSUM BOARD ASSEMBLIES for plaster and gypsum board walls and
ceilings.

SUBMITTALS
A.

Product Data: Submit manufacturers product data including certified laboratory test reports and other data required to
show compliance with these specifications.

B.

Samples: Submit 11-1/2 by 11-1/2 inch samples of representative panel with factory detailed edge, and representative
samples of mounting devices.

1.3

QUALITY ASSURANCE
A.

1.4

Pre-installation Conference: Conduct conference at Project site to comply with requirements in Division 01.
DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING

A.

1.5

Project Conditions: Protect system components from excessive moisture in shipment, storage, and handling. Deliver in
unopened bundles and store in a dry place with adequate air circulation. Do not deliver material to building until wet
conditions such as concrete, plaster, paint, and adhesives have been completed and cured to a condition of equilibrium.
LIMITED WARRANTY

A.

Limited Warranty: Provide manufacturers standard limited 3-year warranty against manufacturing defects in material or
workmanship.

PART 2 - PRODUCTS
2.1

SOUND ABSORPTIVE CEILINGS


A.

Basis-of-Design: Conwed Designscape | Wall Technology New Dimensions Acoustical Ceiling Panels.
1.

Core Fiberglass Density: 6 - 7 pcf.

New Dimensions Ceiling Panels

2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
8.
9.
10.
11.
12.
13.
14.
15.
16.
17.
18.
19.
20.
21.
22.
23.
24.

Core laminated with 1/8 inch, 16 - 20 pcf molded glass fiber.


Assembly Accessories: Provide optional kerfs/splines for abutting square-edge panels.
Recycled Content: For fiberglass, 52 percent pre-consumer and 5 percent post-consumer recycled content.
Core Thickness: 1-1/8 inches.
Core Thickness: 1-5/8 inches.
Core Thickness: 2-1/8 inches.
Core Thickness: 3-1/8 inches.
Core Thickness: 4-1/8 inches.
Width: 24-48 inches.
Length: 24-120 inches.
Corners: Square.
Edge Profile: Square.
Edge Profile: Full bevel.
Edge Profile: Half-bevel.
Edge Treatment: Resin hardened.
Corners: Fully tailored.
Finish Type and Color: Soft Texture finish, white. Standard.
Finish Type and Color: Custom Paint Colors.
Mounting Type: Lay-in.
Mounting Type: Z-Bar to Z-Bar.
Flammability (ASTM E 84): Panel components shall have a Class A rating per ASTM E 84.
Resistivity To Heat Or Cold: R-factor of 4.16 per inch of thickness.
Acoustical Performance: Values below are for panels mounted in accordance with ASTM C 423 (Type E400
Mounting) and vary by panel thickness and finish.
a.
Noise Reduction Coefficient (NRC) for 1-1/8 inch Thickness: 0.90.
b.
Noise Reduction Coefficient (NRC) for 2-1/8 inch Thickness: 1.10.

PART 3 - EXECUTION
3.1

INSTALLATION
A.

Verify wet work such as plastering and concrete is complete and dry. Verify building is enclosed and under standard
occupancy conditions (60 - 85 degrees F and not more than 70 percent relative humidity) prior to start of installation.
Commencement of installation constitutes Installers acceptance of surfaces and conditions.

B.

Install products in accordance with manufacturers written instructions and in proper relationship with adjacent
construction, including the following:
1.

C.

For adhesive installation to substrate, provide temporary support to prevent panel slippage. Note: Impaling clips
are designed to help hold panels in place until adhesive dries.

Touch-up, repair or replace damaged units until satisfactory results are obtained.

END OF SECTION

2014 Owens Corning. All Rights Reserved.

Respond Curved Reflective Ceiling Clouds

PROJECT ARCHITECT RESPONSIBILITY: This is a general specification guide, intended to be used by experienced construction
professionals, in conjunction with good construction practice and professional judgment. This guide is to aid in the creation of a
complete building specification that is to be fully reviewed and edited by the architect of record (specifier). Sections of this guide
should be included, edited, or omitted based on the requirements of a specific project. It is the responsibility of both the specifier and
the purchaser to determine if a product or system is suitable for its intended use. Neither Owens Corning, nor any of its subsidiary or
affiliated companies, assume any responsibility for the content of this specification guide relative to actual projects and specifically
disclaim any and all liability for any errors or omissions in design, detail, structural capability, attachment details, shop drawings or
other construction related details, whether based upon the information provided by Owens Corning or otherwise.

SECTION 098410 SOUND ABSORPTIVE CEILINGS


PART 1 - GENERAL
1.1

SUMMARY
A.

Section Includes: Sound absorptive ceilings.

B.

Related Work: The following items are not included in this Section and are specified under the designated Sections:
1.

1.2

Section 092100 PLASTER AND GYPSUM BOARD ASSEMBLIES for plaster and gypsum board walls and
ceilings.

SUBMITTALS
A.

Product Data: Submit manufacturers product data including certified laboratory test reports and other data required to
show compliance with these specifications.

B.

Samples: Submit 11-1/2 by 11-1/2 inch samples of representative panel with factory detailed edge, and representative
samples of mounting devices.

1.3

QUALITY ASSURANCE
A.

1.4

Pre-installation Conference: Conduct conference at Project site to comply with requirements in Division 01.
DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING

A.

1.5

Project Conditions: Protect system components from excessive moisture in shipment, storage, and handling. Deliver in
unopened bundles and store in a dry place with adequate air circulation. Do not deliver material to building until wet
conditions such as concrete, plaster, paint, and adhesives have been completed and cured to a condition of equilibrium.
LIMITED WARRANTY

A.

Limited Warranty: Provide manufacturers standard limited 3-year warranty against manufacturing defects in material or
workmanship.

PART 2 - PRODUCTS
2.1

SOUND ABSORPTIVE CEILINGS


A.

Basis-of-Design: Conwed Designscape | Wall Technology Respond Curved Reflective Ceiling Clouds

Respond Curved Reflective Ceiling Clouds

1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
8.
9.
10.
11.
12.

Construction: Acoustical Panels shall be constructed of medium density overlay (MDO) plywood or Medium
Density Fiberboard (MDF) backed by 1 inch x 1 inch pre-curved metal ribs.
Thickness: 3/4 inch.
Assembly Accessories: Joining plates for abutting panels for use with proprietary joining and leveling system.
Width: 24-48 inches and custom.
Length: 24-120 inches and custom.
Corners: Square.
Corners: Radius.
Edge Profile: Square.
Finish, Gel-Coat: Manufacturer, pattern and color as selected; gel-coat applied directly over face and edges of
panel.
Finish, Fabric: Manufacturer, pattern and color as selected; fabric returned to back of panel to provide full
finished edge; corners fully tailored.
Mounting Type: Standard, direct attachment to exposed metal frame with self-drilling acoustical hangers.
Acoustical Performance: Values below are for panels mounted in accordance with ASTM C 423 (Type D5
Mounting) and vary by panel thickness and finish.
a.
Noise Reduction Coefficient (NRC): Per manufacturers data.

PART 3 - EXECUTION
3.1

INSTALLATION
A.

Verify wet work such as plastering and concrete is complete and dry. Verify building is enclosed and under standard
occupancy conditions (60 - 85 degrees F and not more than 70 percent relative humidity) prior to start of installation.
Commencement of installation constitutes Installers acceptance of surfaces and conditions.

B.

Install products in accordance with manufacturers written instructions and in proper relationship with adjacent
construction, including the following:
1.

C.

For adhesive installation to substrate, provide temporary support to prevent panel slippage. Note: Impaling clips
are designed to help hold panels in place until adhesive dries.

Touch-up, repair or replace damaged units until satisfactory results are obtained.

END OF SECTION

2014 Owens Corning. All Rights Reserved.

Respond Reflector Ceiling Clouds, Flat

PROJECT ARCHITECT RESPONSIBILITY: This is a general specification guide, intended to be used by experienced construction
professionals, in conjunction with good construction practice and professional judgment. This guide is to aid in the creation of a
complete building specification that is to be fully reviewed and edited by the architect of record (specifier). Sections of this guide
should be included, edited, or omitted based on the requirements of a specific project. It is the responsibility of both the specifier and
the purchaser to determine if a product or system is suitable for its intended use. Neither Owens Corning, nor any of its subsidiary or
affiliated companies, assume any responsibility for the content of this specification guide relative to actual projects and specifically
disclaim any and all liability for any errors or omissions in design, detail, structural capability, attachment details, shop drawings or
other construction related details, whether based upon the information provided by Owens Corning or otherwise.

SECTION 098410 SOUND ABSORPTIVE CEILINGS


PART 1 - GENERAL
1.1

SUMMARY
A.

Section Includes: Sound absorptive ceilings.

B.

Related Work: The following items are not included in this Section and are specified under the designated Sections:
1.

1.2

Section 092100 PLASTER AND GYPSUM BOARD ASSEMBLIES for plaster and gypsum board walls and
ceilings.

SUBMITTALS
A.

Product Data: Submit manufacturers product data including certified laboratory test reports and other data required to
show compliance with these specifications.

B.

Samples: Submit 11-1/2 by 11-1/2 inch samples of representative panel with factory detailed edge, and representative
samples of mounting devices.

1.3

QUALITY ASSURANCE
A.

1.4

Pre-installation Conference: Conduct conference at Project site to comply with requirements in Division 01.
DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING

A.

1.5

Project Conditions: Protect system components from excessive moisture in shipment, storage, and handling. Deliver in
unopened bundles and store in a dry place with adequate air circulation. Do not deliver material to building until wet
conditions such as concrete, plaster, paint, and adhesives have been completed and cured to a condition of equilibrium.
LIMITED WARRANTY

A.

Limited Warranty: Provide manufacturers standard limited 3-year warranty against manufacturing defects in material or
workmanship.

PART 2 - PRODUCTS
2.1

SOUND ABSORPTIVE CEILINGS


A.

Basis-of-Design: Conwed Designscape | Wall Technology Respond Reflector Ceiling Clouds, Flat
1.

Construction: Medium density overlay (MDO) plywood or Medium Density Fiberboard (MDF).

Respond Reflector Ceiling Clouds, Flat

2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
8.
9.
10.
11.
12.
13.
14.
15.
16.

Recycled Content: For fiberglass, 52 percent pre-consumer and 5 percent post-consumer recycled content.
Medium Density Overlay (MDO) Thickness: 1/2 inch.
Medium Density Overlay (MDO) Thickness: 3/4 inch.
Backing Thickness: 1 inch.
Backing Thickness: 1-1/2 inches.
Backing Thickness: 2 inches.
Backing Thickness: Custom.
Width: 24-48 inches and custom.
Length: 24-120 inches and custom.
Corners: Square.
Corners: Radius.
Edge Profile: Square.
Edge Profile: 1/2 inch bevel.
Finish: Manufacturer, pattern and color as selected; gel-coat applied directly over face and edges of panel and
returned to back of panel to provide full finished edge; corners are fully tailored.
Mounting Type for Flat Reflectors: Standard, cloud angle.

PART 3 - EXECUTION
3.1

INSTALLATION
A.

Verify wet work such as plastering and concrete is complete and dry. Verify building is enclosed and under standard
occupancy conditions (60 - 85 degrees F and not more than 70 percent relative humidity) prior to start of installation.
Commencement of installation constitutes Installers acceptance of surfaces and conditions.

B.

Install products in accordance with manufacturers written instructions and in proper relationship with adjacent
construction, including the following:
1.

C.

For adhesive installation to substrate, provide temporary support to prevent panel slippage. Note: Impaling clips
are designed to help hold panels in place until adhesive dries.

Touch-up, repair or replace damaged units until satisfactory results are obtained.

END OF SECTION

2014 Owens Corning. All Rights Reserved.

Skyway Ceiling Clouds Type I & II

PROJECT ARCHITECT RESPONSIBILITY: This is a general specification guide, intended to be used by experienced construction
professionals, in conjunction with good construction practice and professional judgment. This guide is to aid in the creation of a
complete building specification that is to be fully reviewed and edited by the architect of record (specifier). Sections of this guide
should be included, edited, or omitted based on the requirements of a specific project. It is the responsibility of both the specifier and
the purchaser to determine if a product or system is suitable for its intended use. Neither Owens Corning, nor any of its subsidiary or
affiliated companies, assume any responsibility for the content of this specification guide relative to actual projects and specifically
disclaim any and all liability for any errors or omissions in design, detail, structural capability, attachment details, shop drawings or
other construction related details, whether based upon the information provided by Owens Corning or otherwise.

SECTION 098410 SOUND ABSORPTIVE CEILINGS


PART 1 - GENERAL
1.1

SUMMARY
A.

Section Includes: Sound absorptive ceilings.

B.

Related Work: The following items are not included in this Section and are specified under the designated Sections:
1.

1.2

Section 092100 PLASTER AND GYPSUM BOARD ASSEMBLIES for plaster and gypsum board walls and
ceilings.

SUBMITTALS
A.

Product Data: Submit manufacturers product data including certified laboratory test reports and other data required to
show compliance with these specifications.

B.

Samples: Submit 11-1/2 by 11-1/2 inch samples of representative panel with factory detailed edge, and representative
samples of mounting devices.

1.3

QUALITY ASSURANCE
A.

1.4

Pre-installation Conference: Conduct conference at Project site to comply with requirements in Division 01.
DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING

A.

1.5

Project Conditions: Protect system components from excessive moisture in shipment, storage, and handling. Deliver in
unopened bundles and store in a dry place with adequate air circulation. Do not deliver material to building until wet
conditions such as concrete, plaster, paint, and adhesives have been completed and cured to a condition of equilibrium.
LIMITED WARRANTY

A.

Limited Warranty: Provide manufacturers standard limited 3-year warranty against manufacturing defects in material or
workmanship.

PART 2 - PRODUCTS
2.1

SOUND ABSORPTIVE CEILINGS


A.

Basis-of-Design: Conwed Designscape | Wall Technology Skyway Ceiling Clouds


1.

Construction: Composite core of dimensionally stable rigid fiberglass.

Skyway Ceiling Clouds Type I & II

2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
8.
9.
10.
11.
12.
13.
14.
15.
16.
17.
18.
19.
20.

Core Fiberglass Density: 6 - 7 pcf.


Recycled Content: For fiberglass, 52 percent pre-consumer and 5 percent post-consumer recycled content.
Fiberglass Facings: 1/8 inch thick layer of 16 - 20 pcf molded fiberglass on face and back.
Core Thickness: 1-1/4 inch.
Core Thickness: 2-1/4 inches.
Width: 24-48 inches and custom.
Length: 24-120 inches and custom.
Corners: Square.
Edges: Square.
Finish Type and Color: Soft Texture White.
Finish Type and Color: Foundations White
Finish Type and Color: Subtle Texture White or Custom.
Finish Type and Color: New Dimensions White or Custom.
Edge Treatment: Resin hardened.
Finish: Manufacturer, pattern and color as selected: applied directly over face and edges of panel and returned
to back of panel to provide full finished edge; corners fully tailored.
Mounting Type: Standard, direct attachment to resin spots with self-drilling acoustical hangers or grid (by
others).
Flammability (ASTM E 84): Panel components shall have a Class A rating per ASTM E 84.
Resistivity To Heat Or Cold: R-factor of 4.16 per inch of thickness.
Acoustical Performance: Values below are for panels mounted in accordance with ASTM C 423 (Type D5
Mounting) and vary by panel thickness and finish
a.
Noise Reduction Coefficient (NRC) for 1-1/8 inch thickness: 0.90.
b.
Noise Reduction Coefficient (NRC) for 2-1/8 inch thickness: 1.10.

PART 3 - EXECUTION
3.1

INSTALLATION
A.

Verify wet work such as plastering and concrete is complete and dry. Verify building is enclosed and under standard
occupancy conditions (60 - 85 degrees F and not more than 70 percent relative humidity) prior to start of installation.
Commencement of installation constitutes Installers acceptance of surfaces and conditions.

B.

Install products in accordance with manufacturers written instructions and in proper relationship with adjacent
construction, including the following:
1.

C.

For adhesive installation to substrate, provide temporary support to prevent panel slippage. Note: Impaling clips
are designed to help hold panels in place until adhesive dries.

Touch-up, repair or replace damaged units until satisfactory results are obtained.

END OF SECTION

2014 Owens Corning. All Rights Reserved.

Loaded Vinyl Panels

PROJECT ARCHITECT RESPONSIBILITY: This is a general specification guide, intended to be used by experienced construction
professionals, in conjunction with good construction practice and professional judgment. This guide is to aid in the creation of a
complete building specification that is to be fully reviewed and edited by the architect of record (specifier). Sections of this guide
should be included, edited, or omitted based on the requirements of a specific project. It is the responsibility of both the specifier and
the purchaser to determine if a product or system is suitable for its intended use. Neither Owens Corning, nor any of its subsidiary or
affiliated companies, assume any responsibility for the content of this specification guide relative to actual projects and specifically
disclaim any and all liability for any errors or omissions in design, detail, structural capability, attachment details, shop drawings or
other construction related details, whether based upon the information provided by Owens Corning or otherwise.

SECTION 098410 SOUND ABSORPTIVE WALL PANELS


PART 1 - GENERAL
1.1

SUMMARY
A.

Section Includes: Sound absorptive wall panels.

B.

Related Work: The following items are not included in this Section and are specified under the designated Sections:
1.

1.2

Section 092100 PLASTER AND GYPSUM BOARD ASSEMBLIES for plaster and gypsum board walls and
ceilings.

SUBMITTALS
A.

Product Data: Submit manufacturers product data including certified laboratory test reports and other data required to
show compliance with these specifications.

B.

Samples: Submit 11-1/2 by 11-1/2 inch samples of representative panel with factory detailed edge, and representative
samples of mounting devices.

1.3

QUALITY ASSURANCE
A.

1.4

Pre-installation Conference: Conduct conference at Project site to comply with requirements in Division 01.
DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING

A.

1.5

Project Conditions: Protect system components from excessive moisture in shipment, storage, and handling. Deliver in
unopened bundles and store in a dry place with adequate air circulation. Do not deliver material to building until wet
conditions such as concrete, plaster, paint, and adhesives have been completed and cured to a condition of equilibrium.
LIMITED WARRANTY

A.

Limited Warranty: Provide manufacturers standard limited 3-year warranty against manufacturing defects in material or
workmanship.

PART 2 - PRODUCTS
2.1

SOUND ABSORPTIVE WALL PANELS


A.

Basis-of-Design: Conwed Designscape | Wall Technology Loaded Vinyl Panels

Loaded Vinyl Panels

1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
8.
9.
10.
11.
12.
13.
14.
15.
16.
17.
18.
19.
20.
21.
22.
23.
24.
25.
26.
27.
28.
29.
30.
31.

Construction: Composite core construction of dimensionally stable rigid fiberglass backed by 1/8 inch loaded
vinyl barrier, fully adhered to fiberglass.
Core Fiberglass Density: 6 - 7 pcf.
Provide optionally laminated cores with 1/8 inch thick, 16 - 20 pcf molded fiberglass.
Recycled Content: For fiberglass, 52 percent pre-consumer and 5 percent post-consumer recycled content.
Core Thickness: 7/8 inch.
Core Thickness: 1 inch with High Impact facer.
Core Thickness: 1-1/8 inches.
Core Thickness: 1-1/4 inches with High Impact facer..
Core Thickness: 1-5/8 inches.
Core Thickness: 1-3/4 inches with High Impact facer..
Core Thickness: 2-1/2 inches.
Core Thickness: 2-3/8 inches with High Impact facer..
Width: 24-47 inches and custom.
Length: 24-120 inches and custom.
Corners: Square.
Edge Profile: Square.
Edge Profile: Radius.
Edge Profile: Half-bevel.
Edge Profile: Full-bevel.
Edge Profile: Miter for corner conditions.
Edge Treatment: Resin hardened.
Edge Treatment: Aluminum for square edge only.
Edge Treatment: High-pressure laminate, for square edge only.
Fabric Finish: Manufacturer, pattern and color as selected; applied directly over face and edges of panels to
provide full finished edge, fully tailored corners.
Mounting Type: Perimeter adhesive.
Mounting Type: Panel clip.
Mounting Type: Concealed splines for walls.
Mounting Type: Z-Bar to Z-Bar.
Flammability (ASTM E 84): Panel components shall have a Class A rating per ASTM E 84.
Resistivity To Heat Or Cold: R-factor of 4.16 per inch of thickness.
Acoustical Performance: Values below are for panels mounted in accordance with ASTM C 423 (Type D5
Mounting) and vary by panel thickness and finish.
a.
Noise Reduction Coefficient (NRC): Per manufacturers data.
b.
Sound Transmission Coefficient (STC): 27 for loaded vinyl.

PART 3 - EXECUTION
3.1

INSTALLATION
A.

Verify wet work such as plastering and concrete is complete and dry. Verify building is enclosed and under standard
occupancy conditions (60 - 85 degrees F and not more than 70 percent relative humidity) prior to start of installation.
Commencement of installation constitutes Installers acceptance of surfaces and conditions.

B.

Install products in accordance with manufacturers written instructions and in proper relationship with adjacent
construction, including the following:
1.

C.

For adhesive installation to substrate, provide temporary support to prevent panel slippage. Note: Impaling clips
are designed to help hold panels in place until adhesive dries..

Touch-up, repair or replace damaged units until satisfactory results are obtained.

END OF SECTION

2014 Owens Corning. All Rights Reserved.

Low Frequency Tuner Panels

PROJECT ARCHITECT RESPONSIBILITY: This is a general specification guide, intended to be used by experienced construction
professionals, in conjunction with good construction practice and professional judgment. This guide is to aid in the creation of a
complete building specification that is to be fully reviewed and edited by the architect of record (specifier). Sections of this guide
should be included, edited, or omitted based on the requirements of a specific project. It is the responsibility of both the specifier and
the purchaser to determine if a product or system is suitable for its intended use. Neither Owens Corning, nor any of its subsidiary or
affiliated companies, assume any responsibility for the content of this specification guide relative to actual projects and specifically
disclaim any and all liability for any errors or omissions in design, detail, structural capability, attachment details, shop drawings or
other construction related details, whether based upon the information provided by Owens Corning or otherwise.

SECTION 098410 SOUND ABSORPTIVE SPECIALTY PRODUCTS


PART 1 - GENERAL
1.1

SUMMARY
A.

Section Includes: Low frequency tuner panels.

B.

Related Work: The following items are not included in this Section and are specified under the designated Sections:
1.

1.2

Section 092100 PLASTER AND GYPSUM BOARD ASSEMBLIES for plaster and gypsum board walls and
ceilings.

SUBMITTALS
A.

Product Data: Submit manufacturers product data including certified laboratory test reports and other data required to
show compliance with these specifications.

B.

Samples: Submit 11-1/2 by 11-1/2 inch samples of representative panel with factory detailed edge, and representative
samples of mounting devices.

1.3

QUALITY ASSURANCE
A.

1.4

Pre-installation Conference: Conduct conference at Project site to comply with requirements in Division 01.
DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING

A.

1.5

Project Conditions: Protect system components from excessive moisture in shipment, storage, and handling. Deliver in
unopened bundles and store in a dry place with adequate air circulation. Do not deliver material to building until wet
conditions such as concrete, plaster, paint, and adhesives have been completed and cured to a condition of equilibrium.
LIMITED WARRANTY

A.

Limited Warranty: Provide manufacturers standard limited 3-year warranty against manufacturing defects in material or
workmanship.

PART 2 - PRODUCTS
2.1

LOW FREQUENCY TUNER PANELS


A.

Basis-of-Design: Conwed Designscape | Wall Technology Respond Low Frequency Tuner Panels

Low Frequency Tuner Panels

1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
8.
9.
10.
11.
12.
13.
14.
15.
16.
17.
18.
19.
20.
21.
22.
23.
24.
25.
26.
27.
28.
29.
30.
31.
32.
33.

Construction: Composite core of dimensionally stable rigid fiberglass laminated to an unperforated vinyl
member that allows selective acoustical transparency.
Core Fiberglass Density: 6 - 7 pcf.
Thickness: 2 inches.
Recycled Content: For fiberglass, 52 percent pre-consumer and 5 percent post-consumer recycled content.
Core Thickness: 2 inches.
Width: 24-48 inches and custom.
Length: 24-120 inches and custom.
Corners: Square.
Corners: Radiused.
Edge Profile: Square.
Edge Profile: Radius.
Edge Profile: Half-bevel.
Edge Profile: Full-bevel.
Edge Profile: Miter, for corner conditions.
Edge Treatment: Resin hardened.
Edge Treatment: Aluminum for square edge only.
Edge Treatment: High-pressure laminate, for square edge only.
Fabric Finish: Manufacturer, pattern and color as selected; applied directly over face and edges of panels to
provide full finished edge, fully tailored corners.
Mounting Type: Adhesive / Resin.
Mounting Type: Adhesive No Resin.
Mounting Type: Impaling / Adhesive.
Mounting Type: Lay-in.
Mounting Type: Magnet.
Mounting Type: Spline.
Mounting Type: Velcro.
Mounting Type: Panel-Clip to Z-Bar.
Mounting Type: Panel-Clip to Double Wall Clip.
Mounting Type: Z-Bar to Z-Bar.
Mounting Type: Aluminum Z-Clip.
Mounting Type: Panel Clip / Velcro.
Flammability (ASTM E 84): Panel components shall have a Class A rating per ASTM E 84.
Resistivity To Heat Or Cold: R-factor of 4.16 per inch of thickness.
Acoustical Performance: Values below are for panels mounted in accordance with ASTM C 423 (Type D5
Mounting) and vary by panel thickness and finish.
a.
Noise Reduction Coefficient (NRC): No less than 0.30, no greater than 0.40.

PART 3 - EXECUTION
3.1

INSTALLATION
A.

Verify wet work such as plastering and concrete is complete and dry. Verify building is enclosed and under standard
occupancy conditions (60 - 85 degrees F and not more than 70 percent relative humidity) prior to start of installation.
Commencement of installation constitutes Installers acceptance of surfaces and conditions.

B.

Install products in accordance with manufacturers written instructions and in proper relationship with adjacent
construction, including the following:
1.

C.

For adhesive installation to substrate, provide temporary support to prevent panel slippage. Note: Impaling clips
are designed to help hold panels in place until adhesive dries.

Touch-up, repair or replace damaged units until satisfactory results are obtained.

END OF SECTION

2014 Owens Corning. All Rights Reserved.

Metro Rebound Panels

PROJECT ARCHITECT RESPONSIBILITY: This is a general specification guide, intended to be used by experienced construction
professionals, in conjunction with good construction practice and professional judgment. This guide is to aid in the creation of a
complete building specification that is to be fully reviewed and edited by the architect of record (specifier). Sections of this guide
should be included, edited, or omitted based on the requirements of a specific project. It is the responsibility of both the specifier and
the purchaser to determine if a product or system is suitable for its intended use. Neither Owens Corning, nor any of its subsidiary or
affiliated companies, assume any responsibility for the content of this specification guide relative to actual projects and specifically
disclaim any and all liability for any errors or omissions in design, detail, structural capability, attachment details, shop drawings or
other construction related details, whether based upon the information provided by Owens Corning or otherwise.

SECTION 098410 SOUND ABSORPTIVE WALL PANELS


PART 1 - GENERAL
1.1

SUMMARY
A.

Section Includes: Sound absorptive wall panels.

B.

Related Work: The following items are not included in this Section and are specified under the designated Sections:
1.

1.2

Section 092100 PLASTER AND GYPSUM BOARD ASSEMBLIES for plaster and gypsum board walls and
ceilings.

SUBMITTALS
A.

Product Data: Submit manufacturers product data including certified laboratory test reports and other data required to
show compliance with these specifications.

B.

Samples: Submit 11-1/2 by 11-1/2 inch samples of representative panel with factory detailed edge, and representative
samples of mounting devices.

1.3

QUALITY ASSURANCE
A.

1.4

Pre-installation Conference: Conduct conference at Project site to comply with requirements in Division 01.
DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING

A.

1.5

Project Conditions: Protect system components from excessive moisture in shipment, storage, and handling. Deliver in
unopened bundles and store in a dry place with adequate air circulation. Do not deliver material to building until wet
conditions such as concrete, plaster, paint, and adhesives have been completed and cured to a condition of equilibrium.
LIMITED WARRANTY

A.

Limited Warranty: Provide manufacturers standard limited 3-year warranty against manufacturing defects in material or
workmanship.

PART 2 - PRODUCTS
2.1

SOUND ABSORPTIVE WALL PANELS


A.

Basis-of-Design: Conwed Designscape | Wall Technology Metro Rebound Panels


1.

Construction: Composite core of dimensionally stable rigid fiberglass.

Metro Rebound Panels

2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
8.
9.
10.
11.
12.
13.
14.
15.
16.
17.
18.
19.
20.
21.
22.
23.
24.
25.
26.

Core Fiberglass Density: 6 - 7 pcf.


Recycled Content: For fiberglass, 52 percent pre-consumer and 5 percent post-consumer recycled content.
Core laminated with 1/16 inch, resilient perforated co-polymer face sheet.
Core Thickness: 1-1/16 inches.
Core Thickness: 1-9/16 inches.
Core Thickness: 2-1/16 inches.
Width: 24-48 inches and custom.
Length: 24-116 inches and custom.
Corners: Square.
Edge Profile: Square.
Edge Treatment: Resin hardened beneath heat-formed co-polymer.
Finish: Copolymer applied directly to face and edges and face of panels, color as selected.
Mounting Type: Adhesive / Resin.
Mounting Type: Impaling / Adhesive / Resin.
Mounting Type: Lay-in.
Mounting Type: Magnet.
Mounting Type: Velcro.
Mounting Type: Panel Clip to Z-Bar.
Mounting Type: Panel Clip to Double Wall Clip.
Mounting Type: Z-Bar to Z-Bar.
Mounting Type: Aluminum Z-Clip.
Mounting Type: Panel-Clip / Velcro.
Flammability (ASTM E 84): Panel components shall have a Class A rating per ASTM E 84.
Resistivity To Heat Or Cold: R-factor of 4.16 per inch of thickness.
Acoustical Performance: Values below are for panels mounted in accordance with ASTM C 423 (Type D5
Mounting) and vary by panel thickness and finish.
a.
Noise Reduction Coefficient (NRC) for 1-1/16 inch Thickness: 0.75.
b.
Noise Reduction Coefficient (NRC) for 2-1/16 inch Thickness: 0.95.

PART 3 - EXECUTION
3.1

INSTALLATION
A.

Verify wet work such as plastering and concrete is complete and dry. Verify building is enclosed and under standard
occupancy conditions (60 - 85 degrees F and not more than 70 percent relative humidity) prior to start of installation.
Commencement of installation constitutes Installers acceptance of surfaces and conditions.

B.

Install products in accordance with manufacturers written instructions and in proper relationship with adjacent
construction, including the following:
1.

C.

For adhesive installation to substrate, provide temporary support to prevent panel slippage. Note: Impaling clips
are designed to help hold panels in place until adhesive dries.

Touch-up, repair or replace damaged units until satisfactory results are obtained.

END OF SECTION

2014 Owens Corning. All Rights Reserved.

Reflective Wall Panels

PROJECT ARCHITECT RESPONSIBILITY: This is a general specification guide, intended to be used by experienced construction
professionals, in conjunction with good construction practice and professional judgment. This guide is to aid in the creation of a
complete building specification that is to be fully reviewed and edited by the architect of record (specifier). Sections of this guide
should be included, edited, or omitted based on the requirements of a specific project. It is the responsibility of both the specifier and
the purchaser to determine if a product or system is suitable for its intended use. Neither Owens Corning, nor any of its subsidiary or
affiliated companies, assume any responsibility for the content of this specification guide relative to actual projects and specifically
disclaim any and all liability for any errors or omissions in design, detail, structural capability, attachment details, shop drawings or
other construction related details, whether based upon the information provided by Owens Corning or otherwise.

SECTION 098410 SOUND ABSORPTIVE SPECIALTY PRODUCTS


PART 1 - GENERAL
1.1

SUMMARY
A.

Section Includes: Sound reflective wall panels.

B.

Related Work: The following items are not included in this Section and are specified under the designated Sections:
1.

1.2

Section 092100 PLASTER AND GYPSUM BOARD ASSEMBLIES for plaster and gypsum board walls and
ceilings.

SUBMITTALS
A.

Product Data: Submit manufacturers product data including certified laboratory test reports and other data required to
show compliance with these specifications.

B.

Samples: Submit 11-1/2 by 11-1/2 inch samples of representative panel with factory detailed edge, and representative
samples of mounting devices.

1.3

QUALITY ASSURANCE
A.

1.4

Pre-installation Conference: Conduct conference at Project site to comply with requirements in Division 01.
DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING

A.

1.5

Project Conditions: Protect system components from excessive moisture in shipment, storage, and handling. Deliver in
unopened bundles and store in a dry place with adequate air circulation. Do not deliver material to building until wet
conditions such as concrete, plaster, paint, and adhesives have been completed and cured to a condition of equilibrium.
LIMITED WARRANTY

A.

Limited Warranty: Provide manufacturers standard limited 3-year warranty against manufacturing defects in material or
workmanship.

PART 2 - PRODUCTS
2.1

SOUND REFLECTIVE WALL PANELS


A.

Basis-of-Design: Conwed Designscape | Wall Technology Reflective Wall Panels.

Reflective Wall Panels

1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
8.
9.
10.
11.
12.
13.
14.
15.
16.
17.
18.
19.
20.

Construction: Dimensionally stable rigid fiberglass with 6 - 7 pcf density covered with 1/16 inch copolymer, total
thickness 1-1/16 inch.
Reflectors (Optional): Dimensionally stable rigid fiberglass with 6 - 7 pcf density covered with 1/16 inch
copolymer, total thickness 1-9/16 inch.
Reflectors (Optional): Dimensionally stable rigid fiberglass with 6 - 7 pcf density covered with 1/16 inch
copolymer, total thickness 2-1/16 inch.
Reflector Size: 53 inches wide by 120 inches maximum and custom.
Recycled Content: For fiberglass, 52 percent pre-consumer and 5 percent post-consumer recycled content.
Edge Profile: Square.
Edge Profile: Half-bevel.
Edge Profile: Miter.
Corner Detail: Square.
Corner Detail: Radius.
Finish: Manufacturer, pattern and color as selected; or gel-coat only; gel-coat applied directly over face and
edges of panel and returned to back of panel to provide full finished edge; corners are fully tailored.
Reflector Mounting Type: Adhesive / resin.
Reflector Mounting Type: Adhesive, no resin.
Reflector Mounting Type: Impaling / adhesive.
Reflector Mounting Type: Velcro.
Reflector Mounting Type: Panel clip to double wall clip.
Reflector Mounting Type: Z-bar to Z-bar.
Reflector Mounting Type: Panel clip and Velcro.
Flammability (ASTM E 84): Panel components shall have a Class A rating per ASTM E 84.
Acoustical Performance: Values below are for panels mounted in accordance with ASTM C 423 (Type D5
Mounting) and vary by panel thickness and finish.
a.
Noise Reduction Coefficient (NRC) for 1-1/16 inch Thick Fiberglass-Based Reflectors: 0.20.

PART 3 - EXECUTION
3.1

INSTALLATION
A.

Verify wet work such as plastering and concrete is complete and dry. Verify building is enclosed and under standard
occupancy conditions (60 - 85 degrees F and not more than 70 percent relative humidity) prior to start of installation.
Commencement of installation constitutes Installers acceptance of surfaces and conditions.

B.

Install products in accordance with manufacturers written instructions and in proper relationship with adjacent
construction, including the following:
1.

C.

For adhesive installation to substrate, provide temporary support to prevent panel slippage. Note: Impaling clips
are designed to help hold panels in place until adhesive dries.

Touch-up, repair or replace damaged units until satisfactory results are obtained.

END OF SECTION

2014 Owens Corning. All Rights Reserved.

Urban Forest Panels

PROJECT ARCHITECT RESPONSIBILITY: This is a general specification guide, intended to be used by experienced construction
professionals, in conjunction with good construction practice and professional judgment. This guide is to aid in the creation of a
complete building specification that is to be fully reviewed and edited by the architect of record (specifier). Sections of this guide
should be included, edited, or omitted based on the requirements of a specific project. It is the responsibility of both the specifier and
the purchaser to determine if a product or system is suitable for its intended use. Neither Owens Corning, nor any of its subsidiary or
affiliated companies, assume any responsibility for the content of this specification guide relative to actual projects and specifically
disclaim any and all liability for any errors or omissions in design, detail, structural capability, attachment details, shop drawings or
other construction related details, whether based upon the information provided by Owens Corning or otherwise.

SECTION 098410 SOUND ABSORPTIVE WALL PANELS


PART 1 - GENERAL
1.1

SUMMARY
A.

Section Includes: Sound absorptive wall panels.

B.

Related Work: The following items are not included in this Section and are specified under the designated Sections:
1.

1.2

Section 092100 PLASTER AND GYPSUM BOARD ASSEMBLIES for plaster and gypsum board walls and
ceilings.

SUBMITTALS
A.

Product Data: Submit manufacturers product data including certified laboratory test reports and other data required to
show compliance with these specifications.

B.

Samples: Submit 11-1/2 by 11-1/2 inch samples of representative panel with factory detailed edge, and representative
samples of mounting devices.

1.3

QUALITY ASSURANCE
A.

1.4

Pre-installation Conference: Conduct conference at Project site to comply with requirements in Division 01.
DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING

A.

1.5

Project Conditions: Protect system components from excessive moisture in shipment, storage, and handling. Deliver in
unopened bundles and store in a dry place with adequate air circulation. Do not deliver material to building until wet
conditions such as concrete, plaster, paint, and adhesives have been completed and cured to a condition of equilibrium.
LIMITED WARRANTY

A.

Limited Warranty: Provide manufacturers standard limited 3-year warranty against manufacturing defects in material or
workmanship.

PART 2 - PRODUCTS
2.1

SOUND ABSORPTIVE WALL PANELS


A.

Basis-of-Design: Conwed Designscape | Wall Technology Urban Forest Panels


1.

Construction: Composite core of dimensionally stable rigid fiberglass.

Urban Forest Panels

2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
8.
9.
10.
11.
12.
13.
14.

15.
16.
17.
18.
19.
20.
21.
22.
23.
24.
25.
26.
27.

Core Fiberglass Density: 6 - 7 pcf.


Recycled Content: For fiberglass, 52 percent pre-consumer and 5 percent post-consumer recycled content.
Core laminated with 1/16 inch, resilient perforated co-polymer face sheet.
Core Thickness: 1-1/16 inches.
Core Thickness: 1-9/16 inches.
Core Thickness: 2-1/16 inches.
Width: 24-48 inches and custom.
Length: 24-114 inches and custom.
Corners: Square.
Edge Profile: Square.
Edge Treatment: Resin hardened beneath heat-formed co-polymer.
Finishes: Copolymer applied directly to face and edges of acoustical panels.
Custom Wood-Grain Colors Include: Riga Birch, Honey Maple, Pearwood, Red Alder, Candlelight, Elmalau
Beach, Manitoba Maple, Tundra Birch, Chocolate Pear, Fusion X, Summer Flame, Rustic Cherry, and Shaker
Terry.
Mounting Type: Adhesive / Resin.
Mounting Type: Impaling / Adhesive.
Mounting Type: Lay-in.
Mounting Type: Magnet.
Mounting Type: Velcro.
Mounting Type: Panel Clip to Z-Bar.
Mounting Type: Panel Clip to Double Wall Clip.
Mounting Type: Z-Bar to Z-Bar.
Mounting Type: Aluminum Z-Clip.
Mounting Type: Panel-Clip / Velcro.
Flammability (ASTM E 84): Panel components shall have a Class A rating per ASTM E 84.
Resistivity To Heat Or Cold: R-factor of 4.16 per inch of thickness.
Acoustical Performance: Values below are for panels mounted in accordance with ASTM C 423 (Type D5
Mounting) and vary by panel thickness and finish.
a.
Noise Reduction Coefficient (NRC) for 1-1/16 inch Thickness: 0.75.
b.
Noise Reduction Coefficient (NRC) for 2-1/16 inch Thickness: 0.95.

PART 3 - EXECUTION
3.1

INSTALLATION
A.

Verify wet work such as plastering and concrete is complete and dry. Verify building is enclosed and under standard
occupancy conditions (60 - 85 degrees F and not more than 70 percent relative humidity) prior to start of installation.
Commencement of installation constitutes Installers acceptance of surfaces and conditions.

B.

Install products in accordance with manufacturers written instructions and in proper relationship with adjacent
construction, including the following:
1.

C.

For adhesive installation to substrate, provide temporary support to prevent panel slippage. Note: Impaling clips
are designed to help hold panels in place until adhesive dries.

Touch-up, repair or replace damaged units until satisfactory results are obtained.

END OF SECTION

2014 Owens Corning. All Rights Reserved.

Wedge Wall Panels

PROJECT ARCHITECT RESPONSIBILITY: This is a general specification guide, intended to be used by experienced construction
professionals, in conjunction with good construction practice and professional judgment. This guide is to aid in the creation of a
complete building specification that is to be fully reviewed and edited by the architect of record (specifier). Sections of this guide
should be included, edited, or omitted based on the requirements of a specific project. It is the responsibility of both the specifier and
the purchaser to determine if a product or system is suitable for its intended use. Neither Owens Corning, nor any of its subsidiary or
affiliated companies, assume any responsibility for the content of this specification guide relative to actual projects and specifically
disclaim any and all liability for any errors or omissions in design, detail, structural capability, attachment details, shop drawings or
other construction related details, whether based upon the information provided by Owens Corning or otherwise.

SECTION 098410 SOUND ABSORPTIVE SPECIALTY PRODUCTS


PART 1 - GENERAL
1.1

SUMMARY
A.

Section Includes: Sound absorptive wedge wall panels.

B.

Related Work: The following items are not included in this Section and are specified under the designated Sections:
1.

1.2

Section 092100 PLASTER AND GYPSUM BOARD ASSEMBLIES for plaster and gypsum board walls and
ceilings.

SUBMITTALS
A.

Product Data: Submit manufacturers product data including certified laboratory test reports and other data required to
show compliance with these specifications.

B.

Samples: Submit 11-1/2 by 11-1/2 inch samples of representative panel with factory detailed edge, and representative
samples of mounting devices.

1.3

QUALITY ASSURANCE
A.

1.4

Pre-installation Conference: Conduct conference at Project site to comply with requirements in Division 01.
DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING

A.

1.5

Project Conditions: Protect system components from excessive moisture in shipment, storage, and handling. Deliver in
unopened bundles and store in a dry place with adequate air circulation. Do not deliver material to building until wet
conditions such as concrete, plaster, paint, and adhesives have been completed and cured to a condition of equilibrium.
LIMITED WARRANTY

A.

Limited Warranty: Provide manufacturers standard limited 3-year warranty against manufacturing defects in material or
workmanship.

PART 2 - PRODUCTS
2.1

SOUND ABSORPTIVE WEDGE WALL PANELS


A.

Basis-of-Design: Conwed Designscape | Wall Technology Wedge Wall Panels.

Wedge Wall Panels

1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
8.
9.
10.
11.
12.
13.
14.
15.
16.

Construction: Composite core of dimensionally stable rigid fiberglass with 6 7 pcf density mounted to a 1/2
inch thick medium density overlay (MDO) plywood backer and ribs.
Recycled Content: For fiberglass, 52 percent pre-consumer and 5 percent post-consumer recycled content.
Absorptive Panels: 1/8 inch molded fiberglass of 16-20 pcf density over face and edges.
Reflective Panels: 1/16 inch unperforated copolymer over face.
Thickness: 1-1/2 inches minimum.
Core Thickness: 2 inches.
Size: 16 square feet maximum, with maximum length of 96 inches and minimum width of 24 inches.
Edge Profile: Square; covered with 1/8 inch molded fiberglass of 16-20 pcf density.
Corner Detail: Square.
Fabric Finish: Manufacturer, pattern and color as selected; applied directly over face and edges of panels to
provide full finished edge, fully tailored corners.
Mounting Type: Panel clip to Z-bar.
Mounting Type: Panel clip to double wall clip.
Mounting Type: Z-Bar to Z-Bar.
Mounting Type: Z-clip and Velcro.
Flammability (ASTM E 84): Panel components except medium density overlay (MDO) plywood shall have a
Class A rating per ASTM E 84.
Acoustical Performance: NRC based on panel configuration and finish.

PART 3 - EXECUTION
3.1

INSTALLATION
A.

Verify wet work such as plastering and concrete is complete and dry. Verify building is enclosed and under standard
occupancy conditions (60 - 85 degrees F and not more than 70 percent relative humidity) prior to start of installation.
Commencement of installation constitutes Installers acceptance of surfaces and conditions.

B.

Install products in accordance with manufacturers written instructions and in proper relationship with adjacent
construction, including the following:
1.

C.

For adhesive installation to substrate, provide temporary support to prevent panel slippage. Note: Impaling clips
are designed to help hold panels in place until adhesive dries.

Touch-up, repair or replace damaged units until satisfactory results are obtained.

END OF SECTION

2014 Owens Corning. All Rights Reserved.

Omni Plane Diffuser Panel

PROJECT ARCHITECT RESPONSIBILITY: This is a general specification guide, intended to be used by experienced construction
professionals, in conjunction with good construction practice and professional judgment. This guide is to aid in the creation of a
complete building specification that is to be fully reviewed and edited by the architect of record (specifier). Sections of this guide
should be included, edited, or omitted based on the requirements of a specific project. It is the responsibility of both the specifier and
the purchaser to determine if a product or system is suitable for its intended use. Neither Owens Corning, nor any of its subsidiary or
affiliated companies, assume any responsibility for the content of this specification guide relative to actual projects and specifically
disclaim any and all liability for any errors or omissions in design, detail, structural capability, attachment details, shop drawings or
other construction related details, whether based upon the information provided by Owens Corning or otherwise.

SECTION 098410 SOUND ABSORPTIVE BAFFLES


PART 1 - GENERAL
1.1

SUMMARY
A.

Section Includes: Sound diffusers.

B.

Related Work: The following items are not included in this Section and are specified under the designated Sections:
1.

1.2

Section 092100 PLASTER AND GYPSUM BOARD ASSEMBLIES for plaster and gypsum board walls and
ceilings.

SUBMITTALS
A.

Product Data: Submit manufacturers product data including certified laboratory test reports and other data required to
show compliance with these specifications.

B.

Samples: Submit 11-1/2 by 11-1/2 inch samples of representative panel with factory detailed edge, and representative
samples of mounting devices.

1.3

QUALITY ASSURANCE
A.

1.4

Pre-installation Conference: Conduct conference at Project site to comply with requirements in Division 01.
DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING

A.

1.5

Project Conditions: Protect system components from excessive moisture in shipment, storage, and handling. Deliver in
unopened bundles and store in a dry place with adequate air circulation. Do not deliver material to building until wet
conditions such as concrete, plaster, paint, and adhesives have been completed and cured to a condition of equilibrium.
LIMITED WARRANTY

A.

Limited Warranty: Provide manufacturers standard limited 3-year warranty against manufacturing defects in material or
workmanship.

PART 2 - PRODUCTS
2.1

SOUND DIFFUSERS, BARREL AND PYRAMIDAL


A.

Basis-of-Design: Conwed Designscape | Wall Technology Omni Plane Diffuser Panel

Omni Plane Diffuser Panel

1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
8.
9.
10.
11.
12.
13.
14.
15.

Construction: Composite core with two layers of dimensionally stable rigid fiberglass separated by a barrier
septum.
Core Fiberglass Density: 6 - 7 pcf.
Recycled Content: For fiberglass, 52 percent pre-consumer and 5 percent post-consumer recycled content.
Core Thickness: 1 inch.
Core Thickness: 2 inches.
Size for Ceiling Applications: 36 by 60 inches and custom.
Size for Wall Applications: 48 inches wide by 120 inches high and custom.
Edge Profile: Square.
Finish: Manufacturer, pattern and color as selected: applied directly over face and edges of panel and returned
to back of panel to provide full finished edge; corners fully tailored.
Mounting Type for Ceiling Applications: Z-Bar to Z-Bar.
Mounting Type for Ceiling Applications: Lay-in.
Mounting Type for Walls: Panel clip.
Mounting Type for Walls: Impaling / adhesive.
Flammability (ASTM E 84): Panel components shall have a Class A rating per ASTM E 84.
Acoustical Performance: Values below are for panels mounted in accordance with ASTM C 423 (Type D5
Mounting) and vary by panel thickness and finish.
a.
Noise Reduction Coefficient (NRC) for 1 inch thickness: 0.65.
b.
Noise Reduction Coefficient (NRC) for 2 inch thickness: 0.90.

PART 3 - EXECUTION
3.1

INSTALLATION
A.

Verify wet work such as plastering and concrete is complete and dry. Verify building is enclosed and under standard
occupancy conditions (60 - 85 degrees F and not more than 70 percent relative humidity) prior to start of installation.
Commencement of installation constitutes Installers acceptance of surfaces and conditions.

B.

Install products in accordance with manufacturers written instructions and in proper relationship with adjacent
construction, including the following:
1.

C.

For adhesive installation to substrate, provide temporary support to prevent panel slippage. Note: Impaling clips
are designed to help hold panels in place until adhesive dries..

Touch-up, repair or replace damaged units until satisfactory results are obtained.

END OF SECTION

2014 Owens Corning. All Rights Reserved.

Respond Diffusers: Barrel and Pyramidal

PROJECT ARCHITECT RESPONSIBILITY: This is a general specification guide, intended to be used by experienced construction
professionals, in conjunction with good construction practice and professional judgment. This guide is to aid in the creation of a
complete building specification that is to be fully reviewed and edited by the architect of record (specifier). Sections of this guide
should be included, edited, or omitted based on the requirements of a specific project. It is the responsibility of both the specifier and
the purchaser to determine if a product or system is suitable for its intended use. Neither Owens Corning, nor any of its subsidiary or
affiliated companies, assume any responsibility for the content of this specification guide relative to actual projects and specifically
disclaim any and all liability for any errors or omissions in design, detail, structural capability, attachment details, shop drawings or
other construction related details, whether based upon the information provided by Owens Corning or otherwise.

SECTION 098410 SOUND ABSORPTIVE DIFFUSERS


PART 1 - GENERAL
1.1

SUMMARY
A.

Section Includes: Sound diffusers, barrel and pyramidal.

B.

Related Work: The following items are not included in this Section and are specified under the designated Sections:
1.

1.2

Section 092100 PLASTER AND GYPSUM BOARD ASSEMBLIES for plaster and gypsum board walls and
ceilings.

SUBMITTALS
A.

Product Data: Submit manufacturers product data including certified laboratory test reports and other data required to
show compliance with these specifications.

B.

Samples: Submit 11-1/2 by 11-1/2 inch samples of representative panel with factory detailed edge, and representative
samples of mounting devices.

1.3

QUALITY ASSURANCE
A.

1.4

Pre-installation Conference: Conduct conference at Project site to comply with requirements in Division 01.
DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING

A.

1.5

Project Conditions: Protect system components from excessive moisture in shipment, storage, and handling. Deliver in
unopened bundles and store in a dry place with adequate air circulation. Do not deliver material to building until wet
conditions such as concrete, plaster, paint, and adhesives have been completed and cured to a condition of equilibrium.
LIMITED WARRANTY

A.

Limited Warranty: Provide manufacturers standard limited 3-year warranty against manufacturing defects in material or
workmanship.

PART 2 - PRODUCTS
2.1

SOUND DIFFUSERS, BARREL AND PYRAMIDAL


A.

Basis-of-Design: Conwed Designscape | Wall Technology Respond Diffusers: Barrel and Pyramidal

Respond Diffusers: Barrel and Pyramidal

1.
2.

3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
8.
9.
10.
11.

Construction: 0.125 inch Thermo-formed fire resistant plastic molded to a one-piece Barrel or a special offset
Pyramidal shape.
Sizes:
a.
Pyramidal size: 2x2x8 height
b.
Pyramidal size 4x4x12.5 height
c.
Barrel size: 2x2x7 height
d.
Barrel size: 2x4x7 height
e.
Barrel size: 3x3x7 height
f.
Barrel size: 3x4x7 height
g.
Barrel size: 3x5x7 height
h.
Barrel size: 3x6x7 height
i.
Barrel size: 4x4x7 height
j.
Barrel size: 4x6x7 height
k.
Barrel size: 4x8x7 height
Edge Profile: Flanged for lay-in application.
Corners: Radius.
Edge Profile: No flange for walls and hardware ceiling mount.
Finish, Gel-Coat: Applied directly over face and edges of panel.
Finish, Fabric: Contact Manufacturer for available fabrics.
Mounting Type Walls: Straight edged diffusers: L-angles and hook and loop fasteners.
Mounting Type Ceilings: Flanged to fit standard ceiling grid.
Mounting Type Ceilings: Straight edge with L-angles
Acoustical Performance: Values below are for panels mounted in accordance with ASTM C 423 (Type D5
Mounting) and vary by panel thickness and finish.
a.
Noise Reduction Coefficient (NRC): 0.10.

PART 3 - EXECUTION
3.1

INSTALLATION
A.

Verify wet work such as plastering and concrete is complete and dry. Verify building is enclosed and under standard
occupancy conditions (60 - 85 degrees F and not more than 70 percent relative humidity) prior to start of installation.
Commencement of installation constitutes Installers acceptance of surfaces and conditions.

B.

Install products in accordance with manufacturers written instructions and in proper relationship with adjacent
construction, including the following:
1.

C.

For adhesive installation to substrate, provide temporary support to prevent panel slippage. Note: Impaling clips
are designed to help hold panels in place until adhesive dries..

Touch-up, repair or replace damaged units until satisfactory results are obtained.

END OF SECTION

2014 Owens Corning. All Rights Reserved.

Respond Baffles: Fold-Up and Back-to-Back

PROJECT ARCHITECT RESPONSIBILITY: This is a general specification guide, intended to be used by experienced construction
professionals, in conjunction with good construction practice and professional judgment. This guide is to aid in the creation of a
complete building specification that is to be fully reviewed and edited by the architect of record (specifier). Sections of this guide
should be included, edited, or omitted based on the requirements of a specific project. It is the responsibility of both the specifier and
the purchaser to determine if a product or system is suitable for its intended use. Neither Owens Corning, nor any of its subsidiary or
affiliated companies, assume any responsibility for the content of this specification guide relative to actual projects and specifically
disclaim any and all liability for any errors or omissions in design, detail, structural capability, attachment details, shop drawings or
other construction related details, whether based upon the information provided by Owens Corning or otherwise.

SECTION 098410 SOUND ABSORPTIVE BAFFLES


PART 1 - GENERAL
1.1

SUMMARY
A.

Section Includes: Sound absorptive baffles.

B.

Related Work: The following items are not included in this Section and are specified under the designated Sections:
1.

1.2

Section 092100 PLASTER AND GYPSUM BOARD ASSEMBLIES for plaster and gypsum board walls and
ceilings.

SUBMITTALS
A.

Product Data: Submit manufacturers product data including certified laboratory test reports and other data required to
show compliance with these specifications.

B.

Samples: Submit 11-1/2 by 11-1/2 inch samples of representative panel with factory detailed edge, and representative
samples of mounting devices.

1.3

QUALITY ASSURANCE
A.

1.4

Pre-installation Conference: Conduct conference at Project site to comply with requirements in Division 01.
DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING

A.

1.5

Project Conditions: Protect system components from excessive moisture in shipment, storage, and handling. Deliver in
unopened bundles and store in a dry place with adequate air circulation. Do not deliver material to building until wet
conditions such as concrete, plaster, paint, and adhesives have been completed and cured to a condition of equilibrium.
LIMITED WARRANTY

A.

Limited Warranty: Provide manufacturers standard limited 3-year warranty against manufacturing defects in material or
workmanship.

PART 2 - PRODUCTS
2.1

SOUND ABSORPTIVE BAFFLES


A.

Basis-of-Design: Conwed Designscape | Wall Technology Respond Baffles: Fold-Up and Back-to-Back
1.

Construction: Composite core of dimensionally stable rigid fiberglass.

Respond Baffles: Fold-Up and Back-to-Back

2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
8.
9.
10.
11.
12.
13.
14.
15.
16.
17.
18.
19.
20.
21.
22.
23.

Core Fiberglass Density: 6 - 7 pcf.


Recycled Content: For fiberglass, 52 percent pre-consumer and 5 percent post-consumer recycled content.
Core Thickness: 1 inch.
Core Thickness: 1-1/2 inches.
Core Thickness: 2 inches.
Width for Fold-Up Baffles: 24-72 inches and custom.
Height for Fold-Up Baffles: 24-96 inches and custom
Width for Back-to-Back Baffles: 24-120 inches and custom.
Height For Back-to-Back Baffles: 24-120 inches and custom.
Corners: Square.
Edge Profile for Fold-up Baffles: Square.
Edge Profile for Back-to-Back Baffles: Square.
Edge Profile for Back-to-Back Baffles: Radius.
Edge Profile for Back-to-Back Baffles: Full-bevel.
Edge Profile for Back-to-Back Baffles: Half-bevel.
Edge Treatment for Fold-up Baffles: Resin hardened.
Edge Treatment for Back-to-Back Baffles: Resin hardened.
Fabric Finish: Manufacturer, pattern and color as selected; applied directly over face and edges of panels to
provide full finished edge, fully tailored corners.
Mounting For Fold-up Baffles: Vertical attachment to D-Rings.
Mounting For Back-to-Back Baffles: Vertical attachment to D-Rings.
Flammability (ASTM E 84): Panel components shall have a Class A rating per ASTM E 84.
Acoustical Performance: Values below are for baffles mounted in accordance with ASTM C 423 (Type D5
Mounting) and vary by baffle thickness and finish.
a.
Performance for 1 inch thickness: 1.3 Sabins/sf.
b.
Performance for 2 inch thickness: 1.75 Sabins/sf.

PART 3 - EXECUTION
3.1

INSTALLATION
A.

Verify wet work such as plastering and concrete is complete and dry. Verify building is enclosed and under standard
occupancy conditions (60 - 85 degrees F and not more than 70 percent relative humidity) prior to start of installation.
Commencement of installation constitutes Installers acceptance of surfaces and conditions.

B.

Install products in accordance with manufacturers written instructions and in proper relationship with adjacent
construction, including the following:
1.

C.

For adhesive installation to substrate, provide temporary support to prevent panel slippage. Note: Impaling clips
are designed to help hold panels in place until adhesive dries..

Touch-up, repair or replace damaged units until satisfactory results are obtained.

END OF SECTION

2014 Owens Corning. All Rights Reserved.

SelectSound Black Acoustic Board

PROJECT ARCHITECT RESPONSIBILITY: This is a general specification guide, intended to be used by experienced construction
professionals, in conjunction with good construction practice and professional judgment. This guide is to aid in the creation of a
complete building specification that is to be fully reviewed and edited by the architect of record (specifier). Sections of this guide
should be included, edited, or omitted based on the requirements of a specific project. It is the responsibility of both the specifier
and the purchaser to determine if a product or system is suitable for its intended use. Neither Owens Corning, nor any of its subsidiary or affiliated companies, assume any responsibility for the content of this specification guide relative to actual projects and specifically disclaim any and all liability for any errors or omissions in design, detail, structural capability, attachment details, shop drawings or other construction related details, whether based upon the information provided by Owens Corning or otherwise.

SECTION 098117 - ACOUSTIC BOARD INSULATION


PART 1 - GENERAL
1.1

SUMMARY

A.

Section Includes: Glass fiber acoustical insulation for interior partitions. (Owens Corning SelectSound Black Acoustic
Board)

B.

Related Work: The following items are not included in this Section and are specified under the designated Sections:
1.
2.
3.

1.2

Section 03 30 00 CAST-IN-PLACE CONCRETE for concrete substrate.


Section 04 42 00 UNIT MASONRY for masonry substrates.
Section 09 21 00 GYPSUM BOARD ASSEMBLIES for gypsum board walls and ceilings.

SUBMITTALS
A.

Product Data: Submit manufacturers product specifications including certified laboratory test reports and other data
required to show compliance with these specifications.

B.

Certified Test Reports: Submit test data from an independent testing agency, acceptable to authorities having
jurisdiction, evidencing that systems components comply with requirements indicated for fire performance and recycled
content characteristics. Submit test data from independent testing agencies showing that system complies with the
specified requirements for acoustical performance.

1.3

DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING


A.

1.4

Project Conditions: Protect system components from excessive moisture in shipment, storage, and handling. Deliver in
unopened bundles and store in a dry place with adequate air circulation.
WARRANTY

A.

Warranty: Provide manufacturers standard 1-year warranty against defects in materials or manufacturing.

PART 2 - PRODUCTS
2.1

MANUFACTURER
A.

Glass Fiber Acoustical Insulation for Interior Partitions: SelectSound Black Acoustic Board as manufactured by Owens
Corning, www.owenscorning.com with the following characteristics:
1.

Typical Thickness: 1 inch, faced; available in precut sizes up to 48 inches x 96 inches.


a.
Noise Reduction Coefficient (ASTM C423, Type A mounting): 0.70, 1 inch thick.
b.
Thermal Resistance (ASTM C423, R-Value): 4.3.

SelectSound Black Acoustic Board

2.

Typical Thickness: 2 inches, faced.


a.
Noise Reduction Coefficient (ASTM C423, Type A mounting): 1.00, 2 inches thick.
b.
Thermal Resistance (ASTM C423, R-Value): 8.6.

3.

Compliance:
a.
Compressive Strength (ASTM A165, 10 percent deformation): 25 lb/ft2 (1197 Pa).
b.
Compressive Strength (ASTM A165, 20 percent deformation): 90 lb/ft2 (4309 Pa).
c.
Water Vapor Sorption (ASTM C1104): Less than 3 percent by weight at 120 degrees F (49 degrees C),
95 percent R.H.
d.
Fungi Resistance (ASTM C1338): Meets requirement.
e.
Corrosiveness (ASTM C665, Corrosiveness Test): Will not cause corrosion greater than that caused by
sterile cotton on aluminum or steel.
f.
Surface Burning Characteristics (ASTM E84/CAN/ULC-S102): Maximum flame spread 25, maximum
smoke developed 50.

PART 3 - EXECUTION
3.1

EXAMINATION
A.

3.2

Verification of Conditions: Examine installation location and conditions under which work is to be performed. Do not
proceed until satisfactory conditions are achieved.
INSTALLATION

A.

Install products in accordance with manufacturers written instructions and in proper relationship with adjacent
construction, including the following.
1.
2.
3.
4.

Cut insulation to fit around penetrations, including outlets, junction boxes and other irregularities.
Where walls are not finished on both sides or insulation does not fill the cavity depth, provide supplementary
support to hold product in place.
Prepare surfaces prior to manufacturer approved adhesive installation.
Prepare surfaces prior to impaling pin installation. Pin location, quantity and length should be selected to
ensure tight fit. Where subject to physical contact, protect pin tips.

END OF SECTION

2014 Owens Corning. All Rights Reserved.

SelectSound Black Acoustic Blanket

PROJECT ARCHITECT RESPONSIBILITY: This is a general specification guide, intended to be used by experienced construction
professionals, in conjunction with good construction practice and professional judgment. This guide is to aid in the creation of a
complete building specification that is to be fully reviewed and edited by the architect of record (specifier). Sections of this guide
should be included, edited, or omitted based on the requirements of a specific project. It is the responsibility of both the specifier
and the purchaser to determine if a product or system is suitable for its intended use. Neither Owens Corning, nor any of its subsidiary or affiliated companies, assume any responsibility for the content of this specification guide relative to actual projects and specifically disclaim any and all liability for any errors or omissions in design, detail, structural capability, attachment details, shop drawings or other construction related details, whether based upon the information provided by Owens Corning or otherwise.

SECTION 098116 - ACOUSTIC BLANKET INSULATION

PART 1 - GENERAL
1.1

SUMMARY
A.

Section Includes: Glass fiber acoustical insulation for interior partitions. (Owens Corning SelectSound Black Acoustic
Blanket)

B.

Related Work: The following items are not included in this Section and are specified under the designated Sections:
1.
2.
3.

1.2

Section 03 30 00 CAST-IN-PLACE CONCRETE for concrete substrate.


Section 04 42 00 UNIT MASONRY for masonry substrates.
Section 09 21 00 GYPSUM BOARD ASSEMBLIES for gypsum board walls and ceilings.

SUBMITTALS
A.

Product Data: Submit manufacturers product specifications including certified laboratory test reports and other data
required to show compliance with these specifications.

B.

Certified Test Reports: Submit test data from an independent testing agency, acceptable to authorities having
jurisdiction, evidencing that systems components comply with requirements indicated for fire performance and recycled
content characteristics. Submit test data from independent testing agencies showing that system complies with the
specified requirements for acoustical performance.

1.3

DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING


A.

1.4

Project Conditions: Protect system components from excessive moisture in shipment, storage, and handling. Deliver in
unopened bundles and store in a dry place with adequate air circulation.
WARRANTY

A.

Warranty: Provide manufacturers standard 1-year warranty against defects in materials or manufacturing.

PART 2 - PRODUCTS
2.1

MANUFACTURER
A.

Glass Fiber Acoustical Insulation for Interior Partitions: SelectSound Black Acoustic Blanket as manufactured by
Owens Corning, www.owenscorning.com with the following characteristics:

SelectSound Black Acoustic Blanket

1.

Typical Thickness: 1 inch, available in 70 ft rolls, 72 inches wide.


a.
Noise Reduction Coefficient (ASTM C423, Type A mounting): 0.70, 1 inch thick.
b.
Thermal Resistance (ASTM C423, R-Value): 4.2.

2.

Typical Thickness: 2 inches, available in 50 ft rolls, 72 inches wide.


a.
Noise Reduction Coefficient (ASTM C423, Type A mounting): 1.00, 2 inches thick.
b.
Thermal Resistance (ASTM C423, R-Value): 8.5.

3.

Compliance: ASTM C 553, Type I, 250 deg F maximum use temperature.


a.
Water Vapor Sorption (ASTM C1104): Less than 3 percent by weight at 120 degrees F (49 degrees C),
95 percent R.H.
b.
Fungi Resistance (ASTM C1338): Meets requirement.
c.
Corrosiveness (ASTM C665, Corrosiveness Test): Will not cause corrosion greater than that caused by
sterile cotton on aluminum or steel.
d.
Surface Burning Characteristics (UL 723/CAN/ULC-S102-M): Maximum flame spread 25, maximum
smoke developed 50.

PART 3 - EXECUTION
3.1

EXAMINATION
A.

3.2

Verification of Conditions: Examine installation location and conditions under which work is to be performed. Verify wet
work is complete and dry. Verify suitable blocking at cable mounting points is in place. Notify Contractor in writing of
any unsatisfactory conditions. Do not proceed until satisfactory conditions are achieved.
INSTALLATION

A.

Install products in accordance with manufacturers written instructions and in proper relationship with adjacent
construction.
1.
2.
3.
4.

Cut insulation to fit around penetrations, including outlets, junction boxes and other irregularities.
Where walls are not finished on both sides or insulation does not fill the cavity depth, provide supplementary
support to hold product in place.
Prepare surfaces prior to manufacturer approved adhesive installation.
Prepare surfaces prior to impaling pin installation. Pin location, quantity and length should be selected to
ensure tight fit. Where subject to physical contact, protect pin tips.

END OF SECTION

2014 Owens Corning. All Rights Reserved.

Eurospan Classic Acoustical Ceiling System

PROJECT ARCHITECT RESPONSIBILITY: This is a general specification guide, intended to be used by experienced construction
professionals, in conjunction with good construction practice and professional judgment. This guide is to aid in the creation of a
complete building specification that is to be fully reviewed and edited by the architect of record (specifier). Sections of this guide
should be included, edited, or omitted based on the requirements of a specific project. It is the responsibility of both the specifier and
the purchaser to determine if a product or system is suitable for its intended use. Neither Owens Corning, nor any of its subsidiary or
affiliated companies, assume any responsibility for the content of this specification guide relative to actual projects and specifically
disclaim any and all liability for any errors or omissions in design, detail, structural capability, attachment details, shop drawings or
other construction related details, whether based upon the information provided by Owens Corning or otherwise.

SECTION 095446 FABRIC WRAPPED CEILING PANELS GENERAL


1.1
A.

SUMMARY
Section Includes: Fabric wrapped ceiling panels, consisting of a laterally-suspended textile, applied over a glass-fiber
acoustic core and attached to a continuous mounting system. (Eurospan Classic)

1.2

SUBMITTALS

A.

Product Data: Submit manufacturers product data including certified laboratory test reports and other data required to
show compliance with these specifications.

B.

Shop Drawings: Submit shop drawings showing typical reflected ceiling plan, sectional views and details of construction.

C.

Samples: Submit 12 by 12 inch samples of representative fabric with factory detailed edge, and representative samples
of devices.

D.

Certified Test Reports: Submit test data from an independent testing agency, acceptable to authorities having
jurisdiction, evidencing that systems components comply with requirements indicated for fire performance and recycled
content characteristics. Submit test data from independent testing agencies showing that system complies with the
specified requirements for acoustical performance.

E.

Extra Stock: Submit an additional 2 percent of each fabric as extra stock for future use.
1.3

QUALITY ASSURANCE

A.

Recycled Content: Fiberglass board core eligible to bear the Green Cross label for recycled content, certified on
average to contain at least 40 percent recycled glass, with 10 percent post-consumer and 30 percent pre-consumer
content.

B.

Installer Qualifications: Owens Corning Certified Installer.


1.4

A.

Project Conditions: Protect system components from excessive moisture in shipment, storage, and handling. Deliver in
unopened bundles and store in a dry place with adequate air circulation. Do not deliver material to building until wet
conditions such as concrete, plaster, paint, and adhesives have been completed and cured to a condition of equilibrium.
1.5

A.

DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING

LIMITEDWARRANTY
Limited Warranty: Provide manufacturers standard limited 2-year warranty against defects in materials and
manufacturing. Provide manufacturers standard limited 10-year warranty against sagging or wrinkles due to heat,
humidity or aging.

Eurospan Classic Acoustical Ceiling System

PART 2 - PRODUCTS
2.1
A.

MANUFACTURER
Fabric Wrapped Ceiling Panels: Eurospan Classic Acoustical Ceiling System as manufactured by Eurospan Stretch
Systems, www.eurospanstretchsystems.com with the following characteristics:
1.
a.

b.
c.
d.
e.

2.
a.

3.

a.
b.
c.
d.

Fabric: Eurospan Classic Ceiling Textile, [Classic White] [Vienna Crme] [Theater Black] [Custom]
color.
Fabric Type: Fiber content and locking weave not affected by heat or humidity, capable of elongating 25
percent, spot cleanable and dry cleanable. Coated with light polyurethane coating cleanable with water
or solvent-based cleaners.
Fabric Size: No seams up to 16 feet; seams allowed over 16 feet.
Fire Performance: NFPA Class A or UBC Class I, ASTM E84 flame spread index 5 or less and smoke
developed 15 or less.
Light Reflectance: Minimum light reflectance of 0.85 for white color.
Penetrations: Self supporting at penetrations, cut in fabric without additional reinforcement rings or
support.
Acoustical Core: [Standard 1 inch thick medium density glass fiber core.] [Non-standard [1/2] [3/4] [1] [11/2] [2] [3] [4] inch [medium] [high] density glass fiber core.]
Acoustic Performance: ASTM C 423, Type E 400 mounting with minimum NRC of 1.00 at 1 inch
thickness, Type A mounting with NRC of 0.80 at 1 inch thickness.
Mounting Devices: Nominal 1/2 inch or 1 inch fire-retardant rigid polymer high-strength extrusions or
aluminum extrusions produced in perimeter and mid-seam profiles. Staples, 18 gauge with mechanical
ability to attach extrusions, suitable for mounting substrate.
Fire Performance, Assembly: NFPA Class A or UBC Class I, ASTM E84 flame spread index 5 or less
and smoke developed 35 or less.
Perimeter Track: [Square] [Bevel], with exposed edges selective covered with matching fabric or
painted to match the fabric.
Mid Joint Track: [Square] [Reveal] [Flexible] track as required to achieve design indicated on the
Drawings. Capable of installing panels continuously without joints.
Furring: If core material is thicker than track profile, provide fire retardant treated wood grounds or
furrings prior to mounting the track. If edges of grounds are exposed, finish with fabric or painted as
selected.

PART 3 - EXECUTION
3.1
A.

Verification of Conditions: Examine installation location and conditions under which work is to be performed. Verify wet
work is complete and dry. Verify suitable blocking is in place. Notify Contractor in writing of any unsatisfactory
conditions. Do not proceed until satisfactory conditions are achieved.
3.2

A.

EXAMINATION

INSTALLATION
Install products in accordance with manufacturers written instructions and in proper relationship with adjacent
construction including the following:
1.
2.
3.
4.

Inspect fabric prior to installation. Do not install damaged, imperfect or soiled fabric.
Apply mounting system tracks to surfaces to receive system. Secure with 1 inch staples spaced on 2 inch
centers.
Install mounting system tracks level and straight, flush and in proper alignment.
Install acoustical core material continuous and flush to the edge of the track in largest sizes practical and
secure in place with appropriate adhesives or staples. For fabric closer than 1/4 inch to the core, caulk
joints or provide a white scrim or lining to prevent read through. Scrim or lining shall not inhibit the
acoustical performance of the system, and meet fire safety code requirements.

Eurospan Classic Acoustical Ceiling System

5.

3.3

Stretch shop cut fabric and secure into the locking jaws to produce a smooth surface, free of wrinkles or
puckers. Adjust fabric to meet the required dimensional layout.

CLEANING AND PROTECTION

A.

Clean exposed surfaces as necessary. Comply with manufacturers instructions for cleaning and repair of minor finish
damage. Remove and replace work that cannot be successfully cleaned and repaired to permanently eliminate
evidence of damage.

B.

Advise Contractor of required protection, including soiling from other trades and dust control, so that the work will be
without damage and deterioration at the time of acceptance.
END OF SECTION

2014 Owens Corning. All Rights Reserved.

Eurospan EOS Acoustical Ceiling System

PROJECT ARCHITECT RESPONSIBILITY: This is a general specification guide, intended to be used by experienced construction
professionals, in conjunction with good construction practice and professional judgment. This guide is to aid in the creation of a
complete building specification that is to be fully reviewed and edited by the architect of record (specifier). Sections of this guide
should be included, edited, or omitted based on the requirements of a specific project. It is the responsibility of both the specifier and
the purchaser to determine if a product or system is suitable for its intended use. Neither Owens Corning, nor any of its subsidiary or
affiliated companies, assume any responsibility for the content of this specification guide relative to actual projects and specifically
disclaim any and all liability for any errors or omissions in design, detail, structural capability, attachment details, shop drawings or
other construction related details, whether based upon the information provided by Owens Corning or otherwise.

SECTION 095446 FABRIC WRAPPED CEILING PANELS


PART 1 - GENERAL
1.1

SUMMARY
A.

1.2

Section Includes: Fabric wrapped ceiling panels, consisting of a laterally-suspended textile, applied over a glass-fiber
acoustic core and attached to a continuous mounting system. (Eurospan EOS)
SUBMITTALS

A.

Product Data: Submit manufacturers product data including certified laboratory test reports and other data required to
show compliance with these specifications.

B.

Shop Drawings: Submit shop drawings showing typical reflected ceiling plan, sectional views and details of construction.

C.

Samples: Submit 12 by 12 inch samples of representative fabric with factory detailed edge, and representative samples
of mounting devices.

D.

Certified Test Reports: Submit test data from an independent testing agency, acceptable to authorities having
jurisdiction, evidencing that systems components comply with requirements indicated for fire performance and recycled
content characteristics. Submit test data from independent testing agencies showing that system complies with the
specified requirements for acoustical performance.

E.

Extra Stock: Submit an additional 2 percent of each fabric as extra stock for future use.

1.3

QUALITY ASSURANCE
A.

Recycled Content: Fiberglass board core eligible to bear the Green Cross label for recycled content, certified on
average to contain at least 30 percent recycled glass, with 4 percent post-consumer and 26 percent pre-consumer
content.

B.

Installer Qualifications: Owens Corning Certified Installer.

1.4

DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING


A.

1.5

Project Conditions: Protect system components from excessive moisture in shipment, storage, and handling. Deliver in
unopened bundles and store in a dry place with adequate air circulation. Do not deliver material to building until wet
conditions such as concrete, plaster, paint, and adhesives have been completed and cured to a condition of equilibrium.
LIMITED WARRANTY

A.

Limited Warranty: Provide manufacturers standard limited 2-year warranty against defects in materials and
manufacturing. Provide manufacturers standard limited 10-year warranty against sagging or wrinkles due to heat,
humidity or aging.

Eurospan EOS Acoustical Ceiling System

PART 2 - PRODUCTS
2.1

MANUFACTURER
A.

Fabric Wrapped Ceiling Panels: Eurospan EOS Acoustical Ceiling System as manufactured by Eurospan Stretch
Systems, www.eurospanstretchsystems.com with the following characteristics:
1.

Fabric: Eurospan EOS Ceiling Textile, [standard white] [custom] color.


a.
Fabric Type: Fiber content and locking weave not affected by heat or humidity, capable of elongating 25
percent, spot cleanable and dry cleanable. Coated with light polyurethane coating cleanable with water
or solvent-based cleaners.
b.
Fabric Size: No seams up to 16 feet; seams allowed over 16 feet.
c.
Fire Performance: NFPA Class A or UBC Class I, ASTM E84 flame spread index 5 or less and smoke
developed 15 or less.
d.
Light Reflectance: Minimum light reflectance of 0.85.
e.
Penetrations: Self supporting at penetrations, cut in fabric without additional reinforcement rings or
support.

2.

Acoustical Core: [Standard 1 inch thick medium density glass fiber core.] [Non-standard [1/2] [3/4] [1] [1-1/2] [2]
[3] [4] inch [medium] [high] density glass fiber core.]
a.
Acoustic Performance: ASTM C 423, Type E 400 mounting with minimum NRC of 0.80 at 1 inch
thickness, Type A mounting with NRC of 0.85 at 1 inch thickness and 0.95 at 2 inch thickness.

3.

Mounting Devices: Nominal 1/2 inch or 1 inch rigid polymer high-strength extrusions or aluminum extrusions
produced in perimeter and mid-seam profiles. Pneumatic staples or screw fasteners suitable for mounting
substrate.
a.
Fire Performance: NFPA Class A or UBC Class I, ASTM E84 flame spread index 25 or less and smoke
developed 50 or less.
b.
Perimeter Track: Square, with exposed edges selective covered with matching fabric or painted to
match the fabric.
c.
Mid Joint Track: [Square] [Reveal] [Flexible] track as required to achieve design indicated on the
Drawings. Capable of installing panels continuously without joints.
d.
Furring: If core material is thicker than track profile, provide fire retardant treated wood grounds or
furrings prior to mounting the track. If edges of grounds are exposed, finish with fabric or painted as
selected.

PART 3 - EXECUTION
3.1

EXAMINATION
A.

3.2

Verification of Conditions: Examine installation location and conditions under which work is to be performed. Verify wet
work is complete and dry. Verify suitable blocking is in place. Notify Contractor in writing of any unsatisfactory
conditions. Do not proceed until satisfactory conditions are achieved.
INSTALLATION

A.

Install products in accordance with manufacturers written instructions and in proper relationship with adjacent
construction including the following:
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.

Inspect fabric prior to installation. Do not install damaged, imperfect or soiled fabric.
Apply mounting system tracks to surfaces to receive system. Secure with pneumatic staples or screw fasteners
2 to 3 inches on center.
Install mounting system tracks level and straight, flush and in proper alignment.
Install acoustical core material continuous and flush to the edge of the track in largest sizes practical and secure
in place with appropriate staples or screw fasteners.
Stretch shop cut fabric and secure into the locking jaws to produce a smooth surface, free of wrinkles or
puckers. Adjust fabric to meet the required dimensional layout.

Eurospan EOS Acoustical Ceiling System

3.3

CLEANING AND PROTECTION


A.

Clean exposed surfaces as necessary. Comply with manufacturers instructions for cleaning and repair of minor finish
damage. Remove and replace work that cannot be successfully cleaned and repaired to permanently eliminate
evidence of damage.

B.

Advise Contractor of required protection, including soiling from other trades and dust control, so that the work will be
without damage and deterioration at the time of acceptance.
END OF SECTION
2014 Owens Corning. All Rights Reserved.

Eurospan Translucence System

PROJECT ARCHITECT RESPONSIBILITY: This is a general specification guide, intended to be used by experienced construction
professionals, in conjunction with good construction practice and professional judgment. This guide is to aid in the creation of a
complete building specification that is to be fully reviewed and edited by the architect of record (specifier). Sections of this guide
should be included, edited, or omitted based on the requirements of a specific project. It is the responsibility of both the specifier and
the purchaser to determine if a product or system is suitable for its intended use. Neither Owens Corning, nor any of its subsidiary or
affiliated companies, assume any responsibility for the content of this specification guide relative to actual projects and specifically
disclaim any and all liability for any errors or omissions in design, detail, structural capability, attachment details, shop drawings or
other construction related details, whether based upon the information provided by Owens Corning or otherwise.

SECTION 09 54 43 STRETCHED TRANSLUCENT FABRIC CEILING SYSTEMS


PART 1 - GENERAL
1.1

SUMMARY
A.

1.2

Section Includes: Stretched fabric ceiling system, consisting of translucent fabric membrane stretched and fastened to
fixed or demountable frame structures in place below ambient or artificial lighting.
SUBMITTALS

A.

Product Data: Submit manufacturers product data including certified laboratory test reports and other data required to
show compliance with these specifications.

B.

Shop Drawings: Submit shop drawings showing typical reflected ceiling plan, sectional views and details of construction.

C.

Samples: Submit 12 by 12 inch samples of representative fabric with factory detailed edge, and representative samples
of stainless steel cables and fittings to be used as mounting devices.

D.

Certified Test Reports: Submit test data from an independent testing agency, acceptable to authorities having
jurisdiction, evidencing that systems components comply with requirements indicated for fire performance
characteristics. Submit test data from independent testing agencies showing that system complies with the specified
requirements for acoustical performance.

E.

Extra Stock: Submit an additional 2 percent of each fabric as extra stock for future use.

1.3

QUALITY ASSURANCE
A.

1.4

Installer Qualifications: Owens Corning Certified Installer.


DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING

A.

1.5

Project Conditions: Protect system components from excessive moisture in shipment, storage, and handling. Deliver in
unopened bundles and store in a dry place with adequate air circulation. Do not deliver material to building until wet
conditions such as concrete, plaster, paint, and adhesives have been completed and cured to a condition of equilibrium.
LIMITED WARRANTY

A.

Limited Warranty: Provide manufacturers standard limited 2-year warranty against defects in materials and
manufacturing. Provide manufacturers standard limited 10-year warranty against sagging or wrinkles due to heat,
humidity or aging.

Eurospan Translucence System

PART 2 - PRODUCTS
2.1

MANUFACTURER
A.

Stretched Fabric Ceiling Systems: Eurospan Translucence Stretch Fabric System as manufactured by Eurospan
Stretch Systems, www.eurospanstretchsystems.com with the following characteristics:
1.

Fabric: Eurospan Classic or EOS fabric, [standard white] color.


a.
Fabric Type- Classic - Fiber content and locking weave not affected by heat or humidity, spot cleanable
and dry cleanable. EOS added light polyurethane coating
b.
Fabric Size: No seams up to 16 feet; seams allowed over 16 feet.
c.
Fire Performance: NFPA Class A or UBC Class I, ASTM E84 flame spread index 5 or less and smoke
developed 15 or less.
d.
Light Reflectance: Minimum light reflectance of 0.75 0.85

2.

Fabric Mounting Devices: Nominal 1/2 inch or 1 inch fire-retardant rigid polymer high-strength extrusions
produced in perimeter and mid-seam profiles. Attachment: mechanical fasteners with ability to attach extrusions
to frames or suitable substrate.
a.
Fire Performance, Assembly: NFPA Class A or UBC Class I, ASTM E84 flame spread index 5 or less
and smoke developed 35 or less.
b.
Perimeter Track: [Square] with exposed edges selective covered with matching fabric or painted to
match the fabric.
c.
Mid Joint Track: [Square] track as required to achieve design indicated on the Drawings. System is also
capable of installing panels continuously without joints.

PART 3 - EXECUTION
3.1

EXAMINATION
A.

3.2

Verification of Conditions: Examine installation location and conditions under which work is to be performed. Verify wet
work is complete and dry. Verify suitable blocking is in place. Notify Contractor in writing of any unsatisfactory
conditions. Do not proceed until satisfactory conditions are achieved.
INSTALLATION

A.

Install products in accordance with manufacturers written instructions and in proper relationship with adjacent
construction including the following:
1.
2.
3.

3.3

Inspect fabric prior to installation. Do not install damaged, imperfect or soiled fabric.
Anchor stainless steel cable fittings to structure, using anchors acceptable to the manufacturer.
Stretch fabric and secure into the cable fittings to produce a smooth surface, free of wrinkles or puckers. Adjust
fabric to meet the required dimensional layout.

CLEANING AND PROTECTION


A.

Clean exposed surfaces as necessary. Comply with manufacturers instructions for cleaning and repair of minor finish
damage. Remove and replace work that cannot be successfully cleaned and repaired to permanently eliminate
evidence of damage.

B.

Advise Contractor of required protection, including soiling from other trades and dust control, so that the work will be
without damage and deterioration at the time of acceptance.

END OF SECTION

2014 Owens Corning. All Rights Reserved.

Eurospan Acoustical Wall System

PROJECT ARCHITECT RESPONSIBILITY: This is a general specification guide, intended to be used by experienced construction
professionals, in conjunction with good construction practice and professional judgment. This guide is to aid in the creation of a
complete building specification that is to be fully reviewed and edited by the architect of record (specifier). Sections of this guide
should be included, edited, or omitted based on the requirements of a specific project. It is the responsibility of both the specifier and
the purchaser to determine if a product or system is suitable for its intended use. Neither Owens Corning, nor any of its subsidiary or
affiliated companies, assume any responsibility for the content of this specification guide relative to actual projects and specifically
disclaim any and all liability for any errors or omissions in design, detail, structural capability, attachment details, shop drawings or
other construction related details, whether based upon the information provided by Owens Corning or otherwise.

SECTION 098414 ACOUSTIC STRETCHED FABRIC WALL SYSTEMS


PART 1 - GENERAL
1.1

SUMMARY
A.

1.2

Section Includes: Acoustic stretched fabric wall system, consisting of a textile applied over a glass-fiber acoustic core
and attached to a continuous mounting system. (Eurospan Acoustical Wall System)
SUBMITTALS

A.

Product Data: Submit manufacturers product data including certified laboratory test reports and other data required to
show compliance with these specifications.

B.

Shop Drawings: Submit shop drawings showing typical wall elevations, sectional views and details of construction.

C.

Samples: Submit 12 by 12 inch samples of representative fabric with factory detailed edge, and representative samples
of mounting devices.

D.

Certified Test Reports: Submit test data from an independent testing agency, acceptable to authorities having
jurisdiction, evidencing that systems components comply with requirements indicated for fire performance and recycled
content characteristics. Submit test data from independent testing agencies showing that system complies with the
specified requirements for acoustical performance.

E.

Extra Stock: Submit an additional 2 percent of each fabric as extra stock for future use.

1.3

QUALITY ASSURANCE
A.

Recycled Content: Fiberglass board core eligible to bear the Green Cross label for recycled content, certified on
average to contain at least 30 percent recycled glass, with at least 4 percent post-consumer glass content.

B.

Installer Qualifications: Owens Corning Certified Installer.

1.4

DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING


A.

1.5

Project Conditions: Protect system components from excessive moisture in shipment, storage, and handling. Deliver in
unopened bundles and store in a dry place with adequate air circulation. Do not deliver material to building until wet
conditions such as concrete, plaster, paint, and adhesives have been completed and cured to a condition of equilibrium.
LIMITED WARRANTY

A.

Limited Warranty: Provide manufacturers standard 5-year warranty against defects in materials and manufacturing.

Eurospan Acoustical Wall System

PART 2 - PRODUCTS
2.1

MANUFACTURER
A.

Acoustic Stretched Fabric Wall System: Eurospan Acoustical Wall System as manufactured by Eurospan Stretch
Systems, www.eurospanstretchsystems.com with the following characteristics:
1.

Fabric: [Selected from manufacturers standard acoustical panel fabric.] [Selected from commercial grade
panel/upholstery fabrics complying with the following.]
a.
Fabric Type: Fiber content and locking weave not affected by heat or humidity, , spot cleanable and dry
cleanable.
b.
Fabric Size: No seams up to 16 feet; seams allowed over 16 feet.
c.
Fire Performance: NFPA Class A or UBC Class I, ASTM E84 flame spread index 25 or less and smoke
developed 450 or less.
d.
Light Reflectance: Minimum light reflectance of 0.85 for white color.
e.
Penetrations: Self supporting at penetrations, cut in fabric without additional reinforcement rings or
support.

2.

Acoustical Core: [Standard 1 inch thick 6 to 7 pound density glass fiber core.] [Non-standard [1/2] [3/4] [1] [11/2] [2] [3] [4] inch [medium] [high] density glass fiber core.]
a.
Acoustic Performance: ASTM C 423, Type A mounting with NRC of 0.80 at 1 inch thickness.

3.

Mounting Devices: Nominal 1/2 inch or 1 inch fire-retardant rigid polymer high-strength extrusions or aluminum
extrusions produced in perimeter and mid-seam profiles. Staples, 18 gauge with mechanical ability to attach
extrusions, suitable for mounting substrate.
a.
Fire Performance, Assembly: NFPA Class A or UBC Class I, ASTM E84 testing.
b.
Perimeter Track: [Square] [Bevel] [Radius], with exposed edges selective covered with matching fabric
or painted to match the fabric.
c.
Mid Joint Track: [Square] [Bevel] [Radius] [Reveal] [Flexible] track as required to achieve design
indicated on the Drawings. Capable of installing panels continuously without joints.
d.
Furring: If core material is thicker than track profile, provide fire retardant treated wood grounds or
furrings prior to mounting the track. If edges of grounds are exposed, finish with fabric or painted as
selected.

PART 3 - EXECUTION
3.1

EXAMINATION
A.

3.2

Verification of Conditions: Examine installation location and conditions under which work is to be performed. Verify wet
work is complete and dry. Verify suitable blocking at cable mounting points is in place. Notify Contractor in writing of any
unsatisfactory conditions. Do not proceed until satisfactory conditions are achieved.
INSTALLATION

A.

Install products in accordance with manufacturers written instructions and in proper relationship with adjacent
construction including the following:
1.
2.
3.
4.

5.

Inspect fabric prior to installation. Do not install damaged, imperfect or soiled fabric.
Apply mounting system tracks to surfaces to receive system. Secure with 1 inch staples spaced on 2 inch
centers.
Install mounting system tracks level and straight, flush and in proper alignment.
Install acoustical core material continuous and flush to the edge of the track in largest sizes practical and secure
in place with appropriate adhesives or staples. For fabric very light in color or light in weight, provide a white
scrim or lining to prevent read through. Scrim or lining shall not inhibit the acoustical performance of the system,
and meet fire safety code requirements.
Stretch shop cut fabric and secure into the locking jaws to produce a smooth surface, free of wrinkles or
puckers. Adjust fabric to meet the required dimensional layout.

Eurospan Acoustical Wall System

3.3

CLEANING AND PROTECTION


A.

Clean exposed surfaces as necessary. Comply with manufacturers instructions for cleaning and repair of minor finish
damage. Remove and replace work that cannot be successfully cleaned and repaired to permanently eliminate
evidence of damage.

B.

Advise Contractor of required protection, including soiling from other trades and dust control, so that the work will be
without damage and deterioration at the time of acceptance.

END OF SECTION

2014 Owens Corning. All Rights Reserved.

QuietZone Acoustic Batts


with PureFiber Technology

PROJECT ARCHITECT RESPONSIBILITY: This is a general specification guide, intended to be used by experienced construction
professionals, in conjunction with good construction practice and professional judgment. This guide is to aid in the creation of a
complete building specification that is to be fully reviewed and edited by the architect of record (specifier). Sections of this guide
should be included, edited, or omitted based on the requirements of a specific project. It is the responsibility of both the specifier
and the purchaser to determine if a product or system is suitable for its intended use. Neither Owens Corning, nor any of its subsidiary or affiliated companies, assume any responsibility for the content of this specification guide relative to actual projects and specifically disclaim any and all liability for any errors or omissions in design, detail, structural capability, attachment details, shop drawings or other construction related details, whether based upon the information provided by Owens Corning or otherwise.

SECTION 098117 ACOUSTIC BATT INSULATION


PART 1 - GENERAL
1.1

SUMMARY
A.

Section Includes: Glass fiber acoustical insulation for wood-framed interior walls, floor and ceilings. (Owens Corning

QuietZone Acoustic Batts with PureFiber Technology)

B.

Related Work: The following items are not included in this Section and are specified under the designated Sections:
1.
2.

1.2

Section 061000 ROUGH CARPENTRY for acoustic wood framing.


Section 092100 PLASTER AND GYPSUM BOARD ASSEMBLIES for plaster and gypsum board walls and
ceilings.

SUBMITTALS
A.

1.3

Product Data: Submit manufacturers product specifications including certified laboratory test reports and other data
required to show compliance with these specifications.
DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING

A.

1.4

Project Conditions: Protect system components from excessive moisture in shipment, storage, and handling. Deliver in
unopened bundles and store in a dry place with adequate air circulation.
WARRANTY

A.

Warranty: Provide manufacturers standard 1-year warranty against defects in materials or manufacturing.

PART 2 - PRODUCTS
2.1

MANUFACTURER
A.

Glass Fiber Acoustical Insulation for Wood Framed Interior Walls, Floors and Ceilings: QuietZone Acoustic Batts with

PureFiber Technology as manufactured by Owens Corning, www.owenscorning.com with the following characteristics:
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.

Type: Inorganic glass fibers complying with ASTM C 665, Type II, Class C.
Faced Batts: 3-/12 inches thick by 15 inches wide, 3-1/2 inches thick by 23 inches wide, and 5-1/2 inches thick
by 15-1/2 inches wide as applicable to framing spacing; standard precut lengths.
Unfaced Batts: 3-1/2 inches thick by 15-1/4 inches and 3-1/2 inches thick by 23-1/4 inches wide as applicable
to framing spacing, standard precut lengths.
Dimensional Stability: Less than 0.1 percent linear shrinkage.
Water Absorption: Less than 0.05 percent maximum by volume.
Code Compliance:
a.
Uniform Building Code (ICBO) building types III, IV and V.
b.
National Building Code (BOCA) building types 3, 4, and 5.
c.
Standard Building Code (SBCCI) building types III, V, and VI.

QuietZone Acoustic Batts


with PureFiber Technology

PART 3 - EXECUTION
3.1

EXAMINATION
A.

3.2

Verification of Conditions: Examine installation location and conditions under which work is to be performed. Do not
proceed until satisfactory conditions are achieved.
INSTALLATION

A.

Install products in accordance with manufacturers written instructions and in proper relationship with adjacent
construction, including the following.
1.
2.

3.
4.

Friction-fit batts to fill entire height and width of stud cavity.


Cut insulation to fit around penetrations, including outlets, junction boxes and other irregularities. Do not place
insulation within 3 inches of light fixtures or similar electrical devices unless device is labeled for contact with
insulation.
Install unfaced insulation only between wood framing and masonry chimneys. Do not use unfaced or faced
insulation in spaces around metal chimneys, fireplaces or flues.
Protect batts from damage until interior finish is applied.

END OF SECTION
2014 Owens Corning. All Rights Reserved.

Product Data Sheet

FOUNDATIONS WALL PANELS


FIRE PERFORMANCE
Each component has been tested according to ASTM E 84* and
has Class I/A rating.

RECYCLED CONTENT
Foundations Wall Panels can utilize an Owens Corning
fiberglass board core that is third-party certified for recycled
content. The board is certified by SCS to contain at least
57% recycled glass.

APPLICATION

And for your LEED project, our acoustical panels can help
you qualify for recycled content points under the Materials and
Resources section. Other LEED categories may also apply
depending upon the project requirements.

Conwed Designscape|Wall Technology Foundations Acoustical


Wall Panels are designed for areas requiring excellent acoustical
absorption with a soft drywall look. Use in conference rooms,
auditoriums, churches, entry- ways, and similar areas.

CONSTRUCTION
The core construction is a dimensionally stable 6-7 PCF glass
fiberboard laminated with a 1/8 16-20 pcf molded glass fiber, all
covered with a specially formulated fiberglass mat. Edges are
protected with resin hardening. The acoustically transparent
finish completely covers the face and exposed edges.

SIZE AVAILABILITY
Available thicknesses are 1, 1, 2, 3, and 4, plus the 1/8
molded glass fiberboard. Maximum size is 4x10. 4 maximum
is 4 x 6 or 24 square feet.

EDGE DETAIL
All edges are resin hardened, unless otherwise specified.
Available shapes include: square, and bevel.

FINISH
Foundations Wall Panels come factory-finished with a
proprietary white, acoustically transparent covering with a
soft drywall look. Finish can be used as-is, or field painted
with a spray application.

MOUNTING
Standard mountings include spot adhesive, Z-clip, concealed
splines, impaling clips, hook & loop, Z-bar to Z-bar, and magnetic
fasteners.

ACOUSTICAL PERFORMANCE
Our products are constantly modified to achieve their
maximum acoustical performance while providing the aesthetics
desired in their applications. Panels are available in a variety of
thickness, and their performances are tested in accordance to
ASTM procedures in a NVLAP accredited laboratory. Please
consult with your Sales Representative, or the Companys
Technical Services Department for assistance in determining
the proper panels, and their acoustical specifications, for your
application.

WARRANTY
3-YEAR WARRANTY
Foundations Wall Panels have a limited 3-year warranty. The
panels are warranted to be free from defects in material and
workmanship for a period of three years from the date of
shipment.
See product warranty for details and limitations.
* The ASTM E 84 standard should be used to measure and describe the properties
of materials, products or assemblies in response to heat and flame under controlled
laboratory conditions and should not be used to describe or appraise the fire hazard
or fire risk of materials, products or assemblies under actual fire conditions. However,
results of this test may be used as elements of a fire risk assessment, which takes into,
account all of the factors, which are pertinent to an assessment of the fire hazard of a
particular end use. Values are reported to the nearest 5 rating.

Product Data Sheet

FOUNDATIONS WALL PANELS


PART 1 GENERAL
1.1

Work in this section shall be subject to drawings, general


conditions, schedules, addenda and other contract
documents.

1.2

The extent of the acoustical panels is shown on the


drawings and in the schedules.

1.3

Submit _______ (select quantity) samples of each type


of acoustical panel as shown on the drawings and in
schedules and include appropriate technical information
including test data and maintenance instructions. Submit
__________ (select quantity) fabric selector cards from
manufacturers standard finishes, or designer specified
finishes.

1.4

Acoustical panels shall be installed according to


manufacturers recommendations and instructions.

1.5

Installation of acoustical panels shall not begin until all wet


work (plastering, concrete, etc.) is completed and dry.
Building shall be properly enclosed and under standard
occupancy conditions (temperature of 60-85F and not
more than 70% relative humidity) before installation
begins.
The contractor shall be responsible for the examination
and acceptance of all surfaces and conditions prior to the
acoustical panel installation.

1.6

1.7

Substitutions or changes will only be permitted by prior


approval by the architect.

PART 2 MATERIALS
2.1

Acoustical wall panels shall be: Foundations Wall Panels as


manufactured by Conwed Designscape|Wall Technology,
800 Gustafson Road, Ladysmith, WI 54848.
Phone (800) 932-2383, fax (800) 833-4798.

2.2

Acoustical Panels shall be constructed of a composite


core construction of dimensionally stable rigid fiberglass
of 6-7 pcf density laminated to 1/8 16-20 pcf molded glass
fiber. Thickness (choose one) 3/4, 1, 1-1/2, 2, 3, 4 plus
1
/8 or custom ____________ (specify).

2.3

Sizes: ______ width and _______ high or as shown on


drawings. Standard maximum size is 48 wide x 120 high.
Custom or larger sizes available; consult manufacturer.
Panels are to be manufactured according to field
dimensions supplied by the installing contractor. Standard
tolerances are 1/16 in width and length.

2.4

Edge profile shall be: Square, full bevel, half-bevel, miter, or


custom __________________ (specify). Corner detail
shall be: Square or custom _______________ (specify).
Edge treatment shall be: resin hardened, aluminum or
high-pressure laminate (with square edge only) or custom
_______________ (specify).

2.5

Panel finish shall be soft texture acoustically transparent


finish. Finish shall be applied directly over the face and
edges of the panel to provide a full finished edge. All
corners are fully tailored. Note: factory painting is
available and referred to as Subtle Texture.

2.6

Mounting shall be: Adhesive/Resin, Impaling/Adhesive,


Lay-in, Magnet, Spline, VELCRO, Panel Clip to Z-Bar,
Panel Clip to Double Wall Clip, Z-Bar to Z-Bar,
Aluminum Z-Clips, Panel Clips/VELCRO or custom
________________ (specify). Adhesive, miscellaneous
fasteners, (i.e. nails, screws, etc.) and standard continuous
wall leveling angle are to be supplied by the contractor.

2.7

Acoustical Performance panels shall have a minimum


NRC of _____ (please specify).

2.8

Flammability All panel components shall have a Class


A fire rating in accordance with ASTM E-84.

Thank you for choosing Conwed Designscape|Wall


Technology for your acoustical needs.
The information provided above is correct to the best of our
knowledge at time of printing. We reserve the right to make
changes without prior notification.
DISCLAIMER OF LIABILITY
Technical information contained herein is furnished without charge or obligation and is
given and accepted at recipients sole risk. Because conditions of use may vary and are
beyond our control, Owens Corning makes no representation about, and is not responsible
or liable for the accuracy or reliability of data associated with particular uses of any product
described herein. Nothing contained in this bulletin shall be considered a recommendation.

&'&&25325$7,21
+YWXEJWSR6SEH
0EH]WQMXL;MWGSRWMR
T: 1-800-932-2383
F: 1-800-833-4798
www.conweddesignscape.com

4YF2S%4VMRXIHMR97%%TVMP
3[IRW'SVRMRK%PP6MKLXW6IWIVZIH
0))(MWEVIKMWXIVIHXVEHIQEVOSJ97+VIIR&YMPHMRK'SYRGMP

Product Data Sheet

REBOUND PANELS
FIRE PERFORMANCE
Each component has been tested according to ASTM E 84* and
has a Class I/A rating.

R-VALUE

APPLICATION
Conwed Designscape|Wall Technology Rebound fabriccovered wall and ceiling panels are designed for use in high
abuse areas requiring sound absorption. A sheet of perforated
co-polymer under the fabric allows sound absorption while
withstanding many forms of punishment. Use in gymnasiums,
hotels, multi-purpose rooms anywhere requiring a durable,
acoustically absorbent panel.

CONSTRUCTION
This panel features a dimensionally stable 6-7 PCF fiberglass
core, with a 1/16 resilient perforated co-polymer face sheet.
Panels are finished with Class A-rated fabric and arrive readyto-install in any commercial application. Finishes are completely
adhered to the face of the panel and returned to the back for a
full finished edge. All corners are fully tailored.

The R-Value is resistivity to heat or cold, and is an important


factor in choosing a finish.
1
4.1
6.2
1-1/2
2
8.3
3
12.5
4
16.6

RECYCLED CONTENT
Rebound wall and ceiling panels can utilize an Owens Corning
fiberglass board core that is third-party certified for recycled
content. The board is certified by SCS to contain at least
57% recycled glass.
And for your LEED project, our acoustical panels can help
you qualify for recycled content points under the Materials and
Resources section. Other LEED categories may also apply
depending upon the project requirements.

SIZE AVAILABILITY
Thicknesses include: 1-1/16, 1-9/16 and 2-1/16. Widths are up to
48, and lengths to 10. Custom widths up to 53 are available.

EDGE DETAIL
All edges are resin hardened, unless otherwise specified.
Corner choices include: square, bevel, and radius.

FINISH
A wide variety of fabrics are available from all major brands,
including Guilford, Maharam, Knoll, Carnegie, and Designtex. A
comprehensive selection of vinyl coverings are available from
Sanitas Kalahari, Designtex and Maharam.

MOUNTING
Standard mountings include spot and perimeter adhesive, Z-clip,
concealed splines, impaling clips, hook & loop, and magnetic
fasteners. Z-Bar to Z-Bar is recommended for ceilings.

ACOUSTICAL PERFORMANCE
Our products are constantly modified to achieve their
maximum acoustical performance while providing the aesthetics
desired in their applications. Panels are available in a variety of
thickness, and their performances are tested in accordance to
ASTM procedures in a NVLAP accredited laboratory. Please
consult with your Local Representative, or the Companys
Technical Services Department for assistance in determining
the proper panels, and their acoustical specifications, for your
application.

WARRANTY
3-YEAR WARRANTY
Rebound acoustical panels have a limited 3-year warranty
starting from date of shipment. The panels are warranted to be
free from defects in material and workmanship.
See product warranty for details and limitations.
* The ASTM E 84 standard should be used to measure and describe the properties
of materials, products or assemblies in response to heat and flame under controlled
laboratory conditions and should not be used to describe or appraise the fire hazard or
fire risk of materials, products or assemblies under actual fire conditions. However, results of
this test may be used as elements of a fire risk assessment, which takes into, account all of
the factors, which are pertinent to an assessment of the fire hazard of a particular end use.
Values are reported to the nearest 5 rating

Product Data Sheet

REBOUND PANELS
PART 1 GENERAL
1.1 Work in this section shall be subject to drawings, general
conditions, schedules, addenda and other contract
documents.
1.2 The extent of the acoustical panels is shown on the
drawings and in the schedules.
1.3 Submit _______ (select quantity) samples of each type of
acoustical panel as shown on the drawings and in schedules
and include appropriate technical information including test
data and maintenance instructions. Submit __________
(select quantity) fabric selector cards from manufacturers
standard finishes, or designer specified finishes.
1.4 Acoustical panels shall be installed according to
manufacturers recommendations and instructions.
1.5 Installation of acoustical panels shall not begin until all wet
work (plastering, concrete, etc.) is completed and dry.
Building shall be properly enclosed and under standard
occupancy conditions (temperature of 60-85F and not
more than 70% relative humidity) before installation begins.
1.6 The contractor shall be responsible for the examination
and acceptance of all surfaces and conditions prior to the
acoustical panel installation.
1.7 Substitutions or changes will only be permitted by prior
approval by the architect.

PART 2 MATERIALS
2.1 Acoustical panels shall be: Rebound Panels as manufactured
by Conwed Designscape|Wall Technology, 800 Gustafson
Road, Ladysmith, WI 54848. Phone (800) 932-2383,
fax (800) 833-4798.
2.2 Acoustical Panels shall be constructed of a composite
core construction of dimensionally stable rigid fiberglass
of medium density, laminated to a 1/16 resilient perforated
co-polymer face sheet. Thickness (choose one) 1-1/16, 1-9/16,
2-1/16 or custom __________ (specify).
2.3 Sizes: ______ width and _______ high or as shown on
drawings. Standard maximum size is 48 wide x 120
high (nominal). Custom or larger sizes up to 53 widths
are available; consult manufacturer. Panels are to be
manufactured according to field dimensions supplied by the
installing contractor. Standard tolerances are 1/16 in width
and length.

2.4 Edge profile shall be: Square, full bevel, half-bevel, miter, or
custom __________________ (specify). Corner detail shall
be: Square, radius or custom _______________ (specify).
Edge treatment shall be: resin hardened, aluminum or highpressure laminate (with square edge only), wood (all profiles
available) or custom _______________ (specify).
2.5 Panel finish shall be ______________________________
__________ (specify finish manufacturer, pattern, color and
specifier). Finish shall be applied directly over the face and
edges of the panel and returned to the back of the panel to
provide a full finished edge. All corners are fully tailored.
2.6 Mounting shall be: Adhesive/Resin, Adhesive No Resin,
Impaling/Adhesive, Lay-in, Magnet, Spline, VELCRO, Panel
Clip to Wall Bar, Panel Clip to Double Wall Clip, Z-Bar to
Z-Bar (recommended for ceilings), Aluminum Z-Clips, Panel
Clips/VELCRO or custom ________________ (specify).
Adhesive, miscellaneous fasteners, (i.e. nails, screws, etc.) and
standard continuous wall leveling angle are to be supplied by
the contractor.
2.7 Acoustical Performance panels shall have a minimum NRC
of _____ (please specify).
2.8 Flammability All panel components shall have a Class A
fire rating in accordance with ASTM E-84.
2.9 R-Value is _____. (Calculated using the R-factor of 4.16 per
inch of thickness.)
Thank you for choosing Conwed Designscape|Wall
Technology for your acoustical needs.
The information provided above is correct to the best of our
knowledge at time of printing. We reserve the right to make
changes without prior notification.
DISCLAIMER OF LIABILITY
Technical information contained herein is furnished without charge or obligation and is given
and accepted at recipients sole risk. Because conditions of use may vary and are beyond our
control, Owens Corning makes no representation about, and is not responsible or liable for
the accuracy or reliability of data associated with particular uses of any product described
herein. Nothing contained in this bulletin shall be considered a recommendation.

&'&&25325$7,21
+YWXEJWSR6SEH
0EH]WQMXL;MWGSRWMR
T: 1-800-932-2383
F: 1-800-833-4798
www.conweddesignscape.com

4YF2S%4VMRXIHMR97%%TVMP
3[IRW'SVRMRK%PP6MKLXW6IWIVZIH
0))(MWEVIKMWXIVIHXVEHIQEVOSJ97+VIIR&YMPHMRK'SYRGMP

Product Data Sheet

RESIST PANELS
MOUNTING
Standard mountings include spot and perimeter adhesive, Z-clip,
concealed splines, impaling clips, hook & loop, and magnetic
fasteners. Z-Bar to Z-Bar is recommended for ceilings.

ACOUSTICAL PERFORMANCE
Resist Acoustical Wall Panels provide excellent acoustical
performance for gymnasiums and multi-purpose areas, and
virtually anywhere sound absorption is required.

FIRE PERFORMANCE
Each component has been tested according to ASTM E 84* and
has a Class I/A rating.

WARRANTY
APPLICATION
Conwed Designscape|Wall Technology Resist Acoustical Wall
Panels are designed for gymnasiums and multi-purpose areas.
The resilient fiberglass core springs back on impact to resist
permanent deformation. This is an economical approach to
sound absorption and abuse resistance.

CONSTRUCTION
The core construction is a dimensionally stable 6 PCF resilient
fiberglass board with optional resin hardened edge protection.
Classic construction: unhardened edges combined with a nonwoven ribbed polyester fabric wrap. Finishes are completely
adhered to the face of the panel and returned to the back for
a full finished edge. All corners are fully tailored.

SIZE AVAILABILITY
Available thicknesses are 1-1/8 and 2-1/8. Widths are up to 48,
and lengths to 10. Sizes up to 60 x 120 are available in some
non-classic fabrics.

EDGE DETAIL
In the classic construction with Whispertex fabric, edges are
unhardened; however resin hardened edges are available in
other fabrics. Available choices include: square, radius, bevel,
half bevel, and radius corners.

FINISH
Classic Resist finish is Whispertex Plisse, a ribbed non-woven
fabric (shown). Other finishes of choice include Whispertex
Coppersmith, which is not ribbed, and Guilford 2100.

3-YEAR WARRANTY
Resist Acoustical panels have a limited 3-year warranty starting
from date of purchase. The panels are warranted to be free
from defects in material and workmanship.
See product warranty for details and limitations.
* The ASTM E 84 standard should be used to measure and describe the properties
of materials, products or assemblies in response to heat and flame under controlled
laboratory conditions and should not be used to describe or appraise the fire hazard or
fire risk of materials, products or assemblies under actual fire conditions. However, results of
this test may be used as elements of a fire risk assessment, which takes into, account all of
the factors, which are pertinent to an assessment of the fire hazard of a particular end use.
Values are reported to the nearest 5 rating.

Product Data Sheet

RESIST PANELS
PART 1 GENERAL
1.1 Work in this section shall be subject to drawings, general
conditions, schedules, addenda and other contract
documents.
1.2 The extent of the acoustical panels is shown on the
drawings and in the schedules.
1.3 Submit _______ (select quantity) samples of each type of
acoustical panel as shown on the drawings and in schedules
and include appropriate technical information including test
data and maintenance instructions. Submit __________
(select quantity) fabric selector cards from manufacturers
standard finishes, or designer specified finishes.
1.4 Acoustical panels shall be installed according to
manufacturers recommendations and instructions.
1.5 Installation of acoustical panels shall not begin until all wet
work (plastering, concrete, etc.) is completed and dry.
Building shall be properly enclosed and under standard
occupancy conditions (temperature of 60-85F and not
more than 70% relative humidity) before installation begins.
1.6 The contractor shall be responsible for the examination
and acceptance of all surfaces and conditions prior to the
acoustical panel installation.
1.7 Substitutions or changes will only be permitted by prior
approval by the architect.

PART 2 MATERIALS
2.1 Acoustical wall panels shall be: Resist Acoustical Wall Panels
as manufactured by Conwed Designscape|Wall Technology
800 Gustafson Road, Ladysmith, WI 54848.
Phone (800) 932-2383, fax (800) 833-4798
2.2 Acoustical Panels shall be constructed of a composite core
construction of dimensionally stable, rigid, resilient fiberglass
of 6-pcf density. Thickness (choose one): 1-1/8, 2-1/8 or
custom ____________ (specify).
2.3 Sizes: ______ width and _______ high or as shown on
drawings. Standard maximum size is 48 wide x 120
high (nominal). Custom or larger sizes available; consult
manufacturer. Panels are to be manufactured according
to field dimensions supplied by the installing contractor.
Standard tolerances are 1/16 in width and length.

2.4 Edge profile shall be: Square, radius, full bevel, half-bevel,
miter, or custom __________________ (specify). Corner
detail shall be: Square, radius or custom _______________
(specify). Edge treatment shall be: un-hardened, resin
hardened, aluminum or high-pressure laminate (with
square edge only), wood (all profiles available) or custom
_______________ (specify).
2.5 Panel finish shall be ______________________________
__________ (specify finish manufacturer, pattern, color and
specifier). Finish shall be applied directly over the face and
edges of the panel and returned to the back of the panel
to provide a full finished edge. All corners are fully tailored.
2.6 Mounting shall be: Adhesive / Resin, Adhesive No Resin,
Impaling/Adhesive, Lay-in, Magnet, Rotofast (some
limitations), Spline, VELCRO, Z-Clip to Z-bar, Z-Clip
to Double Wall Clip, Z-Bar to Z-Bar, Aluminum Z-Clips,
Z-Clip/VELCRO or custom ________________ (specify).
Adhesive, miscellaneous fasteners, (i.e. nails, screws, etc.)
and standard continuous wall leveling angle are to be
supplied by the contractor.
2.7 Acoustical Performance panels shall have a minimum
NRC of _____ (please specify) in accordance with ASTM
C-423 (Type D5 Mounting).
2.8 Flammability All panel components shall have a Class
A fire rating in accordance with ASTM E-84.
Thank you for choosing Conwed Designscape|Wall
Technology for your acoustical needs.
The information provided above is correct to the best of our
knowledge at time of printing. We reserve the right to make
changes without prior notification.
DISCLAIMER OF LIABILITY
Technical information contained herein is furnished without charge or obligation and is
given and accepted at recipients sole risk. Because conditions of use may vary and are
beyond our control, Owens Corning makes no representation about, and is not responsible
or liable for the accuracy or reliability of data associated with particular uses of any product
described herein. Nothing contained in this bulletin shall be considered a recommendation.

&'&&25325$7,21
+YWXEJWSR6SEH
0EH]WQMXL;MWGSRWMR
T: 1-800-932-2383
F: 1-800-833-4798
www.conweddesignscape.com

4YF2S(4VMRXIHMR97%%TVMP
3[IRW'SVRMRK%PP6MKLXW6IWIVZIH
0))(MWEVIKMWXIVIHXVEHIQEVOSJ97+VIIR&YMPHMRK'SYRGMP

Product Data Sheet

RESPOND A SERIES
A100/A200/A300/A400
Please consult with your Sales Representative, or the Companys
Technical Services Department for assistance in determining
the proper panels, and their acoustical specifications, for your
application.

R-VALUE
The R-Value is resistivity to heat or cold, and is an important
factor in choosing a finish.
Thickness
1
1-1/2
2
3
4

APPLICATION
The Conwed Designscape|Wall Technology RespondA
Series (A100, A200, A300, and A400) panels are economical,
all purpose acoustical wall and ceiling panels designed for use
where sound absorption and value are the main criteria. This
series panel is suitable for auditoriums, theatres, offices and
libraries: anywhere noise control is needed and critical lighting
and high abuse resistance are not factors.

CONSTRUCTION
The core construction is a dimensionally stable 6-7 PCF
fiberglass board with chemically hardened edge protection.
Finishes are completely adhered to the face of the panel and
returned to the back for a full finished edge. All corners are
fully tailored.

R-Value
4.1
6.2
8.3
12.5
16.6

FIRE PERFORMANCE
All components have been tested according to ASTM E 84*
and have a Class I/A rating.

RECYCLED CONTENT
A Series panels can utilize an Owens Corning fiberglass board
core that is third-party certified for recycled content. The
board is certified by SCS to contain at least 57% recycled
glass.
And for your LEED project, our acoustical panels can help
you qualify for recycled content points under the Materials and
Resources section. Other LEED categories may also apply
depending upon the project requirements.

SIZE AVAILABILITY
Available thicknesses are 3/4, 1, 1-1/2, 2, 3, and 4. Standard
maximum size is 4 x 10. 4 maximum is 4 x 6 or 24 square
feet. Custom size is our standard!

EDGE DETAIL
All edges are resin hardened, unless otherwise specified.
Available choices include: square, radius, bevel, and radius
corners.

FINISHES
A wide variety of fabrics are available from all major brands,
including Guilford, Maharam, Knoll, Carnegie, and Designtex.
A comprehensive selection of vinyl coverings is available from
Sanitas Kalahari, Designtex and Maharam.

MOUNTING
Standard mountings include spot and perimeter adhesive, Z-clip,
concealed splines, impaling clips, hook & loop, and magnetic
fasteners. Z-Bar to Z-Bar is recommended for ceilings.

ACOUSTICAL PERFORMANCE
Our products are constantly modified to achieve their
maximum acoustical performance while providing the aesthetics
desired in their applications. Panels are available in a variety of
thickness, and their performances are tested in accordance to
ASTM procedures in a NVLAP accredited laboratory.

WARRANTY
3-YEAR WARRANTY
A Series Acoustical panels have a limited 3-year warranty
starting from date of shipment. The panels are warranted to
be free from defects in material and workmanship.
See product warranty for details and limitations.
* The ASTM E 84 standard should be used to measure and describe the properties
of materials, products or assemblies in response to heat and flame under controlled
laboratory conditions and should not be used to describe or appraise the fire hazard or
fire risk of materials, products or assemblies under actual fire conditions. However, results of
this test may be used as elements of a fire risk assessment, which takes into, account all of
the factors, which are pertinent to an assessment of the fire hazard of a particular end use.
Values are reported to the nearest 5 rating.

Product Data Sheet

RESPOND A SERIES
A100/A200/A300/A400
PART 1 GENERAL
1.1 Work in this section shall be subject to drawings, general
conditions, schedules, addenda and other contract
documents.
1.2 The extent of the acoustical panels is shown on the
drawings and in the schedules.
1.3 Submit _______ (select quantity) samples of each type
of acoustical panel as shown on the drawings and in
schedules and include appropriate technical information
including test data and maintenance instructions. Submit
__________ (select quantity) fabric selector cards from
manufacturers standard finishes, or designer specified
finishes.
1.4 Acoustical panels shall be installed according to
manufacturers recommendations and instructions.
1.5 Installation of acoustical panels shall not begin until all wet
work (plastering, concrete, etc.) is completed and dry.
Building shall be properly enclosed and under standard
occupancy conditions (temperature of 60-85F and not
more than 70% relative humidity) before installation
begins.
1.6 The contractor shall be responsible for the examination
and acceptance of all surfaces and conditions prior to the
acoustical panel installation.
1.7 Substitutions or changes will only be permitted by prior
approval by the architect.

PART 2 MATERIALS
2.1 Acoustical wall panels shall be: Respond A Series
Acoustical Wall Panels as manufactured by Conwed
Designscape|Wall Technology, 800 Gustafson Road,
Ladysmith, WI 54848. Phone (800) 932-2383,
fax (800) 833-4798.
2.2 Acoustical Panels shall be constructed of a composite
core construction of dimensionally stable rigid fiberglass of
6-7 pcf density. Thickness (choose one) 1/2, 3/4, 1, 1-1/2,
2, 3, 4 or custom __________ (specify).
2.3 Sizes: ______ width and _______ high or as shown on
drawings. Maximum size is 4 x 10 for 3/4, 1, 1-1/2, 2,
3. 4maximum is 4 x 6 or 24 square feet due to weight.
Custom or larger sizes available; consult manufacturer.
Panels are to be manufactured according to field
dimensions supplied by the installing contractor. Standard
tolerances are 1/16 in width and length.

2.4 Edge profile shall be: Square, radius, full bevel, halfbevel, miter, or custom __________________
(specify). Corner detail shall be: Square, radius or custom
_______________________ (specify). Edge treatment
shall be: resin hardened, aluminum or high-pressure
laminate (with square edge only), wood (all profiles
available) or custom _______________ (specify).
2.5 Panel finish shall be __________________________
______________ (specify finish manufacturer, pattern,
color and specifier). Finish shall be applied directly over
the face and edges of the panel and returned to the back
of the panel to provide a full finished edge. All corners are
fully tailored.
2.6 Mounting shall be: Adhesive/Resin, Adhesive No Resin,
Impaling/Adhesive, Lay-in, Magnet, Spline, VELCRO,
Panel Clip to Z-Bar, Panel Clip to Double Wall Clip,
Z-Bar to Z-Bar (strongly recommended for ceilings),
Aluminum Z-Clips, Panel Clips/VELCRO or custom
________________ (specify). Leveling angles are
supplied if appropriate. Adhesive, miscellaneous fasteners,
(i.e. nails, screws, etc.) and standard continuous wall
leveling angle are to be supplied by the contractor.
2.7 Acoustical Performance panels shall have a minimum
NRC of _____ (please specify).
2.8 Flammability All panel components shall have a Class
A fire rating in accordance with ASTM E-84.
2.9 R-Value is _____. (Calculated using the R-factor of 4.16
per inch of thickness.)
Thank you for choosing Conwed Designscape|Wall
Technology for your acoustical needs.
The information provided above is correct to the best of our
knowledge at time of printing. We reserve the right to make
changes without prior notification.
DISCLAIMER OF LIABILITY
Technical information contained herein is furnished without charge or obligation and is
given and accepted at recipients sole risk. Because conditions of use may vary and are
beyond our control, Owens Corning makes no representation about, and is not responsible
or liable for the accuracy or reliability of data associated with particular uses of any product
described herein. Nothing contained in this bulletin shall be considered a recommendation.

&'&&25325$7,21
+YWXEJWSR6SEH
0EH]WQMXL;MWGSRWMR
T: 1-800-932-2383
F: 1-800-833-4798
www.conweddesignscape.com

4YF2S+4VMRXIHMR97%%TVMP
3[IRW'SVRMRK%PP6MKLXW6IWIVZIH
0))(MWEVIKMWXIVIHXVEHIQEVOSJ97+VIIR&YMPHMRK'SYRGMP

Product Data Sheet

RESPOND IR SERIES
IR108/IR308/IR408
FIRE PERFORMANCE
Each component has been tested according to ASTM E 84*
and has a Class I/A rating.

R-VALUE
The R-Value is resistivity to heat or cold, and is an important
factor in choosing a finish.
1
4.1
1-1/2 6.2
2
8.3
3
12.5
4
16.6

APPLICATION
Conwed Designscape|Wall Technology Respond IR Series
(IR108/IR308/IR408) panels are designed for high traffic areas
requiring impact-resistant tackable surfaces with excellent
acoustical absorption. Use in corridors, lobbies, hallways and
similar areas.

CONSTRUCTION
The core construction is a dimensionally stable 6-7 pcf glass
fiberboard with resin hardened edge protection laminated
with a 1/8 16-20 pcf molded glass fiber. Finishes are completely
adhered to the face of the panel and returned to the back for a
full finished edge. All corners are fully tailored.

RECYCLED CONTENT
Respond IR Series panels can utilize an Owens Corning
fiberglass board core that is third-party certified for recycled
content. The board is certified by SCS to contain at least
57% recycled glass.
And for your LEED project, our acoustical panels can help
you qualify for recycled content points under the Materials and
Resources section. Other LEED categories may also apply
depending upon the project requirements.

SIZE AVAILABILITY
Available in , , 1, 1- 2, 3 and 4 thicknesses, plus
1
/8 molded glass fiberboard. Maximum sizes for 1, 2, 3 are
either 4x12 or 5x10. 4 maximum is 4 x 6 or 24 square feet.
Custom sizes are standard!

EDGE DETAIL
All edges are resin hardened, unless otherwise specified.
Available choices include: square, radius, bevel, and radius corners.

FINISH
A wide variety of fabrics are available from all major brands,
including Guilford, Maharam, Knoll, Carnegie, and Designtex. A
comprehensive selection of vinyl coverings is available from
Santas Kalahari, Designtex and Maharam.

MOUNTING
Standard mountings include spot and perimeter adhesive, Z-clip,
concealed splines, impaling clips, hook & loop, and magnetic
fasteners. Z-Bar to Z-Bar is recommended for ceilings.

ACOUSTICAL PERFORMANCE
Our products are constantly modified to achieve their
maximum acoustical performance while providing the aesthetics
desired in their applications. Panels are available in a variety of
thickness, and their performances are tested in accordance to
ASTM procedures in a NVLAP accredited laboratory. Please
consult with your Local Representative, or the Companys
Technical Services Department for assistance in determining
the proper panels, and their acoustical specifications, for your
application.

WARRANTY
3-YEAR WARRANTY
Respond IR108 Series Acoustical Panels have a limited
3-year warranty starting from date of shipment. The panels
are warranted to be free from defects in material and
workmanship.
See product warranty for details and limitations.
* The ASTM E 84 standard should be used to measure and describe the properties
of materials, products or assemblies in response to heat and flame under controlled
laboratory conditions and should not be used to describe or appraise the fire hazard or
fire risk of materials, products or assemblies under actual fire conditions. However, results of
this test may be used as elements of a fire risk assessment, which takes into, account all of
the factors, which are pertinent to an assessment of the fire hazard of a particular end use.
Values are reported to the nearest 5 rating.

Product Data Sheet

RESPOND IR SERIES
IR108/IR308/IR408
PART 1 GENERAL
1.1 Work in this section shall be subject to drawings, general
conditions, schedules, addenda and other contract
documents.
1.2 The extent of the acoustical panels is shown on the
drawings and in the schedules.
1.3 Submit _______ (select quantity) samples of each type
of acoustical panel as shown on the drawings and in
schedules and include appropriate technical information
including test data and maintenance instructions. Submit
__________ (select quantity) fabric selector cards from
manufacturers standard finishes, or designer specified
finishes.
1.4 Acoustical panels shall be installed according to
manufacturers recommendations and instructions.
1.5 Installation of acoustical panels shall not begin until all wet
work (plastering, concrete, etc.) is completed and dry.
Building shall be properly enclosed and under standard
occupancy conditions (temperature of
60-85F and not more than 70% relative humidity) before
installation begins.
1.6 The contractor shall be responsible for the examination
and acceptance of all surfaces and conditions prior to the
acoustical panel installation.
1.7 Substitutions or changes will only be permitted by prior
approval by the architect.

PART 2 MATERIALS
2.1 Acoustical wall panels shall be: Respond IR Series
Acoustical Wall Panels as manufactured by Conwed
Designscape|Wall Technology, 800 Gustafson Road,
Ladysmith, WI 54848. Phone (800) 932-2383,
fax (800) 833-4798
2.2 Acoustical Panels shall be constructed of a composite
core construction of dimensionally stable rigid fiberglass
of 6-7 pcf density laminated to 1/8 16-20 pcf molded glass
fiber. Thickness (choose one) , , 1, 1-, 2, 3, 4
plus 1/8 or custom ________(specify).
2.3 Sizes: ______ width and _______ high or as shown on
drawings. Standard maximum size is 4 x 12 or 5 x 10
(nominal) for 1, 2 and 3. 4 x 10 is the maximum size
for , and 1-. 4 is limited (by weight) to 24 square
feet; either 4 x 6 or 2 x 12 or custom. Panels are to be
manufactured according to field dimensions supplied by
the installing contractor.

2.4 Edge profile shall be: Square, radius, full bevel, halfbevel, miter, or custom __________________
(specify). Corner detail shall be: Square, radius or custom
_______________ (specify). Edge treatment shall be:
resin hardened, aluminum or high-pressure laminate (with
square edge only), wood (all profiles available) or custom
____________ (specify).
2.5 Panel finish shall be _________________________
____________ (specify finish manufacturer, pattern,
color and specifier). Finish shall be applied directly over
the face and edges of the panel and returned to the back
of the panel to provide a full finished edge. All corners are
fully tailored.
2.6 Mounting shall be: Adhesive/Resin, Adhesive No Resin,
Impaling/Adhesive, Lay-in, Magnet, Spline, VELCRO ,
Panel Clip to Z-Bar, Panel Clip to Double Wall Clip,
Z-Bar to Z-Bar, Aluminum Z-Clips, Panel Clips/VELCRO
or custom ____________ (specify). Adhesive,
miscellaneous fasteners, (i.e. nails, screws, etc.) and
standard continuous wall leveling angle are to be supplied
by the contractor.
2.7 Acoustical Performance panels shall have a minimum
NRC of _____ (please specify).
2.8 Flammability All panel components shall have a Class
A fire rating in accordance with ASTM E-84.
2.9 R-Value is _____. (Calculated using the R-factor of 4.16
per inch of thickness.)
Thank you for choosing Conwed Designscape|Wall
Technology for your acoustical needs.
The information provided above is correct to the best of our
knowledge at time of printing. We reserve the right to make
changes without prior notification.
DISCLAIMER OF LIABILITY
Technical information contained herein is furnished without charge or obligation and is
given and accepted at recipients sole risk. Because conditions of use may vary and are
beyond our control, Owens Corning makes no representation about, and is not responsible
or liable for the accuracy or reliability of data associated with particular uses of any product
described herein. Nothing contained in this bulletin shall be considered
a recommendation.

&'&&25325$7,21
+YWXEJWSR6SEH
0EH]WQMXL;MWGSRWMR
T: 1-800-932-2383
F: 1-800-833-4798
www.conweddesignscape.com

4YF2S%4VMRXIHMR97%%TVMP
3[IRW'SVRMRK%PP6MKLXW6IWIVZIH
0))(MWEVIKMWXIVIHXVEHIQEVOSJ97+VIIR&YMPHMRK'SYRGMP

Product Data Sheet

RESPOND TK/AC PANELS


Thickness
5
/8 Fabric
5
/8 Vinyl

NRC
.35
.35

Thickness
5
/8 Core

STC
26

core is not perforated and therefore is not rated for NRC;


Noise Reduction Coefficient.

FIRE PERFORMANCE
Each component has been tested according to ASTM E 84* and
has a Class I/A rating.

RECYCLED CONTENT
APPLICATION
Conwed Designscape|Wall Technology Respond TK/AC
Acoustical Panels are an economical, lightweight tackable panel
with moderate sound absorption and blocking capabilities.
They are ideal for display areas, meeting rooms, school rooms
or in any place that requires tackability and moderate sound
absorption at a value.

CONSTRUCTION

Respond TK/AC Acoustical Panels can utilize an Owens


Corning fiberglass board core that is third-party certified for
recycled content. The board is certified by SCS to contain at
least 57% recycled glass.
And for your LEED project, our acoustical panels can help
you qualify for recycled content points under the Materials and
Resources section. Other LEED categories may also apply
depending upon the project requirements.

Respond TK/AC Acoustical Panels are a single core


construction of high-density perforated mineral fiberboard,
or 5/8 thick. Finishes are completely adhered to the face of
the panel and returned to the back for a full finished edge. All
corners are fully tailored.

SIZE AVAILABILITY
Available thicknesses are and 5/8 ( nominal). Custom sizes
are available up to 48 x 120 (nominal). Standard tolerance is
1/16.

EDGE DETAIL
Available choices include: square, radius, bevel, miter, kerf or
custom. Radius corners are also available.

FINISH

A wide variety of fabrics are available from all major brands,


including Guilford, Maharam, Knoll, Carnegie, and Designtex.
A comprehensive selection of vinyl coverings is available from
Webcore, Designtex and Maharam.

MOUNTING
Standard mountings include perimeter adhesive, hook & loop,
Z-clip plates and concealed splines.

EXCELLENT
ACOUSTICAL PERFORMANCE

Respond TK/AC Acoustical Panels provide optimal acoustical


performance for meeting areas and schoolrooms, where a
combination of moderate sound absorption and sound blocking
is required.
Respond TK/AC Acoustical Panels have been tested for their
acoustical performance in accordance with ASTM C-423 with
Type A mounting:

WARRANTY
3-YEAR WARRANTY
Respond TK/AC Acoustical Panels have a limited 3-year
warranty starting from date of purchase. The panels are
warranted to be free from defects in material and workmanship.
See product warranty for details and limitations.
* The ASTM E 84 standard should be used to measure and describe the properties
of materials, products or assemblies in response to heat and flame under controlled
laboratory conditions and should not be used to describe or appraise the fire hazard or
fire risk of materials, products or assemblies under actual fire conditions. However, results of
this test may be used as elements of a fire risk assessment, which takes into account all of
the factors which are pertinent to an assessment of the fire hazard of a particular end use.
Values are reported to the nearest 5 rating.

Product Data Sheet

RESPOND TK/AC PANELS


PART 1 GENERAL
1.1 Work in this section shall be subject to drawings, general
conditions, schedules, addenda and other contract
documents.
1.2 The extent of the acoustical panels is shown on the
drawings and in the schedules.
1.3 Submit _______ (select quantity) samples of each type of
acoustical panel as shown on the drawings and in schedules
and include appropriate technical information including test
data and maintenance instructions. Submit __________
(select quantity) fabric selector cards from manufacturers
standard finishes, or designer specified finishes.
1.4 Acoustical panels shall be installed according to
manufacturers recommendations and instructions.
1.5 Installation of acoustical panels shall not begin until all wet
work (plastering, concrete, etc.) is completed and dry.
Building shall be properly enclosed and under standard
occupancy conditions (temperature of 60-85 F and not
more than 70% relative humidity) before installation begins.
1.6 The contractor shall be responsible for the examination
and acceptance of all surfaces and conditions prior to the
acoustical panel installation.
1.7 Substitutions or changes will only be permitted by prior
approval by the architect.

PART 2 MATERIALS
2.1 Acoustical wall panels shall be: Respond TK/AC Acoustical
Panels as manufactured by Conwed Designscape|Wall
Technology, 800 Gustafson Road, Ladysmith, WI 54848.
Phone (800) 932-2383, fax (800) 833-4798.

2.4 Edge profile shall be: Square, radius, half-bevel, miter, kerf or
custom __________________ (specify). Corner detail shall
be: Square or radius.
2.5 Panel finish shall be ______________________________
__________ (specify finish manufacturer, pattern, color and
specifier). Finish shall be applied directly over the face and
edges of the panel and returned to the back of the panel
to provide a full finished edge. All corners are fully tailored.
2.6 Mounting shall be: Adhesive No Resin (Perimeter
Adhesive), VELCRO, concealed spline, Z-Clip Plates and
Z-Bars. Adhesive, miscellaneous fasteners, (i.e. nails, screws,
etc.) and standard continuous wall leveling angle are to be
supplied by the contractor.
2.7 Acoustical Performance panels shall have a minimum
NRC of _____ (please specify) in accordance with
ASTM C-423 (Type A Mounting). Note: core is not
perforated and therefore not rated for NRC.
2.8 Flammability All panel components shall have a Class A
fire rating in accordance with ASTM E-84.
Thank you for choosing Conwed Designscape|Wall
Technology for your acoustical needs.
The information provided above is correct to the best of our
knowledge at time of printing. We reserve the right to make
changes without prior notification.
DISCLAIMER OF LIABILITY
Technical information contained herein is furnished without charge or obligation and is
given and accepted at recipients sole risk. Because conditions of use may vary and are
beyond our control, Owens Corning makes no representation about, and is not responsible
or liable for the accuracy or reliability of data associated with particular uses of any product
described herein. Nothing contained in this bulletin shall be considered a recommendation.

2.2 Acoustical Panels shall have a single core construction of


dimensionally stable Mineral Fiber Board of not less than 22
pcf density, and not more than 0.1% hygrometric expansion
from 50% to 90% R.H. Thickness is either or 5/8.
2.3 Sizes: ______ width and _______ high or as shown on
drawings. Maximum size is 48 wide x 120 high (nominal).
Custom sizes available; consult manufacturer. Panels are to
be manufactured according to field dimensions supplied by
the installing contractor. Standard tolerances are 1/16 in
width and length.

&'&&25325$7,21
+YWXEJWSR6SEH
0EH]WQMXL;MWGSRWMR
T: 1-800-932-2383
F: 1-800-833-4798
www.conweddesignscape.com

4YF2S%4VMRXIHMR97%%TVMP
3[IRW'SVRMRK%PP6MKLXW6IWIVZIH
0))(MWEVIKMWXIVIHXVEHIQEVOSJ97+VIIR&YMPHMRK'SYRGMP

Product Data Sheet

ACCESS CEILING SYSTEM


EDGE DETAIL
The Access Ceiling System has a virtually seamless neutral look
that enhances any interior design. Fully framed edges are slightly
beveled to create a discrete and attractive 1/8 reveal between
panels.

FINISHES
Foundations is a factory-finished proprietary white,
acoustically transparent covering with a soft drywall look
available in white.
Factory painted finish.
A wide variety of fabrics are available from all major
brands, including Guilford, Maharam, Knoll, Carnegie, and
Designtex.

EXCELLENT ACOUSTICAL PERFORMANCE


Panels have an NRC rating of 0.90. The noise reduction
coefficient was tested in accordance with ASTM C-423 on type
E-400 mounting.

Need an engineered solution


for your new ceiling? Call today!!

FIRE PERFORMANCE
All components have been tested according to ASTM E 84*
and have a Class I/A rating.

RECYCLED CONTENT
APPLICATION
The Access Ceiling System is intended for commercial interiors
requiring a monolithic appearance, excellent acoustics and fast
and easy access to the plenum area.

CONSTRUCTION
The patented Access Ceiling panels feature a strong aluminum
frame, with several exposed surface finishes to choose from.
The strong rigid and easy to install grid system is made with
an extruded main grid and V-shaped spacer bars. The fully
accessible panels are supported by torsion springs engaging the
grid structure. Flat panels can have non-metal curving edge. A
floating cloud appearance can be created via 4 and 6 integral
returned edges.
Core construction is a dimensionally stable 6-7 pcf glass
fiberboard with 1/8 16-20 pcf molded glass facer.
All system components are rust-free aluminum and galvanized
steel to minimize maintenance.

SIZE AVAILABILITY
Typical sizes range from 4 x 4 up to maximum sizes of
4 x 12 and 5 x 10.

The Access Ceiling System can utilize an Owens Corning


fiberglass board core that is third-party certified for recycled
content. The board is certified by SCS to contain at least
57% recycled glass.
And for your LEED project, our acoustical panels can help
you qualify for recycled content points under the Materials and
Resources section. Other LEED categories may also apply
depending upon the project requirements.

WARRANTY
3-YEAR WARRANTY
Access Ceiling System has a limited 3-year warranty. The
panels are warranted to be free from defects in material and
workmanship for a period of three years from the date of
shipment.
See product warranty for details and limitations.
* The ASTM E 84 standard should be used to measure and describe the properties
of materials, products or assemblies in response to heat and flame under controlled
laboratory conditions and should not be used to describe or appraise the fire hazard or
fire risk of materials, products or assemblies under actual fire conditions. However, results of
this test may be used as elements of a fire risk assessment, which takes into, account all of
the factors, which are pertinent to an assessment of the fire hazard of a particular end use.
Values are reported to the nearest 5 rating.

Product Data Sheet

ACCESS CEILING SYSTEM


PART 1 GENERAL
1.1 Work in this section shall be subject to drawings, general
conditions, schedules, addenda and other contract
documents.
1.2 The extent of the acoustical panels is shown on the
drawings and in the schedules.
1.3 Submit _______ (select quantity) samples of each type of
acoustical panel as shown on the drawings and in schedules
and include appropriate technical information including test
data and maintenance instructions. Submit __________
(select quantity) fabric selector cards from manufacturers
standard finishes, or designer specified finishes.
1.4 Acoustical panels shall be installed according to
manufacturers recommendations and instructions.
1.5 Installation of acoustical panels shall not begin until all wet
work (plastering, concrete, etc.) is completed and dry.
Building shall be properly enclosed and under standard
occupancy conditions (temperature of 60-85F and not
more than 70% relative humidity) before installation begins.
1.6 The contractor shall be responsible for the examination
and acceptance of all surfaces and conditions prior to the
acoustical panel installation.
1.7 Substitutions or changes will only be permitted by prior
approval by the architect.

PART 2 MATERIALS
2.1 Acoustical ceiling panels shall be: Access Ceiling Systems
manufactured by Conwed Designscape|Wall Technology,
800 Gustafson Road, Ladysmith, WI 54848.
Phone (800) 932-2383, fax (800) 833-4798.

2.4 Edge profile shall be: Slightly beveled to create 1/8 reveal.
Flat panel can have non-metal curving edge. 3 to 6
integral returned edges are available.
2.5 Panel finish shall be Foundations, factory painted, or
fabric ___________________________________
___(specify manufacturer, pattern, color and specifier).
Fabric shall be applied directly over the face and edges and
returned to the back to provide a full finished edge. All
corners are fully tailored.
2.6 Torsion spring mounting, grid mains and spacer bars are
provided (attached by others)). Adhesive and miscellaneous
fasteners, (i.e. nails, screws, etc are to be supplied by the
contractor.
2.7 Acoustical Performance panels shall have a minimum
NRC of _____ (please specify) in accordance with ASTM
C-423 (Type E-400 Mounting).
2.8 Flammability All panel components shall have a Class A
fire rating in accordance with ASTM E-84.
Thank you for choosing Conwed Designscape|Wall
Technology for your acoustical needs.
The information provided above is correct to the best of our
knowledge at time of printing. We reserve the right to make
changes without prior notification.
DISCLAIMER OF LIABILITY
Technical information contained herein is furnished without charge or obligation and is given
and accepted at recipients sole risk. Because conditions of use may vary and are beyond our
control, Owens Corning makes no representation about, and is not responsible or liable for
the accuracy or reliability of data associated with particular uses of any product described
herein. Nothing contained in this bulletin shall be considered a recommendation.

2.2 Acoustical Panels shall be constructed of 1-1/8 thick


aluminum framed 6-7 pcf fiberglass and 16-20 pcf impact
resistant molded fiberglass.
2.3 Sizes: ______ width and _______ high or as shown
on drawings. Standard maximum size is 4 x 12 and 5
x 10 for flat panels. Custom sizes are available; consult
manufacturer. Panels are to be manufactured according
to field dimensions supplied by the installing contractor.
Standard tolerances are 1/16 in width and length.

&'&&25325$7,21
+YWXEJWSR6SEH
0EH]WQMXL;MWGSRWMR
T: 1-800-932-2383
F: 1-800-833-4798
www.conweddesignscape.com

4YF2S%4VMRXIHMR97%%TVMP
3[IRW'SVRMRK%PP6MKLXW6IWIVZIH
0))(MWEVIKMWXIVIHXVEHIQEVOSJ97+VIIR&YMPHMRK'SYRGMP

Product Data Sheet

FOUNDATIONS CEILING PANELS


Thickness
NRC
1-18"
.85
2-18"
.90
The noise reduction coefficients were derived from tests
conducted according to ASTM C 423 on a Type E400
mounting by a NVLAP accredited laboratory.
Note: Testing with 4 layers of paint showed an NRC of .80 for
a 1-116" product, so reduction was minimal!

FIRE PERFORMANCE
Each component has been tested according to ASTM E 84*
and has Class I/A rating.

APPLICATION
Conwed Designscape|Wall Technology Foundations Acoustical
Ceilings are designed for areas requiring excellent acoustical
absorption with a soft drywall look. Use in conference rooms,
auditoriums, churches, entry-ways, and similar areas. Panels
are paintable up to 3 times (spray application) without losing
acoustical absorption**!

CONSTRUCTION
The core construction is a dimensionally stable 6-7 PCF glass
fiberboard laminated with a 18" 16-20 pcf molded glass fiber, all
covered with a specially formulated fiberglass mat. Edges are
protected with resin hardening. The acoustically transparent
finish completely covers the face and exposed edges.

RECYCLED CONTENT
Foundations Acoustical Ceilings can utilize an Owens Corning
fiberglass board core that is third-party certified for recycled
content. The board is certified by SCS to contain at least
57% recycled glass.
And for your LEED project, our acoustical panels can help
you qualify for recycled content points under the Materials and
Resources section. Other LEED categories may also apply
depending upon the project requirements.

SIZE AVAILABILITY
Available thicknesses are 1", 1-", 2", plus the 18" molded glass
fiberboard. Maximum sizes is 4'x10'.

WARRANTY

EDGE DETAIL

3-YEAR WARRANTY

All edges are resin hardened, unless otherwise specified.


Available shapes include: square and bevel. For square-edged
abutting panels, a kerf and spline is strongly recommended for
accurate face alignment. Another fine option is to introduce a
small reveal between panels.

See product warranty for details and limitations.

FINISH
Foundations Acoustical Ceilings come factory-finished with a
proprietary white, acoustically transparent and if desired,
paintable covering.

MOUNTING
Standard ceiling mountings include lay-in, resin spots, or Z-bar
to Z-bar.

ACOUSTICAL PERFORMANCE
Foundations Acoustical Ceilings provide excellent acoustical
performance for auditoriums, theaters, offices, libraries,
classrooms and virtually anywhere sound absorption is
required.

Foundations Acoustical Ceilings have a limited 3-year warranty.


The panels are warranted to be free from defects in material
and workmanship for a period of three years from the date of
purchase.

* The ASTM E 84 standard should be used to measure and describe the properties of
materials, products or assemblies in response to heat and flame under controlled
laboratory conditions and should not be used to describe or appraise the fire hazard
or fire risk of materials, products or assemblies under actual fire conditions. However,
results of this test may be used as elements of a fire risk assessment, which takes into,
account all of the factors, which are pertinent to an assessment of the fire hazard of a
particular end use. Values are reported to the nearest 5 rating.
*See field painting instructions.

Product Data Sheet

FOUNDATIONS CEILING PANELS


PART 1 GENERAL
1.1 Work in this section shall be subject to drawings, general
conditions, schedules, addenda and other contract
documents.
1.2 The extent of the acoustical panels is shown on the
drawings and in the schedules.
1.3 Submit _______ (select quantity) samples of each type
of acoustical panel as shown on the drawings and in
schedules and include appropriate technical information
including test data and maintenance instructions. Submit
__________ (select quantity) fabric selector cards from
manufacturers standard finishes, or designer specified
finishes
1.4 Acoustical panels shall be installed according to
manufacturers recommendations and instructions.
1.5 Installation of acoustical panels shall not begin until all wet
work (plastering, concrete, etc.) is completed and dry.
Building shall be properly enclosed and under standard
occupancy conditions (temperature of
60-85F and not more than 70% relative humidity) before
installation begins.
1.6 The contractor shall be responsible for the examination
and acceptance of all surfaces and conditions prior to the
acoustical panel installation.
1.7 Substitutions or changes will only be permitted by prior
approval by the architect.

PART 2 MATERIALS
2.1 Foundations Acoustical Ceilings shall be: Foundations
Acoustical Ceilings as manufactured by Conwed
Designscape|Wall Technology, 800 Gustafson Road,
Ladysmith, WI 54848. Phone (800) 932-2383,
fax (800) 833-4798.

tolerances are 116" in width and length.


2.4 Edge profile shall be: Square, radius, full bevel, halfbevel, miter, or custom __________________
(specify). Corner detail shall be: Square or custom
_______________ (specify). Edge treatment shall be:
resin hardened, aluminum or high-pressure laminate
(with square edge only) or custom _______________
(specify).
2.5 Panel finish shall be Foundations Acoustical Ceilings
acoustically transparent finish. Finish shall be applied
directly over the face and edges of the panel to provide a
full finished edge. All corners are fully tailored.
2.6 Mounting shall be: Lay-in, Z-Bar to Z-Bar or custom
________________ (specify). Adhesive, miscellaneous
fasteners, (i.e. nails, screws, etc.) and standard continuous
wall leveling angle are to be supplied by the contractor.
2.7 Acoustical Performance panels shall have a minimum
NRC of _____ (please specify) in accordance with ASTM
C-423 (Type A Mounting).
2.8 Flammability All panel components shall have a Class
A fire rating in accordance with ASTM E-84.
Thank you for choosing Conwed Designscape|Wall
Technnology for your acoustical needs.
The information provided above is correct to the best of our
knowledge at time of printing. We reserve the right to make
changes without prior notification.
DISCLAIMER OF LIABILITY
Technical information contained herein is furnished without charge or obligation and
is given and accepted at recipients sole risk. Because conditions of use may vary and
are beyond our control, Owens Corning makes no representation about, and is not
responsible or liable for the accuracy or reliability of data associated with particular uses
of any product described herein. Nothing contained in this bulletin shall be considered
a recommendation.

2.2 Acoustical Panels shall be constructed of a composite


core construction of dimensionally stable rigid fiberglass
of 6-7 pcf density laminated to 18" 16-20 pcf molded glass
fiber. Thickness (choose one) ", 1", 1-", 2", 3", 4" plus 18"
or custom ____________ (specify).
2.3 Sizes: ______ width and _______ high or as shown on
drawings. Standard maximum size is 48 wide x 120 high.
Custom or larger sizes available; consult manufacturer.
Panels are to be manufactured according to field
dimensions supplied by the installing contractor. Standard

&'&&25325$7,21
+YWXEJWSR6SEH
0EH]WQMXL;MWGSRWMR
T: 1-800-932-2383
F: 1-800-833-4798
www.conweddesignscape.com

4YF2S%4VMRXIHMR97%%TVMP
3[IRW'SVRMRK%PP6MKLXW6IWIVZIH
0))(MWEVIKMWXIVIHXVEHIQEVOSJ97+VIIR&YMPHMRK'SYRGMP

Product Data Sheet

GRIDLOCK CEILING PANELS


Gridlock acoustical ceiling panels will achieve the following:

118"
218"
118"
218"

Guilford 2100
Guilford 2100
Painted
Painted

NRC
0.90
1.05
0.90
1.10

The noise reduction coefficients were derived from tests


conducted according to ASTM C 423 on a Type E400
mounting by a NVLAP accredited laboratory.

APPLICATION
Conwed Designscape|Wall Technology Gridlock acoustical
ceiling panels are designed for:
Quick and easy lift-and-shift removal.
The full range of fabric, Foundations and factory painted
finishes.
" defined reveal between panels.

CONSTRUCTION
The core construction is a dimensionally stable 6-7 PCF
glass fiberboard of various thicknesses. Depending on finish
requirements, this could be laminated with a 18" 16-20 pcf
molded glass fiber, and/or covered with a specially formulated
fiberglass mat. Edges are protected with resin hardening. All
finishes are acoustically transparent and cover the face and
exposed edges.

FIRE PERFORMANCE
Each component has been tested according to ASTM E 84*
and has a Class I/A rating.

RECYCLED CONTENT
Gridlock acoustical ceiling panels can utilize an Owens
Corning fiberglass board core that is third-party certified for
recycled content. The board is certified by SCS to contain at
least 57% recycled glass.
And for your LEED project, our acoustical panels can help
you qualify for recycled content points under the Materials and
Resources section. Other LEED categories may also apply
depending upon the project requirements.

SIZE AVAILABILITY
Available thicknesses are 1", 1" and 2" plus the 18" molded
glass fiberboard if required. Sizes are generally in 6" increments
from 24"x24" up to 48"x48" and 30"x60".

EDGE DETAIL
All edges are squared and resin hardened.

FINISHES
A wide variety of fabrics are available from all major brands,
including Guilford, Maharam, Knoll, Carnegie, and Designtex.
Foundations is a factory-finished proprietary white,
acoustically transparent covering with a soft drywall
look available in white or black.
Factory painted finish. Custom colors are available.

MOUNTING
Lift-and-shift mounting requires standard 1516" ceiling grid by
others. Panels are individually removable and do not require
head room above the grid for installation or removal.

ACOUSTICAL PERFORMANCE

WARRANTY

3-YEAR WARRANTY
Gridlock acoustical ceiling panels have a limited 3-year
warranty. The panels are warranted to be free from defects
in material and workmanship for a period of three years from
the date of shipment.
See product warranty for limitations.
* The ASTM E 84 standard should be used to measure and describe the properties
of materials, products or assemblies in response to heat and flame under controlled
laboratory conditions and should not be used to describe or appraise the fire hazard or
fire risk of materials, products or assemblies under actual fire conditions. However, results of
this test may be used as elements of a fire risk assessment, which takes into, account all of
the factors, which are pertinent to an assessment of the fire hazard of a particular end use.
Values are reported to the nearest 5 rating.

Product Data Sheet

GRIDLOCK CEILING PANELS


PART 1 GENERAL
1.1 Work in this section shall be subject to drawings, general
conditions, schedules, addenda and other contract
documents.
1.2 The extent of the acoustical panels is shown on the
drawings and in the schedules.
1.3 Submit
(select quantity) samples of each type of
acoustical panel as shown on the drawings and in schedules
and include appropriate technical information including test
data and maintenance instructions.
Submit
(select quantity) fabric selector cards
from manufacturers standard finishes, or designer specified
finishes.
1.4 Acoustical panels shall be installed according to
manufacturers recommendations and instructions.
1.5 Installation of acoustical panels shall not begin until all wet
work (plastering, concrete, etc.) is completed and dry.
Building shall be properly enclosed and under standard
occupancy conditions (temperature of 60-85F and not
more than 70% relative humidity)
before installation begins.
1.6 The contractor shall be responsible for the examination
and acceptance of all surfaces and conditions prior to the
acoustical panel installation.
1.7 Substitutions or changes will only be permitted by prior
approval by the architect.

PART 2 MATERIALS
2.1 Acoustical ceilings shall be: Gridlock ceiling panels as
manufactured by Conwed Deisgnscape|Wall Technology,
800 Gustafson Road, Ladysmith, WI 54848.
Phone (800) 932-2383, fax (800) 833-4798.

2.5 Panel finish shall be: Foundations


(please
specify white or black). New Dimensions acoustically
transparent finish, which is applied over an acoustically
transparent membrane.
(please specify
color). Fabric
(please specify
fabric manufacturer, pattern, color and specifier). Finish shall
be applied directly over the face and edges of the panel to
provide a full finished edge. All corners are fully tailored.
2.6 Mounting shall be: Lift-and-Shift Interlocken 2.0 mounting.
Adhesive, miscellaneous fasteners, (i.e. nails, screws, etc.)
and standard continuous wall leveling angle are to be
supplied by the contractor.
2.7 Acoustical Performance panels shall have a minimum
NRC of
(please specify) in accordance with ASTM
C-423 (Type E400 Mounting).
2.8 Flammability All panel components shall have a Class A
rating in accordance with ASTM E-84.
Thank you for choosing Conwed Designscape|Wall Technology
for your acoustical needs.
The information provided above is correct to the best of our
knowledge at time of printing. We reserve the right to make changes
without prior notification.
DISCLAIMER OF LIABILITY
Technical information contained herein is furnished without charge or obligation and is given
and accepted at recipients sole risk. Because conditions of use may vary and are beyond our
control, Owens Corning makes no representation about, and is not responsible or liable for the
accuracy or reliability of data associated with particular uses of any product described herein.
Nothing contained in this bulletin shall be considered a recommendation.

2.2 Acoustical Panels shall be constructed of a composite core


construction of dimensionally stable rigid fiberglass of 6-7
pcf density; and if required, laminated to 18" 16-20 pcf
molded glass fiber. Thickness (choose one): 1", 1" or 2" plus
1
8" or custom
(specify).
2.3 Sizes:
width and
high or as shown on
drawings. Standard sizes are 24" and 30" width, and 24",
30", 36", 42", 48", 54" and 60" in length. Custom sizes are
available; consult manufacturer. Standard tolerances are
1
16" in width and length.
2.4 Edge profile shall be: Square. Edge treatment shall be: resin
hardened.

&'&&25325$7,21
+YWXEJWSR6SEH
0EH]WQMXL;MWGSRWMR
T: 1-800-932-2383
F: 1-800-833-4798
www.conweddesignscape.com

4YF2S%4VMRXIHMR97%%TVMP
3[IRW'SVRMRK%PP6MKLXW6IWIVZIH
0))(MWEVIKMWXIVIHXVEHIQEVOSJ97+VIIR&YMPHMRK'SYRGMP

Product Data Sheet

NEW DIMENSIONS CEILING PANELS


Thickness
1

1- /8
2-1/8

NRC
.85
.90

The noise reduction coefficients were derived from tests


conducted according to ASTM C 423 on a Type E400 mounting
by a NVLAP accredited laboratory.

FIRE PERFORMANCE
Each component has been tested according to ASTM E 84* and
has a Class I/A rating.

RECYCLED CONTENT
APPLICATION
Conwed Designscape|Wall Technology New Dimensions
Acoustical Ceiling Panels are designed for areas requiring
excellent acoustical absorption with a drywall look. Use in
corridors, lobbies, hallways and similar areas.

CONSTRUCTION
The core construction is a dimensionally stable 6-7 PCF glass
fiberboard laminated with a 1/8 16-20 pcf molded glass fiber,
all covered with a specially formulated fiberglass mat. Edges are
protected with resin hardening. The acoustically transparent
painted finish completely covers the face and exposed edges.

New Dimensions Acoustical Ceiling Panels can utilize an


Owens Corning fiberglass board core that is third-party
certified for recycled content. The board is certified by SCS
to contain at least 57% recycled glass.
And for your LEED project, our acoustical panels can help
you qualify for recycled content points under the Materials and
Resources section. Other LEED categories may also apply
depending upon the project requirements.

SIZE AVAILABILITY
Available thicknesses are 1, 1-1/2, 2, 3, and 4, plus the 1/8
molded glass fiberboard. Maximum sizes are 4x10 for 1-1/2 and
4x12 for all else.

EDGE DETAIL
All edges are resin hardened, unless otherwise specified.
Available shapes include: square, radius, and bevel. For
square-edged abutting panels, a kerf and spline is strongly
recommended for accurate face alignment. Another fine option
is to introduce a small reveal between panels.

FINISH
New Dimensions Acoustical Ceiling Panels come factoryfinished in a wide variety of colors, including white. Custom
colors are also offered to precisely match any interior design
palette.

MOUNTING
Standard ceiling mountings include lay-in, resin spots, or Z-bar
to Z-bar.

ACOUSTICAL PERFORMANCE
New Dimensions Acoustical Ceiling Panels provide excellent
acoustical performance for auditoriums, theaters, offices,
libraries, classrooms, and virtually anywhere sound absorption is
required.

WARRANTY
3-YEAR WARRANTY
New Dimensions Acoustical Ceiling Panels have a limited
3-year warranty. The panels are warranted to be free from
defects in material and workmanship for a period of three
years from the date of purchase.
See product warranty for details and limitations.
* The ASTM E 84 standard should be used to measure and describe the properties
of materials, products or assemblies in response to heat and flame under controlled
laboratory conditions and should not be used to describe or appraise the fire hazard or
fire risk of materials, products or assemblies under actual fire conditions. However, results of
this test may be used as elements of a fire risk assessment, which takes into, account all of
the factors, which are pertinent to an assessment of the fire hazard of a particular end use.
Values are reported to the nearest 5 rating.

Product Data Sheet

NEW DIMENSIONS CEILING PANELS


PART 1 GENERAL
1.1

Work in this section shall be subject to drawings, general


conditions, schedules, addenda and other contract
documents.

1.2

The extent of the acoustical panels is shown on the


drawings and in the schedules.

1.3

Submit _______ (select quantity) samples of each type


of acoustical panel as shown on the drawings and in
schedules and include appropriate technical information
including test data and maintenance instructions. Submit
__________ (select quantity) fabric selector cards from
manufacturers standard finishes, or designer specified
finishes.

1.4

Acoustical panels shall be installed according to


manufacturers recommendations and instructions.

1.5

Installation of acoustical panels shall not begin until all wet


work (plastering, concrete, etc.) is completed and dry.
Building shall be properly enclosed and under standard
occupancy conditions (temperature of
60-85F and not more than 70% relative humidity)
before installation begins.

1.6

The contractor shall be responsible for the examination


and acceptance of all surfaces and conditions prior to the
acoustical panel installation.

1.7

Substitutions or changes will only be permitted by prior


approval by the architect.

PART 2 MATERIALS
2.1

Acoustical ceiling panels shall be: New Dimensions


Acoustical Ceiling Panels as manufactured by Conwed
Designscape|Wall Technology, 800 Gustafson Road,
Ladysmith, WI 54848. Phone (800) 932-2383,
fax (800) 833-4798.

2.2

Acoustical Panels shall be constructed of a composite


core construction of dimensionally stable rigid fiberglass
of 6-7 pcf density laminated to 1/8 16-20 pcf molded glass
fiber. Thickness (choose one) 1, 1-1/2, 2, 3, 4 plus 1/8
or custom ____________ (specify).

2.3

Sizes: ______ width and _______ high or as shown on


drawings. Standard maximum size is 48 wide x 120 high
for 1-1/2 and 48 x 144 for other thicknesses. Custom or
larger sizes available; consult manufacturer. Panels are to
be manufactured according to field dimensions supplied
by the installing contractor. Standard tolerances are 1/16
in width and length.

2.4

Edge profile shall be: Square, radius, full bevel, half-bevel,


miter, or custom __________________ (specify). Corner
detail shall be: Square or custom _______________
(specify). Edge treatment shall be: resin hardened,
aluminum or high-pressure laminate (with square edge
only) or custom _______________ (specify).

2.5

Panel finish shall be New Dimension acoustically


transparent finish, which is applied over an acoustically
transparent membrane. _________________________
_______________ (please specify color). Finish shall be
applied directly over the face and edges of the panel to
provide a full finished edge. All corners are fully tailored.

2.6

Mounting shall be: Lay-in, resin spots, Z-bar to Z-bar,


or custom ________________ (specify). Adhesive,
miscellaneous fasteners, (i.e. nails, screws, etc.) and
standard continuous wall leveling angle are to be supplied
by the contractor.

2.7

Acoustical Performance panels shall have a minimum


NRC of _____ (please specify) in accordance with ASTM
C-423 (Type A Mounting).

2.8

Flammability All panel components shall have a Class


A fire rating in accordance with ASTM E-84.

Thank you for choosing Conwed Designscape|Wall


Technology for your acoustical needs.
The information provided above is correct to the best of our
knowledge at time of printing. We reserve the right to make
changes without prior notification.
DISCLAIMER OF LIABILITY
Technical information contained herein is furnished without charge or obligation and is
given and accepted at recipients sole risk. Because conditions of use may vary and are
beyond our control, Owens Corning makes no representation about, and is not responsible
or liable for the accuracy or reliability of data associated with particular uses of any product
described herein. Nothing contained in this bulletin shall be considered a recommendation.

&'&&25325$7,21
+YWXEJWSR6SEH
0EH]WQMXL;MWGSRWMR
T: 1-800-932-2383
F: 1-800-833-4798
www.conweddesignscape.com

4YF2S%4VMRXIHMR97%%TVMP
3[IRW'SVRMRK%PP6MKLXW6IWIVZIH
0))(MWEVIKMWXIVIHXVEHIQEVOSJ97+VIIR&YMPHMRK'SYRGMP

Product Data Sheet

CURVED REFLECTIVE
CEILING CLOUDS
FINISHES
A wide variety of fabrics are available from all major brands,
including Guilford, Maharam, Knoll, Carnegie, and Designtex.
Gel-coat finish is also available on Reflective panels.

MOUNTING
Standard mounting is direct attachment to the exposed metal
frame. Self-drilling acoustical hangers are provided as shown
for this purpose. Joining plates for abutting panels are provided
for use with our proprietary joining and leveling system.

EXCELLENT ACOUSTICAL PERFORMANCE


Curved Reflective Ceiling Clouds provide excellent reflection.
Use in conjunction with Curved Absorptive Ceiling Clouds or
other fine absorptive products if required.

FIRE PERFORMANCE
Reflective Cloud components, other than the MDO Plywood
have been tested according to ASTM E 84* and have a Class
I/A rating.

RECYCLED CONTENT
Curved Reflective Ceiling Clouds can utilize an Owens Corning
fiberglass board core that is third-party certified for recycled
content. The board is certified by SCS to contain at least 57%
recycled glass.

APPLICATION
Conwed Designscape|Wall Technology Curved Reflective
Ceiling Clouds are intended for commercial applications
requiring strong design elements combined with acoustical
reflection.

And for your LEED project, our acoustical panels can help
you qualify for recycled content points under the Materials and
Resources section. Other LEED categories may also apply
depending upon the project requirements.

CONSTRUCTION
This curved panel features an external metal frame providing
exact curvature for demanding applications, particularly where
panels abut. Minimum Radius is 10. Reflective panels are
MDO (Medium Density Overlay) plywood.
Panels are pre-wrapped with Class A-rated fabric, or can be
provided with a gel-coat finish. Panel backs can be painted
black, or lined with fiberglass for combined absorption.
Finishes are completely adhered to the panel face and
returned to the back for a full finished edge. All corners are
fully tailored.

WARRANTY
3-YEAR WARRANTY
Curved Reflective Ceiling Clouds have a limited 3-year
warranty. The panels are warranted to be free from defects
in material and workmanship for a period of three years from
the date of purchase.
See product warranty for details and limitations.

SIZE AVAILABILITY
Standard maximum size is 4x 10. Larger sizes are
accomplished by ganging panels together. Reflective panels are
.

EDGE DETAIL
Reflective edges are square. Built up edges (fabric only) are
available to hide hardware, 3 maximum. Corners can be
radiused.

* The ASTM E 84 standard should be used to measure and describe the properties of materials,
products or assemblies in response to heat and flame under controlled laboratory conditions and
should not be used to describe or appraise the fire hazard or fire risk of materials, products or
assemblies under actual fire conditions. However, results of this test may be used as elements of a fire
risk assessment, which takes into, account all of the factors, which are pertinent to an assessment of
the fire hazard of a particular end use. Values are reported to the nearest 5 rating.

Product Data Sheet

CURVED REFLECTIVE
CEILING CLOUDS
PART 1 GENERAL
1.1

Work in this section shall be subject to drawings, general


conditions, schedules, addenda and other contract
documents.

1.2

The extent of the acoustical panels is shown on the


drawings and in the schedules.

1.3

Submit _______ (select quantity) samples of each type


of acoustical panel as shown on the drawings and in
schedules and include appropriate technical information
including test data and maintenance instructions. Submit
__________ (select quantity) fabric selector cards from
manufacturers standard finishes, or designer specified
finishes.

1.4

Acoustical panels shall be installed according to


manufacturers recommendations and instructions.

1.5

Installation of acoustical panels shall not begin until all wet


work (plastering, concrete, etc.) is completed and dry.
Building shall be properly enclosed and under standard
occupancy conditions (temperature of
60-85F and not more than 70% relative humidity) before
installation begins.

1.6

1.7

The contractor shall be responsible for the examination


and acceptance of all surfaces and conditions prior to the
acoustical panel installation.
Substitutions or changes will only be permitted by prior
approval by the architect.

PART 2 MATERIALS
2.1

Acoustical ceiling panels shall be: Curved Reflective


Ceiling Clouds as manufactured by Conwed
Designscape|Wall Technology, 800 Gustafson Road,
Ladysmith, WI 54848. Phone (800) 932-2383, fax (800)
833-4798

2.2

Acoustical Panels shall be constructed of MDO


(Medium Density Overlay) plywood backed by 1 x 1
pre-curved metal ribs.

2.3

Sizes: ______ width and _______ high or as shown


on drawings. Standard maximum size is 48 wide x 96
high (nominal). Custom or larger sizes available; consult
manufacturer. Panels are to be manufactured according
to field dimensions supplied by the installing contractor.
Standard tolerances are 1/16 in width and length.

2.4

Edge profile shall be: Square, radius, full bevel, halfbevel, miter, or custom __________________ (specify).
Corner detail shall be: Square, radius or custom
_______________ (specify).

2.5

Panel finish shall be gel-coat or ___________________


_____________________ (specify finish manufacturer,
pattern, color and specifier). Finish shall be applied directly
over the face and edges and returned to the back to
provide a full finished edge. All corners are fully tailored.

2.6

Standard mountings shall be direct attachment to the


exposed metal frame with self-drilling acoustical hangers
(supplied) or custom ________________ (specify).
Adhesive and miscellaneous fasteners, (i.e. nails, screws,
etc are to be supplied by the contractor.

2.7

Acoustical Performance panels shall have a minimum


NRC of _____ (please specify) in accordance with ASTM
C-423 (Type A Mounting).

2.8

Flammability All panel components except MDO


plywood shall have a Class A fire rating in accordance
with ASTM E-84.

Thank you for choosing Conwed Designscape|Wall


Technology for your acoustical needs.
The information provided above is correct to the best of our
knowledge at time of printing. We reserve the right to make
changes without prior notification.
DISCLAIMER OF LIABILITY
Technical information contained herein is furnished without charge or obligation and is
given and accepted at recipients sole risk. Because conditions of use may vary and are
beyond our control, Owens Corning makes no representation about, and is not responsible
or liable for the accuracy or reliability of data associated with particular uses of any product
described herein. Nothing contained in this bulletin shall be considered a recommendation.

&'&&25325$7,21
+YWXEJWSR6SEH
0EH]WQMXL;MWGSRWMR
T: 1-800-932-2383
F: 1-800-833-4798
www.conweddesignscape.com

4YF2S%4VMRXIHMR97%%TVMP
3[IRW'SVRMRK%PP6MKLXW6IWIVZIH
0))(MWEVIKMWXIVIHXVEHIQEVOSJ97+VIIR&YMPHMRK'SYRGMP

Product Data Sheet

RESPOND REFLECTOR
CEILING CLOUDS, FLAT
MOUNTING
Reflector Hardware is standard for Flat Reflectors.

EXCELLENT ACOUSTICAL PERFORMANCE


Reflector Ceiling Clouds provide excellent acoustical
performance for, theaters, auditoriums or other venues requiring
sound reflection.

FIRE PERFORMANCE
Each component has been tested according to ASTM E 84*
and has a Class I/A rating, except for the MDO plywood. A
fire-rated MDF panel is also available.

RECYCLED CONTENT
Reflector Ceiling Clouds can utilize an Owens Corning
fiberglass board core that is third-party certified for recycled
content. The board is certified by SCS to contain at least
57% recycled glass.
And for your LEED project, our acoustical panels can help
you qualify for recycled content points under the Materials and
Resources section. Other LEED categories may also apply
depending upon the project requirements.

APPLICATION
Conwed Designscape|Wall Technology Reflector Ceiling
Clouds are designed for theaters and auditoriums requiring
tunable reflection to enhance sound quality in a performance
environment.

CONSTRUCTION
The core construction is an MDO (Medium Density Overlay)
plywood, sometimes backed with dimensionally stable 6-7
PCF glass fiber. Finishes are completely adhered to the face of
the panel and returned to the back for a full finished edge. All
corners are fully tailored. Also, Reflector panels can be provided
with a gel-coat finish. If required for tunability, a full-length piano
hinge is utilized.

SIZE AVAILABILITY
Available thickness is or custom with added fiberglass
backing. Widths are up to 4 and lengths to 8.

EDGE DETAIL
Standard edge details are square, and bevel. Edges can be built
up to hide mounting hardware.

FINISH
A wide variety of fabrics are available from all major brands,
including Guilford, Maharam, Knoll, Carnegie, and Designtex.
A comprehensive selection of vinyl coverings is available from
Webcore, Designtex and Maharam. Gel-Coat is also available.

WARRANTY
3-YEAR WARRANTY
Reflector Ceiling Clouds have a limited 3-year warranty. The
panels are warranted to be free from defects in material and
workmanship for a period of three years from the date of
purchase.
See product warranty for details and limitations.
* The ASTM E 84 standard should be used to measure and describe the properties
of materials, products or assemblies in response to heat and flame under controlled
laboratory conditions and should not be used to describe or appraise the fire hazard or
fire risk of materials, products or assemblies under actual fire conditions. However, results of
this test may be used as elements of a fire risk assessment, which takes into, account all of
the factors, which are pertinent to an assessment of the fire hazard of a particular end use.
Values are reported to the nearest 5 rating.

Product Data Sheet

RESPOND REFLECTOR
CEILING CLOUDS, FLAT
PART 1 GENERAL
1.1 Work in this section shall be subject to drawings, general
conditions, schedules, addenda and other contract
documents.
1.2 The extent of the acoustical panels is shown on the
drawings and in the schedules.
1.3 Submit _______ (select quantity) samples of each type of
acoustical panel as shown on the drawings and in schedules
and include appropriate technical information including test
data and maintenance instructions. Submit __________
(select quantity) fabric selector cards from manufacturers
standard finishes, or designer specified finishes.
1.4 Acoustical panels shall be installed according to
manufacturers recommendations and instructions.
1.5 Installation of acoustical panels shall not begin until all wet
work (plastering, concrete, etc.) is completed and dry.
Building shall be properly enclosed and under standard
occupancy conditions (temperature of 60-85 F and not
more than 70% relative humidity) before installation begins.

2.3 Sizes: ______ width and _______ high or as shown on


drawings. Standard maximum size is 48 wide x 120
high (nominal). Custom or larger sizes available; consult
manufacturer. Panels are to be manufactured according
to field dimensions supplied by the installing contractor.
Standard tolerances are 1/16 in width and length.
2.4 Edge profile shall be: Square, full bevel, half-bevel, miter, or
custom __________________ (specify). Corner detail shall
be: Square, radius or custom _____________ (specify).
2.5 Panel finish shall be gel-coat or ______________________
__________________ (specify finish manufacturer, pattern,
color and specifier). Finish shall be applied directly over the
face and edges of the panel and returned to the back to
provide a full finished edge. All corners are fully tailored.
2.6 Standard mounting is Cloud Angle for Flat Reflectors,
and Reflector Hardware for Hinged panels. Adhesive,
miscellaneous fasteners, (i.e. nails, screws, etc.) and
additional hanging hardware are to be supplied by the
contractor.
2.7 Flammability All panel components except MDO
Plywood shall have a Class A fire rating in accordance
with ASTM E-84.

1.6 The contractor shall be responsible for the examination


and acceptance of all surfaces and conditions prior to the
acoustical panel installation.

Thank you for choosing Conwed Designscape|Wall


Technology for your acoustical needs.

1.7 Substitutions or changes will only be permitted by prior


approval by the architect.

The information provided above is correct to the best of our


knowledge at time of printing. We reserve the right to make
changes without prior notification.

PART 2 MATERIALS

DISCLAIMER OF LIABILITY
Technical information contained herein is furnished without charge or obligation and is
given and accepted at recipients sole risk. Because conditions of use may vary and are
beyond our control, Owens Corning makes no representation about, and is not responsible
or liable for the accuracy or reliability of data associated with particular uses of any product
described herein. Nothing contained in this bulletin shall be considered a recommendation.

2.1 Acoustical Ceiling Clouds shall be: Reflector Ceiling Clouds


as manufactured by Conwed Designscape|Wall Technology,
800 Gustafson Road, Ladysmith, WI 54848.
Phone (800) 932-2383, fax (800) 833-4798
2.2 Reflector Ceiling Clouds shall be constructed of a MDO
Medium Density Overlay plywood and may be backed
by dimensionally stable rigid fiberglass of 6-7 pcf. MDO
thickness (choose one) or 3/4. Optional fiberglass
thickness of 1, 1-, 2, 3, 4 or custom ___________
(specify).

&'&&25325$7,21
+YWXEJWSR6SEH
0EH]WQMXL;MWGSRWMR
T: 1-800-932-2383
F: 1-800-833-4798
www.conweddesignscape.com

4YF2S%4VMRXIHMR97%%TVMP
3[IRW'SVRMRK%PP6MKLXW6IWIVZIH
0))(MWEVIKMWXIVIHXVEHIQEVOSJ97+VIIR&YMPHMRK'SYRGMP

Product Data Sheet

SKYWAY CEILING CLOUDS


TYPE I
T-grid field attached to factory-marked resin spots provide
an alternate attachment for wire or cable (provided by
others). Use of T-grid can sometimes reduce the number
of wires or cables required.

ACOUSTICAL PERFORMANCE
Skyway Ceiling Clouds Type I provide excellent acoustical
performance for auditoriums, theaters, offices, libraries,
classrooms;virtually anywhere sound absorption is required.

APPLICATION
Conwed Designscape|Wall Technology Skyway Ceiling Clouds
Type I are designed for a large variety of applications ranging
from single or double panel accents up to large multi-panel
ceiling areas. Use in areas requiring excellent acoustical
absorption. Clouds are typically provided painted (Subtle
Texture finish),unpainted (Soft Texture finishwhich can be
job-site painted if desired)**, and many fine fabric finishes
are also available.

Thickness
1-1/8
2-1/8

NRC
0.90
1.10

The noise reduction coefficients were derived from tests


conducted according to ASTM C 423 on a Type F5 mounting
by a NVLAP accredited laboratory.

FIRE PERFORMANCE
Each component has been tested according to ASTM E 84*
and has Class I/A rating

CONSTRUCTION

RECYCLED CONTENT

Panels are produced with a dimensionally stable 6-7 PCF


glass fiberboard core laminated with 16-20 PCF 1/8 molded
fiberglass face. Finishes are completely adhered to all surfaces.

Skyway Ceiling Clouds Type I utilize an Owens Corning


fiberglass board core that is eligible to bear the Green Cross
label for recycled content. The board is certified on average
to contain at least 57% pre-consumer recycled content and
5% post-consumer content. And for your LEED project, our
acoustical panels can help you qualify for recycled content
points under the Materials and Resources section. Other
LEED categories may also apply depending upon the
project requirements.

SIZE AVAILABILITY
Available thicknesses are 1-1/8, 1-5/8 and 2-1/8. Our
standard maximum size is 4 x 10. Custom shapes available.
Returned edges are available to simulate thickness and hide
attachment hardware, consult manufacturer.

EDGE DETAIL
All edges are resin hardened. Available shapes include square
and bevels of or more. Kerfed edges are often used
between panels for alignment using splines or ceiling grid.

FINISH
Soft Texture is a factory-finished proprietary white,
acoustically transparent covering with a soft drywall look.
This can be field painted with a light spray application.
Subtle Texture is a factory painted finish. White is standard
and custom colors are available
A wide variety of fabrics are available from all major
brands including Guilford, Maharam, Knoll, Carnegie and
Designtex.

MOUNTING
Acoustical anchors field applied to factory-marked resin
spots provide anchor points for wire or cable (provided by
others).

WARRANTY
3-YEAR WARRANTY
Skyway Ceiling Clouds Type I have a limited 3-year warranty.
The panels are warranted to be free from defects in material
and workmanship for a period of three years from the date
of purchase.
See product warranty for details and limitations.
* The ASTM E 84 standard should be used to measure and describe the properties
of materials, products or assemblies in response to heat and flame under controlled
laboratory conditions and should not be used to describe or appraise the fire hazard
or fire risk of materials, products or assemblies under actual fire conditions. However,
results of this test may be used as elements of a fire risk assessment, which takes into,
account all of the factors, which are pertinent to an assessment of the fire hazard of a
particular end use. Values are reported to the nearest 5 rating.
**See field painting instructions.

Product Data Sheet

SKYWAY CEILING CLOUDS


TYPE I
PART 1 GENERAL
1.1 Work in this section shall be subject to drawings, general
conditions, schedules, addenda and other contract
documents.

2.3 Sizes: ____ width and _____high or as shown on drawings.


Standard maximum is 48 x 120. Custom shapes are
available. Panels are to be manufactured according to field
dimensions supplied by the installing contractor. Standard
tolerances are 1/16 in width and length.

1.2 The extent of the acoustical panels is shown on the


drawings and in the schedules.

2.4 Edge profile shall be square, bevel (1/2 or more) or


custom__________(specify). Corner detail shall be Square
or radius

1.3 Submit _______ (select quantity) samples of each type


of acoustical panel as shown on the drawings and in
schedules and include appropriate technical information
including test data and maintenance instructions. Submit
__________ (select quantity) fabric selector cards from
manufacturers standard finishes, or designer specified
finish.

2.5 Panel finish shall be ___________________________


______________ (specify finish manufacture, pattern
color and specifier). Finish shall be applied directly over
the face and edges and returned to the back to provide
a full finished edge. All corners are fully tailored. Optional
backing includes fabric or scrim (specify).

1.4 Acoustical panels shall be installed according to


manufacturers recommendations and instructions.
1.5 Installation of acoustical panels shall not begin until all wet
work (plastering, concrete, etc.) is completed and dry.
Building shall be properly enclosed and under standard
occupancy conditions (temperature of 60-85 F and not
more than 70% relative humidity) before installation begins.
1.6 The contractor shall be responsible for the examination
and acceptance of all surfaces and conditions prior to the
acoustical panel installation.
1.7 Substitutions or changes will only be permitted by prior
approval by the architect.

PART 2 MATERIALS
2.1 Acoustical ceiling panels shall be: Skyway Ceiling Clouds
Type I as manufactured by Conwed Designscape|Wall
Technology, 800 Gustafson Road, Ladysmith, WI 54848.
Phone (800) 932-2383, fax (800) 833-4798.

2.6 Standard mountings shall be resin spots for either field


applied self-drilling acoustical anchors or ceiling grid
mains (by others). Both are attached via wire or cable (by
others). (Please specify).
2.7 Acoustical Performance: panels shall have a minimum NRC
of_____(please specify) in accordance with ASTM C-423.
2.8 Flammability: All panel components shall have a Class A:
fire rating in accordance with ASTM E-84.
Thank you for choosing Conwed Designscape|Wall
Technology for your acoustical needs.
The information provided above is correct to the best of our
knowledge at time of printing. We reserve the right to make
changes without prior notification.
DISCLAIMER OF LIABILITY
Technical information contained herein is furnished without charge or obligation and
is given and accepted at recipients sole risk. Because conditions of use may vary and
are beyond our control, Owens Corning makes no representation about, and is not
responsible or liable for the accuracy or reliability of data associated with particular uses
of any product described herein. Nothing contained in this bulletin shall be considered a
recommendation.

2.2 Acoustical panels shall be constructed of a composite


core construction of dimensionally stable rigid fiberglass
of medium density laminated to 1/8 molded fiberglass.
Absorptive thickness: shall be (choose one) 1-1/8, 1-5/8
or 2-1/8.

&'&&25325$7,21
+YWXEJWSR6SEH
0EH]WQMXL;MWGSRWMR
T: 1-800-932-2383
F: 1-800-833-4798
www.conweddesignscape.com

4YF2S%4VMRXIHMR97%%TVMP
3[IRW'SVRMRK%PP6MKLXW6IWIVZIH
0))(MWEVIKMWXIVIHXVEHIQEVOSJ97+VIIR&YMPHMRK'SYRGMP

Product Data Sheet

SKYWAY CEILING CLOUDS


TYPE II
an alternate attachment for wire or cable (provided by
others). Use of T-grid can sometimes reduce the number
of wires or cables required.

ACOUSTICAL PERFORMANCE
Skyway Ceiling Clouds Type II provide excellent acoustical
performance for auditoriums, theaters, offices, libraries,
classrooms; virtually anywhere sound absorption is required.
Thickness
1-1/8
2-1/8

APPLICATION
Conwed Designscape|Wall Technology Skyway Curved
Ceiling Clouds Type II are designed as an accent ceiling
element in areas requiring excellent acoustical absorption.
Clouds are typically provided painted, unpainted
(Foundations finish, which can be job-site painted if
desired)**, and many fine fabric finishes are also available.

CONSTRUCTION
Panels are custom-curved from the factory with a
dimensionally stable 6-7 PCF glass fiberboard core
laminated face and back with 16-2 0 PCF 1/8 molded
fiberglas. Curvature varies slightly; abutting curved edges is
not recommended. Finishes are completely adhered to all
surfaces which aids when minor field-cutting is required.

SIZE AVAILABILITY

NRC
0.90
1.10

The noise reduction coefficients were derived from tests


conducted according to ASTM C 423 on a Type F5 mounting
by a NVLAP accredited laboratory.

FIRE PERFORMANCE
Each component has been tested according to ASTM E 84*
and has Class I/A rating

RECYCLED CONTENT
Skyway Ceiling Clouds Type II utilize an Owens Corning
fiberglass board core that is eligible to bear the Green Cross
label for recycled content. The board is certified on average
to contain at least 57% pre-consumer recycled content and
5% post-consumer content. And for your LEED project, our
acoustical panels can help you qualify for recycled content
points under the Materials and Resources section. Other
LEED categories may also apply depending upon the
project requirements.

Available thicknesses are 1-1/4 and 2-1/4. Our standard


maximum size is 4 x 10. Minimum curvatures are 10 radius.
Custom panels and radius are available; consult manufacturer.

EDGE DETAIL
All edges are square and resin hardened

FINISH
Foundations is a factory-finished proprietary white,
acoustically transparent covering with a soft drywall look.
This can be field painted with a light spray application.
Factory painted finish. White is standard and custom colors
are available
A wide variety of fabrics are available from all major
brands including Guilford, Maharam, Knoll, Carnegie and
Designtex.

MOUNTING
Acoustical anchors field applied to factory-marked resin
spots provide anchor points for wire or cable (provided by
others). Panels up to 48 x 75 require 4 anchors; larger
panels consult factory.
T-grid field attached to factory-marked resin spots provide

Warranty
3-YEAR WARRANTY
Skyway Ceiling Clouds Type II have a limited 3-year warranty.
The panels are warranted to be free from defects in material
and workmanship for a period of three years from the date
of purchase.
See product warranty for details and limitations.
* The ASTM E 84 standard should be used to measure and describe the properties
of materials, products or assemblies in response to heat and flame under controlled
laboratory conditions and should not be used to describe or appraise the fire hazard
or fire risk of materials, products or assemblies under actual fire conditions. However,
results of this test may be used as elements of a fire risk assessment, which takes into,
account all of the factors, which are pertinent to an assessment of the fire hazard of a
particular end use. Values are reported to the nearest 5 rating.
** See field painting instructions.

Product Data Sheet

SKYWAY CEILING CLOUDS


TYPE II
PART 1 GENERAL
1.1 Work in this section shall be subject to drawings, general
conditions, schedules, addenda and other contract
documents.

2.3 Sizes: ____ width and _____high or as shown on drawings.


Standard maximum is 48 x 120. Custom sizes are
available. Panels are to be manufactured according to field
dimensions supplied by the installing contractor. Standard
tolerances are 1/16 in width and length.

1.2 The extent of the acoustical panels is shown on the


drawings and in the schedules.

2.4 Edge profile shall be square or custom__________


(specify). Corner detail shall be Square or radius.

1.3 Submit _______ (select quantity) samples of each type


of acoustical panel as shown on the drawings and in
schedules and include appropriate technical information
including test data and maintenance instructions. Submit
__________ (select quantity) fabric selector cards from
manufacturers standard finishes, or designer specified
finish.

2.5 Panel finish shall be ___________________________


______________ (specify finish manufacture, pattern
color and specifier). Finish shall be applied directly over
the face and edges and returned to the back to provide
a full finished edge. All corners are fully tailored. Optional
backing includes fabric or scrim (specify).

1.4 Acoustical panels shall be installed according to


manufacturers recommendations and instructions.
1.5 Installation of acoustical panels shall not begin until all wet
work (plastering, concrete, etc.) is completed and dry.
Building shall be properly enclosed and under standard
occupancy conditions (temperature of 60-85 F and not
more than 70% relative humidity) before installation begins.

2.6 Standard mountings shall be resin spots for either field


applied self-drilling acoustical anchors or ceiling grid
mains (by others). Both are attached via wire or cable (by
others). (Please specify).
2.7 Acoustical Performance: panels shall have a minimum NRC
of_____(please specify) in accordance with ASTM C-423.
2.8 Flammability: All panel components shall have a Class A:
fire rating in accordance with ASTM E-84.

1.6 The contractor shall be responsible for the examination


and acceptance of all surfaces and conditions prior to the
acoustical panel installation.

Thank you for choosing Conwed Designscape|Wall


Technology for your acoustical needs.

1.7 Substitutions or changes will only be permitted by prior


approval by the architect.

The information provided above is correct to the best of our


knowledge at time of printing. We reserve the right to make
changes without prior notification.

PART 2 MATERIALS

DISCLAIMER OF LIABILITY
Technical information contained herein is furnished without charge or obligation and
is given and accepted at recipients sole risk. Because conditions of use may vary and
are beyond our control, Owens Corning makes no representation about, and is not
responsible or liable for the accuracy or reliability of data associated with particular uses
of any product described herein. Nothing contained in this bulletin shall be considered a
recommendation.

2.1 Acoustical ceiling panels shall be: Skyway Ceiling Clouds


Type II as manufactured by Conwed Designscape|Wall
Technology, 800 Gustafson Road, Ladysmith, WI 54848.
Phone (800) 932-2383, fax (800) 833-4798.
2.2 Acoustical panels shall be constructed of a composite
core construction of dimensionally stable rigid fiberglass
of medium density laminated to 1/8 molded fiberglass on
both face and back. Absorptive thickness: shall be (choose
one) 1-1/4, 1-3/4 or 2-1/4.

&'&&25325$7,21
+YWXEJWSR6SEH
0EH]WQMXL;MWGSRWMR
T: 1-800-932-2383
F: 1-800-833-4798
www.conweddesignscape.com

4YF2S%4VMRXIHMR97%%TVMP
3[IRW'SVRMRK%PP6MKLXW6IWIVZIH
0))(MWEVIKMWXIVIHXVEHIQEVOSJ97+VIIR&YMPHMRK'SYRGMP

Product Data Sheet

LOADED VINYL PANEL


EXCELLENT ACOUSTICAL PERFORMANCE
Loaded Vinyl prevents unwanted sound transmission through
ceilings, walls and floors. 1/8 thickness provides an STC of 27.
The balance of the panel is essentially an A100 Series Acoustical
Wall Panel providing excellent acoustical absorption virtually
anywhere sound absorption is required. A100 fabric wrapped
panels have been tested for their acoustical performance:
Thickness

1
1
2
3

APPLICATION
Conwed Designscape|Wall Technology Loaded Vinyl wall
and ceiling panels are designed to stop unwanted sound
transmission while absorbing ambient noise. Use for speech
privacy in offices, meeting rooms or patient consultation areas;
as well as a general sound barrier for traffic or industrial noise.

CONSTRUCTION
The core construction is a dimensionally stable 6-7 PCF glass
fiberboard with resin hardened edge protection. Backing is a 1/8
Loaded Vinyl barrier, fully adhered to the fiberglass. Optional
1
/8 16-20 PCF molded fiberglass face offers additional impact
resistance. Finishes are completely adhered to the face of the
panel and returned to the back for a full finished edge. All
corners are fully tailored.

SIZE AVAILABILITY
Thicknesses available are based on 1/8 Loaded Vinyl combined
with , 1, 1- and 2 fiberglass, with optional 1/8 molded
fiberglass face. Widths are up to 48, and lengths to 12.

NRC
.70
.80
.95
1.05
1.15

The noise reduction coefficients were derived from tests


conducted in accordance with ASTM C 423 on a Type A
mounting.

FIRE PERFORMANCE
Each component except the loaded backing has a Class I/A
rating according to ASTM E 84*. Loaded backing passes
UL 94.

RECYCLED CONTENT
Loaded Vinyl acoustical ceiling and wall panels can utilize an
Owens Corning fiberglass board core that is third-party
certified for recycled content. The board is certified by SCS
to contain at least 57% recycled glass.
And for your LEED project, our acoustical panels can help
you qualify for recycled content points under the Materials and
Resources section. Other LEED categories may also apply
depending upon the project requirements.

EDGE DETAIL
All edges are resin hardened, unless otherwise specified.
Choices include: square, radius, bevel, and radius corners.

FINISH
A wide variety of fabrics are available from all major brands,
including Guilford, Maharam, Knoll, Carnegie, and Designtex. A
comprehensive selection of vinyl coverings is also available from
Sanitas, Designtex and Maharam.

MOUNTING
Mounting choices include perimeter adhesive, Z-clip and
concealed splines for walls, and Z-bar to Z-bar on ceilings.

WARRANTY
3-YEAR WARRANTY
Loaded Vinyl acoustical wall and ceiling panels have a limited
3-year warranty starting from date of purchase. The panels are
warranted to be free from defects in material and workmanship.
See product warranty for details and limitations.
* The ASTM E 84 standard should be used to measure and describe the properties
of materials, products or assemblies in response to heat and flame under controlled
laboratory conditions and should not be used to describe or appraise the fire hazard or fire
risk of materials, products or assemblies under actual fire conditions. However, results of
this test may be used as elements of a fire risk assessment, which takes into, account all of
the factors, which are pertinent to an assessment of the fire hazard of a particular end use.
Values are reported to the nearest 5 rating.

Product Data Sheet

LOADED VINYL PANEL


PART 1 GENERAL
1.1 Work in this section shall be subject to drawings, general
conditions, schedules, addenda and other contract
documents.
1.2 The extent of the acoustical panels is shown on the
drawings and in the schedules.
1.3 Submit _______ (select quantity) samples of each type of
acoustical panel as shown on the drawings and in schedules
and include appropriate technical information including test
data and maintenance instructions. Submit __________
(select quantity) fabric selector cards from manufacturers
standard finishes, or designer specified finishes.
1.4 Acoustical panels shall be installed according to
manufacturers recommendations and instructions.
1.5 Installation of acoustical panels shall not begin until all wet
work (plastering, concrete, etc.) is completed and dry.
Building shall be properly enclosed and under standard
occupancy conditions (temperature of 60-85 F and not
more than 70% relative humidity) before installation begins.
1.6 The contractor shall be responsible for the examination
and acceptance of all surfaces and conditions prior to the
acoustical panel installation.
1.7 Substitutions or changes will only be permitted by prior
approval by the architect.

PART 2 MATERIALS
2.1 Acoustical wall panels shall be: Loaded Vinyl Panels as
manufactured by Conwed Designscape|Wall Technology,
Inc., 800 Gustafson Road, Ladysmith, WI 54848.
Phone (800) 932-2383, fax (800) 833-4798.
2.2 Acoustical Panels shall be constructed of a composite core
construction of dimensionally stable rigid fiberglass of 6-7
pcf density, backed by 1/8 Loaded Vinyl barrier, fully adhered
to the fiberglass, (faced with optional 1/8 16-20 PCF
molded fiberglass). Thickness (choose one) 7/8, 1-1/8, 1-5/8,
2-1/8 or custom. (Add 1/8 to these sizes if optional molded
fiberglass face is required.)

2.3 Sizes: ______ width and _______ high or as shown on


drawings. Standard maximum size is 48 wide x 120
high (nominal). Custom or larger sizes available; consult
manufacturer. Panels are to be manufactured according
to field dimensions supplied by the installing contractor.
Standard tolerances are 1/16 in width and length.
2.4 Edge profile shall be: Square, radius, bevel, miter, or custom
__________ (specify). Corner detail shall be: Square, radius
or custom __________ (specify). Edge treatment shall be:
resin hardened, aluminum or high-pressure laminate (with
square edge only), wood (all profiles available) or custom
__________ (specify).
2.5 Panel finish shall be ______________________________
__________ (specify finish manufacturer, pattern, color and
specifier). Finish shall be applied directly over the face and
edges of the panel and returned to the back of the panel
to provide a full finished edge. All corners are fully tailored.
2.6 Mounting shall be: perimeter adhesive, Z-clip or concealed
splines for walls, and Z-bar to Z-bar on ceilings. (Circle
one). Adhesive, miscellaneous fasteners, (i.e. nails, screws,
etc.) and standard continuous wall leveling angle are to be
supplied by the contractor.
2.7 Acoustical Performance panels shall have a minimum
NRC of _____ (please specify) in accordance with ASTM
C-423 (Type A Mounting).
2.8 Flammability All panel components except the loaded
backing shall have a Class A fire rating in accordance with
ASTM E-84. Loaded backing must pass UL 94.
Thank you for choosing Conwed Designscape|Wall
Technology for your acoustical needs.
The information provided above is correct to the best of our
knowledge at time of printing. We reserve the right to make
changes without prior notification.
DISCLAIMER OF LIABILITY
Technical information contained herein is furnished without charge or obligation and is
given and accepted at recipients sole risk. Because conditions of use may vary and are
beyond our control, Owens Corning makes no representation about, and is not responsible
or liable for the accuracy or reliability of data associated with particular uses of any product
described herein. Nothing contained in this bulletin shall be considered a recommendation.

&'&&25325$7,21
+YWXEJWSR6SEH
0EH]WQMXL;MWGSRWMR
T: 1-800-932-2383
F: 1-800-833-4798
www.conweddesignscape.com

4YF2S%4VMRXIHMR97%%TVMP
3[IRW'SVRMRK%PP6MKLXW6IWIVZIH
0))(MWEVIKMWXIVIHXVEHIQEVOSJ97+VIIR&YMPHMRK'SYRGMP

Product Data Sheet

LOW FREQUENCY TUNER


WALL AND CEILING PANELS
The following noise reduction coefficients were derived from
tests in accordance with ASTM C 423 on a Type D5 mounting.
NRC rating is 0.35.

FrequencyHZ

Absorption Coefficient

250
500
1000
2000

0.32
0.42
0.27
0.18

SAA
NRC

0.32
0.30

APPLICATION

FIRE PERFORMANCE

Conwed Designscape|Wall Technology Low Frequency Tuner


wall and ceiling panels are designed for areas requiring special
control of low frequency sound without over-damping highs.
This is one product with a truly balanced absorption across
the entire audio spectrum! Used in critical music practice and
performance areas, often in conjunction with standard A100
Series panels.

Each component has been tested according to ASTM E 84*


and has a Class I/A rating.

CONSTRUCTION
The core construction is a dimensionally stable 6-7 PCF glass
fiberboard with resin hardened edge protection laminated
with a special un-perforated vinyl member that allows selective
acoustical transparency. Fabric finish is completely adhered to
the face of the panel and returned to the back for a full finished
edge. All corners are fully tailored.

RECYCLED CONTENT
Low Frequency Tuner panels can utilize an Owens Corning
fiberglass board core that is third-party certified for recycled
content. The board is certified by SCS to contain at least
57% recycled glass.
And for your LEED project, our acoustical panels can help
you qualify for recycled content points under the Materials and
Resources section. Other LEED categories may also apply
depending upon the project requirements.

SIZE AVAILABILITY
The special acoustical purpose of this product requires a 2
core. Maximum size is 4x12.

EDGE DETAIL
All edges are resin hardened, unless otherwise specified.
Available choices include: square, radius, and bevel.

FINISHES
A wide variety of fabrics are available from all major brands,
including Guilford, Maharam, Knoll, Carnegie, and Designtex.

MOUNTING
Standard mountings include spot and perimeter adhesive, Z-clip,
concealed splines, impaling clips, hook & loop, and magnetic
fasteners.

ACOUSTICAL PERFORMANCE
Low Frequency Tuner wall and ceiling panels provide a
balanced acoustical absorption for the common problem of
over-absorption of highs and under-absorption of lows. The
special under-fabric layer traps lows while selectively reflecting
high frequencies.

WARRANTY
3-YEAR WARRANTY
Low Frequency Tuner panels have a limited 3-year warranty.
The panels are warranted to be free from defects in material
and workmanship for a period of three years from the date of
purchase.
See product warranty for limitations.
* The ASTM E 84 standard should be used to measure and describe the properties
of materials, products or assemblies in response to heat and flame under controlled
laboratory conditions and should not be used to describe or appraise the fire hazard or fire
risk of materials, products or assemblies under actual fire conditions. However, results of
this test may be used as elements of a fire risk assessment, which takes into, account all of
the factors, which are pertinent to an assessment of the fire hazard of a particular end use.
Values are reported to the nearest 5 rating.

Product Data Sheet

LOW FREQUENCY TUNER


WALL AND CEILING PANELS
PART 1 GENERAL
1.1 Work in this section shall be subject to drawings, general
conditions, schedules, addenda and other contract
documents.
1.2 The extent of the acoustical panels is shown on the
drawings and in the schedules.
1.3 Submit _______ (select quantity) samples of each type of
acoustical panel as shown on the drawings and in schedules
and include appropriate technical information including test
data and maintenance instructions. Submit __________
(select quantity) fabric selector cards from manufacturers
standard finishes, or designer specified finishes.
1.4 Acoustical panels shall be installed according to
manufacturers recommendations and instructions.
1.5 Installation of acoustical panels shall not begin until all wet
work (plastering, concrete, etc.) is completed and dry.
Building shall be properly enclosed and under standard
occupancy conditions (temperature of 60-85F and not
more than 70% relative humidity) before installation begins.
1.6 The contractor shall be responsible for the examination
and acceptance of all surfaces and conditions prior to the
acoustical panel installation.
1.7 Substitutions or changes will only be permitted by prior
approval by the architect.

PART 2 MATERIALS
2.1 Acoustical wall panels shall be: Low Frequency Tuner
Panels as manufactured by Conwed Designscape|Wall
Technology, 800 Gustafson Road, Ladysmith, WI 54848.
Phone (800) 932-2383, fax (800) 833-4798.

2.4 Edge profile shall be: Square, radius, full bevel, halfbevel, miter, or custom __________________ (specify).
Corner detail shall be: Square, radius or custom
_______________ (specify). Edge treatment shall be:
resin hardened, aluminum or high-pressure laminate (with
square edge only), wood (all profiles available) or custom
_______________ (specify).
2.5 Panel finish shall be _______________________________
_________ (specify finish manufacturer, pattern, color and
specifier). Finish shall be applied directly over the face and
edges of the panel and returned to the back of the panel
to provide a full finished edge. All corners are fully tailored.
2.6 Mounting shall be: Adhesive/Resin, Adhesive No Resin,
Impaling/Adhesive, Lay-in, Magnet, Spline, VELCRO, Panel
Clip to Z-Bar, Panel Clip to Double Wall Clip, Z-Bar to
Z-Bar, Aluminum Z-Clips, Panel Clips/ VELCRO or custom
________________ (specify). Adhesive, miscellaneous
fasteners, (i.e. nails, screws, etc.) and standard continuous
wall leveling angle are to be supplied by the contractor.
2.7 Acoustical Performance panels shall have an NRC no less
than 0.30 and not greater than 0.40, in accordance with
ASTM C-423 (Type D5 Mounting).
2.8 Flammability All panel components shall have a Class A
fire rating in accordance with ASTM E-84.
Thank you for choosing Conwed Designscape|Wall
Technology for your acoustical needs.
The information provided above is correct to the best of our
knowledge at time of printing. We reserve the right to make
changes without prior notification.

2.2 Acoustical Panels shall be constructed of a composite core


construction of dimensionally stable rigid fiberglass of 6-7
pcf density laminated to an un-perforated vinyl member that
allows selective acoustical transparency. Thickness is 2.
2.3 Sizes: ______ width and _______ high or as shown on
drawings. Standard maximum size is 48 wide x 144
high (nominal). Custom or larger sizes available; consult
manufacturer. Panels are to be manufactured according
to field dimensions supplied by the installing contractor.
Standard tolerances are 1/16 in width and length.
&'&&25325$7,21
+YWXEJWSR6SEH
0EH]WQMXL;MWGSRWMR
T: 1-800-932-2383
F: 1-800-833-4798
www.conweddesignscape.com

4YF2S%4VMRXIHMR97%%TVMP
3[IRW'SVRMRK%PP6MKLXW6IWIVZIH
0))(MWEVIKMWXIVIHXVEHIQEVOSJ97+VIIR&YMPHMRK'SYRGMP

Product Data Sheet

METRO REBOUND PANELS


Panels are available in a variety of thickness, and their
performances are tested in accordance to ASTM procedures
in a NVLAP accredited laboratory. Please consult with your
Sales Representative, or the Companys Technical Services
Department for assistance in determining the proper panels,
and their acoustical specifications, for your application.

R-VALUE
The R-Value is resistivity to heat or cold, and is an important
factor in choosing a finish.
1
1-1/2
2
3
4

APPLICATION
Conwed Designscape|Wall Technology Metro Rebound panels
are designed for use in high abuse areas requiring sound
absorption and clean-ability. A pan of perforated co-polymer
over fiberglass allows sound absorption while withstanding
many forms of punishment. Use in gymnasiums, hotels, multipurpose rooms anywhere requiring a durable, acoustically
absorbent panel.

4.1
6.2
8.3
12.5
16.6

FIRE PERFORMANCE
Each component has been tested according to ASTM E 84* and
has a Class I/A rating.

RECYCLED CONTENT

CONSTRUCTION

Metro Rebound panels can utilize an Owens Corning


fiberglass board core that is third-party certified for recycled
content. The board is certified by SCS to contain at least
57% recycled glass.

This panel features an innovative combination of dimensionally


stable 6-7 PCF glass fiberboard, with a 1/16 resilient perforated
co-polymer face sheet with heat-formed edges. A white scrim
layer is optional under the co-polymer sheet.

And for your LEED project, our acoustical panels can help
you qualify for recycled content points under the Materials and
Resources section. Other LEED categories may also apply
depending upon the project requirements.

SIZE AVAILABILITY
Thicknesses include: 1-1/16, 1-9/16 and 2-1/16. Widths are up to
48, and lengths to 116 for 1, and 114 for 2. Custom widths
up to 51 are available with 1-1/16 thickness. Standard tolerance
is 1/8; a reveal of 1/4 is required between panels.

EDGE DETAIL
All edges, square only, are resin hardened underneath the heatformed co-polymer.

FINISHES
The co-polymer is available in 4 standard/stocked colors with
many custom colors also available.

WARRANTY
3-YEAR WARRANTY
Metro Rebound panels have a limited 3-year warranty starting
from date of purchase. The panels are warranted to be free
from defects in material and workmanship.

MOUNTING

See product warranty for details and limitations.

Standard wall mountings include; spot adhesive with optional


impaling clips, Z-clip, hook & loop, and magnetic fasteners. Z-bar
to Z-bar is the recommended ceiling mount.

* The ASTM E 84 standard should be used to measure and describe the properties
of materials, products or assemblies in response to heat and flame under controlled
laboratory conditions and should not be used to describe or appraise the fire hazard or
fire risk of materials, products or assemblies under actual fire conditions. However, results of
this test may be used as elements of a fire risk assessment, which takes into, account all of
the factors, which are pertinent to an assessment of the fire hazard of a particular end use.
Values are reported to the nearest 5 rating.

ACOUSTICAL PERFORMANCE
Our products are constantly modified to achieve their
maximum acoustical performance while providing the
aesthetics desired in their applications.

Product Data Sheet

METRO REBOUND PANELS


PART 1 GENERAL
1.1 Work in this section shall be subject to drawings, general
conditions, schedules, addenda and other contract
documents.
1.2 The extent of the acoustical panels is shown on the
drawings and in the schedules.
1.3 Submit _______ (select quantity) samples of each type of
acoustical panel as shown on the drawings and in schedules
and include appropriate technical information including test
data and maintenance instructions. Submit __________
(select quantity) fabric selector cards from manufacturers
standard finishes, or designer specified finishes.
1.4 Acoustical panels shall be installed according to
manufacturers recommendations and instructions.
1.5 Installation of acoustical panels shall not begin until all wet
work (plastering, concrete, etc.) is completed and dry.
Building shall be properly enclosed and under standard
occupancy conditions (temperature of 60-85 F and not
more than 70% relative humidity) before installation begins.
1.6 The contractor shall be responsible for the examination
and acceptance of all surfaces and conditions prior to the
acoustical panel installation.
1.7 Substitutions or changes will only be permitted by prior
approval by the architect.

PART 2 MATERIALS

2.5 Panel finish shall be ______________________________


________ (specify co-polymer color). Co-polymer shall be
applied directly to face and edges of the panel.
2.6 Mounting shall be: Adhesive/Resin, Impaling/Adhesive,
Lay-in, Magnet, VELCRO, Panel Clip to Z-Bar, Panel Clip
to Double Wall Clip, Z-Bar to Z-Bar (recommended
for ceilings), Aluminum Z-Clips, Panel Clips/VELCRO
or custom ________________ (specify). Adhesive,
miscellaneous fasteners, (i.e. nails, screws, etc.) and
standard continuous wall leveling angle are to be supplied
by the contractor.
2.7 Acoustical Performance panels shall have a minimum
NRC of _____ (please specify) in accordance with ASTM
C-423 Test Procedure.
2.8 Flammability All panel components shall have a Class A
fire rating in accordance with ASTM E-84.
2.9 R-Value is _____. (Calculated using the R-factor of 4.16 per
inch of thickness.)
Thank you for choosing Conwed Designscape|Wall
Technology for your acoustical needs.
The information provided above is correct to the best of our
knowledge at time of printing. We reserve the right to make
changes without prior notification.
DISCLAIMER OF LIABILITY
Technical information contained herein is furnished without charge or obligation and is
given and accepted at recipients sole risk. Because conditions of use may vary and are
beyond our control, Owens Corning makes no representation about, and is not responsible
or liable for the accuracy or reliability of data associated with particular uses of any product
described herein. Nothing contained in this bulletin shall be considered a recommendation.

2.1 Metro Rebound panels shall be: Metro Rebound panels as


manufactured by Conwed Designscape|Wall Technology,
800 Gustafson Road, Ladysmith, WI 54848.
Phone (800) 932-2383, fax (800) 833-4798.
2.2 Acoustical Panels shall be constructed of a composite
core construction of dimensionally stable rigid fiberglass
of medium 6-7 PCF density, laminated to a 1/16 resilient
perforated co-polymer face sheet. Thickness (choose one)
1-1/16, 1-9/16, 2-1/16 or custom __________ (specify).
2.3 Sizes: ______ width and _______ high or as shown on
drawings. Standard maximum size is 48 wide x 116
high (nominal). Custom or larger sizes up to 51 widths
are available; consult manufacturer. Panels are to be
manufactured according to field dimensions supplied by
the installing contractor. Standard tolerances are 1/16 in
width and length.
2.4 Edge profile shall be square. Corner detail shall be square.
Edge treatment shall be resin hardened beneath
heat-formed co-polymer.

&'&&25325$7,21
+YWXEJWSR6SEH
0EH]WQMXL;MWGSRWMR
T: 1-800-932-2383
F: 1-800-833-4798
www.conweddesignscape.com

4YF2S%4VMRXIHMR97%%TVMP
3[IRW'SVRMRK%PP6MKLXW6IWIVZIH
0))(MWEVIKMWXIVIHXVEHIQEVOSJ97+VIIR&YMPHMRK'SYRGMP

Product Data Sheet

REFLECTIVE WALL PANELS


FINISH
Gel-Coat is standard with MDO, often with the back painted
black. A wide variety of fabrics are also available from all
major brands, including Guilford, Maharam, Knoll, Carnegie,
and Designtex.

MOUNTING
Standard mounting for MDO is Z-bar to Z-bar. Fiberglassbased reflectors are also available in adhesive, Z-Clip,
concealed splines, impaling clips (with adhesive) or hook and
loop.

EXCELLENT ACOUSTICAL PERFORMANCE


Reflective Wall Panels provide excellent acoustical
performance for, theaters, auditoriums or other venues
requiring sound reflection. 1-1/16 fiberglass-based reflectors
achieve an NRC of 0.20.

FIRE PERFORMANCE
Components have been tested according to ASTM E 84*
and have a Class I/A rating, with the exception of the MDO
plywood.

RECYCLED CONTENT
APPLICATION
Conwed Designscape|Wall Technology Reflective Wall
Panels are designed for theaters, auditoriums and listening
environments requiring acoustical reflection; usually to
balance other absorption elements.

CONSTRUCTION
Core construction comes in two basic formats. First is MDO
(Medium Density Overlay) plywood which is available in
either a gel-coat or fabric finish. Second is a dimensionally
stable 6-7 PCF glass fiberboard with resin hardened edge
protection, faced with a 1/16 resilient co-polymer sheet, all
covered with fabric. Fabric finishes are completely adhered
to the face of the panel and returned to the back for a full
finished, fully tailored edge.

SIZE AVAILABILITY
Available MDO thickness is with optional built up wood
edges, maximum size 4 x 8. Fiberglass-based reflectors:
thicknesses include 1-1/16, 1-9/16 and 2-1/16. Widths are up to
53 and lengths to 10.

EDGE DETAIL
Standard edge details are square and bevel. Built up edges
are available to hide mounting hardware.

Reflective Wall Panels, depending on construction may utilize


an Owens Corning fiberglass board core that is eligible to
bear the Green Cross label for recycled content. The board
is certified on average to contain at least 57% recycled glass,
with 5% post-consumer and 52% pre-consumer content.
And for your LEED project, our acoustical panels can help
you qualify for recycled content points under the Materials
and Resources section. Other LEED categories may also
apply depending upon the project requirements.

WARRANTY
3-YEAR WARRANTY
Reflective Wall Panels have a limited 3-year warranty. The
panels are warranted to be free from defects in material and
workmanship for a period of three years from the date of
purchase.
See product warranty for details and limitations.
* The ASTM E 84 standard should be used to measure and describe the properties
of materials, products or assemblies in response to heat and flame under controlled
laboratory conditions and should not be used to describe or appraise the fire hazard
or fire risk of materials, products or assemblies under actual fire conditions. However,
results of this test may be used as elements of a fire risk assessment, which takes into,
account all of the factors, which are pertinent to an assessment of the fire hazard of a
particular end use. Values are reported to the nearest 5 rating.

Product Data Sheet

REFLECTIVE WALL PANELS


PART 1 GENERAL
1.1 Work in this section shall be subject to drawings, general
conditions, schedules, addenda and other contract
documents.
1.2 The extent of the acoustical panels is shown on the
drawings and in the schedules.
1.3 Submit _______ (select quantity) samples of each type
of acoustical panel as shown on the drawings and in
schedules and include appropriate technical information
including test data and maintenance instructions. Submit
__________ (select quantity) fabric selector cards from
manufacturers standard finishes, or designer specified
finishes.
1.4 Acoustical panels shall be installed according to
manufacturers recommendations and instructions.
1.5 Installation of acoustical panels shall not begin until
all wet work (plastering, concrete, etc.) is completed
and dry. Building shall be properly enclosed and under
standard occupancy conditions (temperature of 60-85F
and not more than 70% relative humidity) before
installation begins.
1.6 The contractor shall be responsible for the examination
and acceptance of all surfaces and conditions prior to
the acoustical panel installation.
1.7 Substitutions or changes will only be permitted by prior
approval by the architect.

PART 2 MATERIALS
2.1 Acoustical wall panels shall be: Reflective Wall Panels as
manufactured by Conwed Designscape|Wall Technology,
800 Gustafson Road, Ladysmith, WI 54848.
Phone (800) 932-2383, fax (800) 833-4798.
2.2 Reflective Wall Panels shall be constructed of a
MDO Medium Density Overlay plywood. Optional
fiberglass-based reflectors will be constructed of a
composite core of dimensionally stable rigid fiberglass
of 6-7 PCF density covered with 1/16 co-polymer of
1-1/16, 1-9/16, 2-1/16 or custom thickness ____________
(specify).

2.3 Sizes: ______ width and _______ high or as shown on


drawings. Standard maximum size is 48 wide x 96 high
(nominal) for MDO. Standard maximum is 53 wide x
10 high for fiberglass-based reflectors. Custom or larger
sizes available; consult manufacturer. Panels are to be
manufactured according to field dimensions supplied by
the installing contractor. Standard tolerances are 1/16
in width and length.
2.4 Edge profile shall be: Square, full bevel, half-bevel,
miter, or custom __________________ (specify).
Corner detail shall be: Square, radius or custom
_______________ (specify).
2.5 Panel finish shall be gel-coat (MDO only) or ________
________________________________ (specify finish
manufacturer, pattern, color and specifier). Finish shall
be applied directly over the face and edges of the panel
and returned to the back to provide a full finished edge.
All corners are fully tailored.
2.6 Standard MDO mounting is Z-bar to Z-bar. Fiberglass
mounting shall be adhesive / resin spots, adhesive no
resin, Impaling / adhesive, spline, VELCRO, z-clip to
double wall clip, Z-bar to Z-bar, z-clip / VELCRO or
custom____________ (specify). Adhesive, miscellaneous
fasteners, (i.e. nails, screws, etc.) and additional hanging
hardware are to be supplied by the contractor.
2.7 Flammability All panel components except MDO
plywood shall have a Class A fire rating in accordance
with ASTM E-84.
Thank you for choosing Conwed Designscape|Wall
Technology for your acoustical needs.
The information provided above is correct to the best of our
knowledge at time of printing. We reserve the right to make
changes without prior notification.
DISCLAIMER OF LIABILITY
Technical information contained herein is furnished without charge or obligation and
is given and accepted at recipients sole risk. Because conditions of use may vary and
are beyond our control, Owens Corning makes no representation about, and is not
responsible or liable for the accuracy or reliability of data associated with particular uses
of any product described herein. Nothing contained in this bulletin shall be considered
a recommendation.

&'&&25325$7,21
+YWXEJWSR6SEH
0EH]WQMXL;MWGSRWMR
T: 1-800-932-2383
F: 1-800-833-4798
www.conweddesignscape.com

4YF2S)4VMRXIHMR97%%TVMP
3[IRW'SVRMRK%PP6MKLXW6IWIVZIH
0))(MWEVIKMWXIVIHXVEHIQEVOSJ97+VIIR&YMPHMRK'SYRGMP

Product Data Sheet

URBAN FOREST PANELS


Please consult with your Sales Representative, or the Companys
Technical Services Department for assistance in determining
the proper panels, and their acoustical specifications, for your
application.

R-VALUE
The R-Value is resistivity to heat or cold, and is an important
factor in choosing a finish.
1
4.1
1-
6.2
2
8.3
3
12.5
4
16.6

APPLICATION
Urban Forest panels are designed for use in high abuse areas
requiring sound absorption and clean-ability. A pan of
perforated co-polymer over fiberglass allows sound absorption
while withstanding many forms of punishment. Use in
gymnasiums, hotels, multi-purpose rooms anywhere requiring
a durable, acoustically absorbent panel with a faux wood finish.

CONSTRUCTION
This panel features an innovative combination of dimensionally
stable 6-7 PCF glass fiberboard, with a 1/16 resilient perforated
co-polymer face sheet with heat-formed edges. A white or black
scrim layer is optional under the co-polymer sheet.

FIRE PERFORMANCE
Each component has been tested according to ASTM E 84* and
has a Class I/A rating.

RECYCLED CONTENT
Urban Forest panels can utilize an Owens Corning fiberglass
board core that is third-party certified for recycled content.
The board is certified by SCS to contain at least 57%
recycled glass.
And for your LEED project, our acoustical panels can help
you qualify for recycled content points under the Materials and
Resources section. Other LEED categories may also apply
depending upon the project requirements.

SIZE AVAILABILITY
Thicknesses include:1-1/16, 1-9/16 and 2-1/16. Widths are up
to 48 for 1 and 46 for 2. Lengths are up to 116 for 1,
and 114 for 2. Standard tolerance is 1/8; a reveal of 1/4 is
required between panels.

EDGE DETAIL
All edges, square only, are resin hardened underneath the
heat-formed co-polymer.

FINISH
The co-polymer is available in many standard wood-grains.
See ____________________ for details.

MOUNTING
Standard wall mountings include; spot adhesive with optional
impaling clips, Z-clip, hook & loop, and magnetic fasteners. Z-bar
to Z-bar is the recommended ceiling mount.

ACOUSTICAL PERFORMANCE
All Conwed Designscape|Wall Technology products are
constantly modified to achieve their maximum acoustical
performance while providing the aesthetics desired in their
applications. Panels are available in a variety of thickness,
and their performances are tested in accordance to ASTM
procedures in a NVLAP accredited laboratory.

WARRANTY
3-YEAR WARRANTY
Urban Forest panels have a limited 3-year warranty starting
from date of shipment The panels are warranted to be free
from defects in material and workmanship.
See product warranty for details and limitations.
* The ASTM E 84 standard should be used to measure and describe the properties
of materials, products or assemblies in response to heat and flame under controlled
laboratory conditions and should not be used to describe or appraise the fire hazard or
fire risk of materials, products or assemblies under actual fire conditions. However, results of
this test may be used as elements of a fire risk assessment, which takes into, account all of
the factors, which are pertinent to an assessment of the fire hazard of a particular end use.
Values are reported to the nearest 5 rating.

Product Data Sheet

URBAN FOREST PANELS


PART 1 GENERAL
1.1 Work in this section shall be subject to drawings, general
conditions, schedules, addenda and other contract
documents.
1.2 The extent of the acoustical panels is shown on the
drawings and in the schedules.
1.3 Submit _______ (select quantity) samples of each type of
acoustical panel as shown on the drawings and in schedules
and include appropriate technical information including test
data and maintenance instructions. Submit __________
(select quantity) fabric selector cards from manufacturers
standard finishes, or designer specified finishes.
1.4 Acoustical panels shall be installed according to
manufacturers recommendations and instructions.
1.5 Installation of acoustical panels shall not begin until all wet
work (plastering, concrete, etc.) is completed and dry.
Building shall be properly enclosed and under standard
occupancy conditions (temperature of 60-85 F and not
more than 70% relative humidity) before installation begins.

Edge treatment shall be resin hardened beneath heatformed co-polymer.


2.5 Panel finish shall be Riga Birch, Honey Maple, Pearwood,
Wild Apple, Spiced Fruitwood, Black Cherry or custom
____________________ (specify color). Co-polymer shall
be applied directly to face and edges of the panel.
2.6 Mounting shall be: Adhesive/Resin, Impaling/Adhesive,
Lay-in, Magnet, VELCRO, Panel Clip to Z-Bar, Panel Clip
to Double Wall Clip, Z-Bar to Z-Bar (recommended
for ceilings), Aluminum Z-Clips, Panel Clips/VELCRO
or custom ________________ (specify). Adhesive,
miscellaneous fasteners, (i.e. nails, screws, etc.) and standard
continuous wall leveling angle are to be supplied by the
contractor.
2.7 Acoustical Performance panels shall have a minimum
NRC of _____ (please specify).
2.8 Flammability All panel components shall have a Class A
fire rating in accordance with ASTM E-84.
2.9 R-Value is _____. (Calculated using the R-factor of 4.16
per inch of thickness.)

1.6 The contractor shall be responsible for the examination


and acceptance of all surfaces and conditions prior to the
acoustical panel installation.

Thank you for choosing Conwed Designscape|Wall


Technology for your acoustical needs.

1.7 Substitutions or changes will only be permitted by prior


approval by the architect.

The information provided above is correct to the best of our


knowledge at time of printing. We reserve the right to make
changes without prior notification.

PART 2 MATERIALS

DISCLAIMER OF LIABILITY
Technical information contained herein is furnished without charge or obligation and is
given and accepted at recipients sole risk. Because conditions of use may vary and are
beyond our control, Owens Corning makes no representation about, and is not responsible
or liable for the accuracy or reliability of data associated with particular uses of any product
described herein. Nothing contained in this bulletin shall be considered a recommendation.

2.1 Acoustical panels shall be: Urban Forest Wall Panels as


manufactured by Conwed Designscape|Wall Techbology,
800 Gustafson Road, Ladysmith, WI 54848.
Phone (800) 932-2383, fax (800) 833-4798.
2.2 Acoustical Panels shall be constructed of a composite
core construction of dimensionally stable rigid fiberglass
of medium 6-7 PCF density, laminated to a 1/16 resilient
perforated co-polymer face sheet. Thickness (choose one)
1-1/16, 1-9/16, 2-1/16 or custom __________ (specify).
2.3 Sizes: ______ width and _______ high or as shown on
drawings. Standard maximum size is 48 for 1 panels, and
46 for 2 thick panels. Length maximums are 116 for
1 panels and 114 for 2. Panels are to be manufactured
according to field dimensions supplied by the installing
contractor. Standard tolerances are 1/8 in width and
length.
2.4 Edge profile shall be square. Corner detail shall be square.

&'&&25325$7,21
+YWXEJWSR6SEH
0EH]WQMXL;MWGSRWMR
T: 1-800-932-2383
F: 1-800-833-4798
www.conwedwalltech.com

4YF2S%4VMRXIHMR97%*IFVYEV]
3[IRW'SVRMRK%PP6MKLXW6IWIVZIH
0))(MWEVIKMWXIVIHXVEHIQEVOSJ97+VIIR&YMPHMRK'SYRGMP

Product Data Sheet

WEDGE WALL PANELS


FIRE PERFORMANCE
Components, with the exception of the MDO plywood have
been tested according to ASTM E 84* and have a Class I/A
rating.

RECYCLED CONTENT
Wedge Wall Panels utilize an Owens Corning fiberglass board
core that is eligible to bear the Green Cross label for recycled
content. The board is certified on average to contain at least
57% pre-consumer and 5% post-consumer recycled glass.

APPLICATION

And for your LEED project, our acoustical panels can help
you qualify for recycled content points under the Materials
and Resources section. Other LEED categories may also
apply depending upon the project requirements.

Conwed Designscape|Wall Technology Wedge Wall Panels


are used for directed acoustical absorption or reflection
combined with strong design elements. Product is suitable
for theaters and other critical listening environments.

CONSTRUCTION
The core construction is a dimensionally stable 6-7 PCF
glass fiberboard attached at an angle to an MDO plywood
backer and ribs, covered face and edges with a layer of
16-20 pcf molded fiberglass for absorption, or for reflection,
the face is a MDO plywood sheet. Finishes are
completely adhered to the face of the panel and returned
to the back for a full finished, fully tailored edge.

SIZE AVAILABILITY
Maximum size is 16 square feet, with a maximum length of
8, and minimum width of 2. Minimum depth is 1-1/2.

EDGE DETAIL
All edges are square and covered with 1/8 molded fiberglass.

FINISH
A wide variety of fabrics are available from all major brands,
including Guilford, Maharam, Knoll, Carnegie, and Designtex.

MOUNTING
Standard mounting is Z-Clip to Z-Bar. Z-Bar to Z-Bar, or
a combination of Z-Bar on the top, and VELCRO on the
bottom are also available.

WARRANTY
3-YEAR WARRANTY
Wedge Wall Panels have a limited 3-year warranty. The
panels are warranted to be free from defects in material
and workmanship for a period of three years from the date
of shipment.
See product warranty for details and limitations.
* The ASTM E 84 standard should be used to measure and describe the properties
of materials, products or assemblies in response to heat and flame under controlled
laboratory conditions and should not be used to describe or appraise the fire hazard
or fire risk of materials, products or assemblies under actual fire conditions. However,
results of this test may be used as elements of a fire risk assessment, which takes into,
account all of the factors, which are pertinent to an assessment of the fire hazard of a
particular end use. Values are reported to the nearest 5 rating.

Product Data Sheet

WEDGE WALL PANELS


PART 1 GENERAL
1.1 Work in this section shall be subject to drawings, general
conditions, schedules, addenda and other contract
documents.
1.2 The extent of the acoustical panels is shown on the
drawings and in the schedules.
1.3 Submit _______ (select quantity) samples of each type
of acoustical panel as shown on the drawings and in
schedules and include appropriate technical information
including test data and maintenance instructions. Submit
__________ (select quantity) fabric selector cards from
manufacturers standard finishes, or designer specified
finishes.
1.4 Acoustical panels shall be installed according to
manufacturers recommendations and instructions.
1.5 Installation of acoustical panels shall not begin until
all wet work (plastering, concrete, etc.) is completed
and dry. Building shall be properly enclosed and under
standard occupancy conditions (temperature of
60-85F and not more than 70% relative humidity)
before installation begins.
1.6 The contractor shall be responsible for the examination
and acceptance of all surfaces and conditions prior to
the acoustical panel installation.

2.3 Sizes: ______ width and _______ high or as shown


on drawings. Standard maximum size is 16 square feet,
with lengths not exceeding 8, and widths not less than
2. Custom smaller sizes available; consult manufacturer.
Panels are to be manufactured according to field
dimensions supplied by the installing contractor. Standard
tolerances are 1/16 in width and length.
2.4 Edge profile shall be: Square. Corner detail shall be:
Square. Edges will be covered with 1/8 molded fiberglass
of 16-20 pcf density.
2.5 Panel finish shall be __________________________
______________ (specify finish manufacturer, pattern,
color and specifier). Finish shall be applied directly over
the face and edges of the panel and returned to the
back of the panel to provide a full finished edge. All
corners are fully tailored.
2.6 Mounting shall be: Z-Clip to Wall Bar, Z-Clip to Double
Wall Clip, Z-Bar to Z-Bar, Z-Clip / VELCRO or custom
________________ (specify). Adhesive, miscellaneous
fasteners, (i.e. nails, screws, etc.) and standard continuous
wall leveling angle are to be supplied by the contractor.
2.7 Flammability All panel components shall have a Class
A fire rating in accordance with ASTM E-84.
Thank you for choosing Conwed Designscape|Wall
Technology for your acoustical needs.

1.7 Substitutions or changes will only be permitted by prior


approval by the architect.

The information provided above is correct to the best of our


knowledge at time of printing. We reserve the right to make
changes without prior notification.

PART 2 MATERIALS

DISCLAIMER OF LIABILITY
Technical information contained herein is furnished without charge or obligation and
is given and accepted at recipients sole risk. Because conditions of use may vary and
are beyond our control, Owens Corning makes no representation about, and is not
responsible or liable for the accuracy or reliability of data associated with particular uses
of any product described herein. Nothing contained in this bulletin shall be considered
a recommendation.

2.1 Acoustical wall panels shall be: Wedge Wall Panels


as manufactured by Conwed Designscape|Wall
Technology, 800 Gustafson Road, Ladysmith, WI 54848.
Phone (800) 932-2383, fax (800) 833-4798
2.2 Wedge Panels shall be constructed of a composite core
construction of dimensionally stable rigid fiberglass of
6-7 pcf density mounted to a MDO backer. 1/8
molded fiberglass of 16-20 pcf density shall cover face
and edges for absorptive panels, and 1/16 unperforated
copoly shall cover the face for reflective panels.

&'&&25325$7,21
+YWXEJWSR6SEH
0EH]WQMXL;MWGSRWMR
T: 1-800-932-2383
F: 1-800-833-4798
www.conweddesignscape.com

4YF2S*4VMRXIHMR97%%TVMP
3[IRW'SVRMRK%PP6MKLXW6IWIVZIH
0))(MWEVIKMWXIVIHXVEHIQEVOSJ97+VIIR&YMPHMRK'SYRGMP

Product Data Sheet

OMNI PLANE DIFFUSER PANEL


SOUND ABSORPTION COEFFICIENTS
HZ
125
250
500
1000
2000
4000
NRC

1 A*
0.09
0.21
0.72
0.79
0.91
1.03
0.65

1E400
0.43
0.28
0.51
0.76
0.99
1.10
0.65

2A
0.23
0.83
0.78
1.01
0.90
0.78
0.90

*A mount is typical impaling/perimeter adhesive wall mounting.


E400 is a typical ceiling mount with a 16 plenum space.

RANDOM INCIDENCE SOUND SCATTERING PER ISO 17497-1


APPLICATION
Conwed Designscape|Wall Technology Omni Plane Diffuser
Panel used for walls and ceilings combines absorption and
diffusion into one sound panel. Used in any critical listening
environment, the product is often combined with A100 Series
sound panels which are similar in appearance.

CONSTRUCTION
The patented internal structure uses two layers of 6-7 PCF glass
fiberboard separated by a proprietary vinyl layer to form a
low-profile, composite absorber/diffuser product.
The layers have a pattern of wells that yield an equal
distribution of absorptive and reflective regions, both vertically
and horizontally. Their constructive and destructive interference
with incident sound, produced by the varied hole-pattern
combinations and varied hole-depth, creates significant sound
scattering in the critical mid-frequencies.
Panel is completed with resin hardened edge protection and
fabric completely adhered to the face of the panel and returned
to the back for a full finished edge. All corners are fully tailored.

HZ
125
250
500
1000
2000
4000

0.00
0.03
0.00
0.05
0.42
0.51

FIRE PERFORMANCE
Each component has been tested according to ASTM E 84* and
has a Class I/A rating.

RECYCLED CONTENT
Omni Plane Diffuser Panels can utilize an Owens Corning
fiberglass board core that is third-party certified for recycled
content. The board is certified by SCS to contain at least
57% recycled glass.
And for your LEED project, our acoustical panels can help
you qualify for recycled content points under the Materials and
Resources section. Other LEED categories may also apply
depending upon the project requirements.

SIZE AVAILABILITY
Available thicknesses are 1 and the standard 2. Maximum sizes
are 3x5 for ceiling panels and 4x10 for walls.

EDGE DETAIL

WARRANTY

All edges are resin hardened and square.

3-YEAR WARRANTY

FINISHES

The Omni Plane Diffuser Panels have a limited 3-year warranty


starting from date of purchase. The panels are warranted to
be free from defects in material and workmanship.

A wide variety of fabrics are available from all major brands,


including Guilford, Maharam, Knoll, Carnegie, and Designtex.

MOUNTING
Standard mountings for ceilings include Z-Bar to Z-Bar and
lay-in. Wall panel mounting includes Impaling clips with
perimeter adhesive and Z-clip.

SUPER ACOUSTICAL PERFORMANCE


The Omni Plane Diffuser provides excellent acoustical
performance for music studios, control rooms, worship areas,
auditoriums and wherever combined sound diffusion and
absorption is required.

See product warranty for details and limitations.


* The ASTM E 84 standard should be used to measure and describe the properties
of materials, products or assemblies in response to heat and flame under controlled
laboratory conditions and should not be used to describe or appraise the fire hazard or
fire risk of materials, products or assemblies under actual fire conditions. However, results of
this test may be used as elements of a fire risk assessment, which takes into, account all of
the factors, which are pertinent to an assessment of the fire hazard of a particular end use.
Values are reported to the nearest 5 rating.

Product Data Sheet

OMNI PLANE DIFFUSER PANEL


PART 1 GENERAL

2.4 Edge profile shall be: Square.

1.1 Work in this section shall be subject to drawings, general


conditions, schedules, addenda and other contract
documents.

2.5 Panel finish shall be __________________________


______________ (specify finish manufacturer, pattern,
color and specifier). Finish shall be applied directly over
the face and edges of the panel and returned to the back
of the panel to provide a full finished edge. All corners are
fully tailored.

1.2 The extent of the acoustical panels is shown on the


drawings and in the schedules.
1.3 Submit _______ (select quantity) samples of each type
of acoustical panel as shown on the drawings and in
schedules and include appropriate technical information
including test data and maintenance instructions. Submit
__________ (select quantity) fabric selector cards from
manufacturers standard finishes, or designer specified
finishes.
1.4 Acoustical panels shall be installed according to
manufacturers recommendations and instructions.
1.5 Installation of acoustical panels shall not begin until all wet
work (plastering, concrete, etc.) is completed and dry.
Building shall be properly enclosed and under standard
occupancy conditions (temperature of
60-85F and not more than 70% relative humidity) before
installation begins.

2.6 Mounting shall be: Z-Bar to Z-Bar or Lay-in for ceilings,


Z-Clip or impaling clip / perimeter adhesive for walls.
Adhesive, miscellaneous fasteners, (i.e. nails, screws, etc.)
and standard continuous wall leveling angle are to be
supplied by the contractor.
2.7 Acoustical Performance panels shall have a minimum
NRC of _____ (please specify) in accordance with ASTM
C-423 (Type A Mounting).
2.8 Flammability All panel components shall have a Class
A flame spread rating of 25 or less in accordance with
ASTM E-84.
Thank you for choosing Conwed Designscape|Wall
Technology for your acoustical needs.

1.6 The contractor shall be responsible for the examination


and acceptance of all surfaces and conditions prior to the
acoustical panel installation.

The information provided above is correct to the best of our


knowledge at time of printing. We reserve the right to make
changes without prior notification.

1.7 Substitutions or changes will only be permitted by prior


approval by the architect.

DISCLAIMER OF LIABILITY
Technical information contained herein is furnished without charge or obligation and is
given and accepted at recipients sole risk. Because conditions of use may vary and are
beyond our control, Owens Corning makes no representation about, and is not responsible
or liable for the accuracy or reliability of data associated with particular uses of any product
described herein. Nothing contained in this bulletin shall be considered a recommendation.

PART 2 MATERIALS
2.1 Acoustical ceiling panels shall be: The Omni Plane Diffuser
Panel as manufactured by Conwed Designscape|Wall
Technology, 800 Gustafson Road, Ladysmith, WI 54848.
Phone (800) 932-2383, fax (800) 833-4798.
2.2 Acoustical Panels shall be constructed of a composite
core with two layers of dimensionally stable rigid
fiberglass of 6-7 pcf density separated by a proprietary
vinyl layer. Thickness (choose one) 1 or 2.
2.3 Sizes: ______ width and _______ high or as shown on
drawings. Standard maximum size is 36x 60 for ceilings
and 48 wide x 120 high for wall panels. Custom sizes
within these limitations are standard. Panels are to be
manufactured according to field dimensions supplied by
the installing contractor. Standard tolerances are 1/16
in width and length.

&'&&25325$7,21
+YWXEJWSR6SEH
0EH]WQMXL;MWGSRWMR
T: 1-800-932-2383
F: 1-800-833-4798
www.conweddesignscape.com

4YF2S%4VMRXIHMR97%%TVMP
3[IRW'SVRMRK%PP6MKLXW6IWIVZIH
0))(MWEVIKMWXIVIHXVEHIQEVOSJ97+VIIR&YMPHMRK'SYRGMP

Product Data Sheet

RESPOND DIFFUSERS:
BARREL AND PYRAMIDAL
PHYSICAL PROPERTY
DATA
Surface burning
characteristics:
Components have been
tested in accordance
with ASTM E84* and
determined to have a
Class I/A rating.

EXCELLENT ACOUSTICAL PERFORMANCE

DESCRIPTION & USES


Conwed Designscape|Wall Technology Diffusers are designed
for use in performance areas, auditoriums and other facilities
requiring enhanced quality and acoustical performance. Diffusers
scatter and blend sounds for a broad range of frequencies and
improve the quality of music environments.
By reflecting and absorbing sounds, diffusers blend the sound
field in a room resulting in a more pleasant listening experience.
Various sizes of barrel and pyramidal diffusers are available to
meet the most demanding project needs. These rugged and
easy to install diffusers are supplied with hardware for either
wall or ceiling applications.

COMPOSITION
Diffusers are constructed of 1/8 thermoformed fire resistant
plastic, and are molded to a one-piece barrel or a special offset
pyramidal shape. The surface is white and lightly textured, or,
fabric can be applied directly to the face forming a full finished
edge with tailored corners. The internal portion can be lined
with a 1-1/2 thick layer of glass fiber batt to enhance sound
absorption.

Our products are constantly modified to achieve their


maximum acoustical performance while providing the
aesthetics desired in their applications. Panels are available
in a variety of thickness, and their performances are tested
in accordance to ASTM procedures in a NVLAP accredited
laboratory. Please consult with your Sales Representative, or
the Companys Technical Services Department for assistance
in determining the proper panels, and their acoustical
specifications, for your application.

NOISE REDUCTION COEFFICIENT


The NRC value for each product was determined in
conformance with Test method ASTM C 423, using the D5
mounting (5mm airspace):
Pyramidal
4x4 Thermoformed

NRC
.10

Barrel
4x4 Thermoformed

NRC
.10

Data is also available upon request for fabric covered, insulated


interior and other mounting configurations.

MOUNTING

AVAILABILITY
Diffusers are offered in a white lemon peel texture, or
are available with fabric coverings. Contact Conwed
Designscape|Wall Technology for available fabrics and colors.
Barrel Diffuser first dimension indicates the faceted side.
Type

Nominal Size

Pyramidal

2 x 2
2 x 4
4 x 4
2 x 2
2 x 4
3 x 3
4 x 2
4 x 3
4 x 4
4 x 8
6 x 3
6 x 4
8 x 4

Barrel

*
*
*
*

Wall Diffusers, which have a straight edge, mount using a


combination of L-angles and hook and loop fasteners.
Ceiling Diffusers normally come in a flanged configuration to
fit standard-sized ceiling grid. Note that internally lined diffusers
require heavy-duty grid. Optionally, Ceiling Diffusers can be
supplied with straight edge and L-angles for direct mounting to
solid surfaces.

WARRANTY
3-YEAR WARRANTY
3-year limited warranty against manufacturing defects.
See product warranty for details and limitations.
* The ASTM E 84 standard should be used to measure and describe the properties
of materials, products or assemblies in response to heat and flame under controlled
laboratory conditions and should not be used to describe or appraise the fire hazard or
fire risk of materials, products or assemblies under actual fire conditions. However, results of
this test may be used as elements of a fire risk assessment which takes into account all of
the factors which are pertinent to an assessment of the fire hazard of a particular end use.
Values are reported to the nearest 5 rating.
* These sizes are available in rigid
fiberglass only. Custom shapes and
sizes are available upon request.

Product Data Sheet

RESPOND DIFFUSERS:
BARREL AND PYRAMIDAL
PART 1 GENERAL
1.1 Work in this section shall be subject to drawings, general
conditions, schedules, addenda and other contract
documents.
1.2 The extent of the acoustic diffusers is shown on the
drawings and in the schedules.
1.3 Submit samples of each type of acoustical panel as shown
on the drawings and in schedules and include appropriate
technical information including test data and maintenance
instructions. Where specified, submit fabric selector cards
from manufacturers standard finishes, or designer specified
finishes.
1.4 Building shall be properly enclosed and under standard
occupancy conditions prior to installation.
1.5 Substitutions or changes will only be permitted by prior
approval by the architect.

PART 2 MATERIALS

2.7 Diffusers shall have a Noise Reduction Coefficient of ____,


and sound absorption coefficients of ___ at 125 Hz, ___ at
250 Hz, ___ at 500 Hz, ___ at 1000 Hz, ___ at 2000 Hz,
and ___ at 4000 Hz. (Select values from Technical Bulletin
Application & Performance of Acoustic Wall & Ceiling
Diffusers)
2.8 All components utilized in the construction of the Conwed
Designscape|Wall Technology Diffusers shall meet a
Class A rating as tested per ASTM E-84, Surface Burning
Characteristics of Building Materials.

PART 3 EXECUTION
3.1 Installation of all Diffusers shall not begin until all wet
work, such as plastering, concrete, etc. is completely dry.
The panels are designed for installation under standard
occupancy conditions from 60F to 85F and at not more
than 80% R.H. in an enclosed building.
3.2 The contractor shall be responsible for the examination
and acceptance of all surfaces and conditions prior to panel
installation.

2.1 Pyramidal Diffusers shall be constructed of: 0.125


Thermoformed plastic: 2x2, 2x4 and 4x4 Pyramidal.
Actual wall mount sizes are 22-7/8 and 46-7/8. The diffuser
is molded in one-piece special offset pyramidal shape. If
required, the internal pyramidal portion of the diffuser shall
have (1 thick layer glass fiber batt adhered to it) or
(fire resistant gypsum board). Sizes shall be nominal (2x2),
(2x4), (4x4), (custom).

3.3 All Conwed Designscape|Wall Technology Diffusers


shall be installed in accordance with the manufacturers
specifications and recommendations.

2.2 Barrel Diffusers shall be constructed of: 0.125


Thermoformed plastic: 2x2, 2x4, 3x3, 4x2, 4x3, 4x4,
4x8, 6x3, 6x4, 8x4 and custom. Actual wall mount sizes
are undersized 1-1/8 (example: 2x4 is actually 22-7/8 and
46-7/8. The diffuser is molded in one-piece special barrel
shape. If required, the internal concave surface of the
diffuser shall have 1 thick layer glass fiber batt adhered;
standard for 4x6 and larger.

Thank you for choosing Conwed Designscape|Wall


Technology for your acoustical needs.

2.3 Panel finish shall be (white, lightly textured), (woven


polyester fabric), (manufacturer approved custom fabric).
Fabric finish shall be applied directly to the face and edges
of the panel and returned to the back of the panel to
provide a full finished edge; all corners to be fully tailored.
2.4 Edges shall be (flanged) for laying into grid, or (straight) for
wall and some ceiling applications.
2.5 Where ceiling diffusers with internal liner are specified
(standard for 4x6 and larger), the grid shall be rated heavy
duty. All grid shall be 15/16 inch width.
2.6 Diffusers shall be mounted utilizing concealed L-Angle/
Hook and Loop for wall application.

3.4 All necessary hardware and accessories for the complete


job installation are to be furnished by the contractor.
3.5 Protection Protect installed work from damage due to
subsequent construction activity on the site.

The information provided above is correct to the best of our


knowledge at time of printing. We reserve the right to make
changes without prior notification.
DISCLAIMER OF LIABILITY
Technical information contained herein is furnished without charge or obligation and is
given and accepted at recipients sole risk. Because conditions of use may vary and are
beyond our control, Owens Corning makes no representation about, and is not responsible
or liable for the accuracy or reliability of data associated with particular uses of any product
described herein. Nothing contained in this bulletin shall be considered a recommendation.

&'&&25325$7,21
+YWXEJWSR6SEH
0EH]WQMXL;MWGSRWMR
T: 1-800-932-2383
F: 1-800-833-4798
www.conweddesignscape.com

4YF2S%4VMRXIHMR97%%TVMP
3[IRW'SVRMRK%PP6MKLXW6IWIVZIH
0))(MWEVIKMWXIVIHXVEHIQEVOSJ97+VIIR&YMPHMRK'SYRGMP

Product Data Sheet

RESPOND BAFFLES:
FOLD-UP AND BACK-TO-BACK
APPLICATION

EXCELLENT ACOUSTICAL PERFORMANCE


Baffles provide excellent large area acoustical performance for
auditoriums, theaters, offices, libraries, eating establishments and
classrooms. Our products are constantly modified to achieve
their maximum acoustical performance while providing the
aesthetics desired in their applications. Panels are available
in a variety of thickness, and their performances are tested
in accordance to ASTM procedures in a NVLAP accredited
laboratory. Please consult with your Sales Representative, or
the Companys Technical Services Department for assistance
in determining the proper panels, and their acoustical
specifications, for your application.

FOLD-UP AND BACK-TO-BACK CONSTRUCTION


The core construction of dimensionally stable 6-7 PCF glass
fiberboard with resin hardened edge protection. D-Ring
support. Fabric is continuous at the bottom of the Fold-Up
Baffle, with visible seams on the vertical edges.

FIRE PERFORMANCE
All components have been tested according to ASTM E 84*
and have a Class I/A rating.

RECYCLED CONTENT
Baffles can utilize an Owens Corning fiberglass board core
that is third-party certified for recycled content. The board is
certified by SCS to contain at least 57% recycled glass.
And for your LEED project, our acoustical panels can help
you qualify for recycled content points under the Materials and
Resources section. Other LEED categories may also apply
depending upon the project requirements.

EDGE DETAIL
All edges are resin hardened. Fold-Up Baffles have square edges,
Back-to-Back is available in: square, radius, bevel, and half bevel.

FINISH
A wide variety of fabrics are available from all major brands,
including Guilford, Maharam, Knoll, Carnegie, and Designtex.
A comprehensive selection of vinyl coverings is available from
Sanitas Kalahari, Designtex and Maharam for Back-to-Back
Baffles.

MOUNTING
Fold-up and Back-to-Back Baffles utilize D-Rings.

WARRANTY
3-YEAR WARRANTY
Baffles have a limited 3-year warranty. The panels are
warranted to be free from defects in material and
workmanship for a period of three years from the date of
shipment.
See product warranty for details and limitations.
* The ASTM E 84 standard should be used to measure and describe the properties
of materials, products or assemblies in response to heat and flame under controlled
laboratory conditions and should not be used to describe or appraise the fire hazard
or fire risk of materials, products or assemblies under actual fire conditions. However,
results of this test may be used as elements of a fire risk assessment, which takes into,
account all of the factors, which are pertinent to an assessment of the fire hazard of a

Product Data Sheet

RESPOND BAFFLES:
FOLD-UP AND BACK-TO-BACK
PART 1 GENERAL
1.1

Work in this section shall be subject to drawings, general


conditions, schedules, addenda and other contract
documents.

1.2

The extent of the acoustical panels is shown on the


drawings and in the schedules.

1.3

Submit _______ (select quantity) samples of each type


of acoustical panel as shown on the drawings and in
schedules and include appropriate technical information
including test data and maintenance instructions. Submit
__________ (select quantity) fabric selector cards from
manufacturers standard finishes, or designer specified
finishes.

1.4

Acoustical panels shall be installed according to


manufacturers recommendations and instructions.

1.5

Installation of acoustical panels shall not begin until all wet


work (plastering, concrete, etc.) is completed and dry.
Building shall be properly enclosed and under standard
occupancy conditions (temperature of
60-85F and not more than 70% relative humidity)
before installation begins.

1.6

The contractor shall be responsible for the examination


and acceptance of all surfaces and conditions prior to the
acoustical panel installation.

1.7

Substitutions or changes will only be permitted by prior


approval by the architect.

PART 2 MATERIALS
2.1

2.2

Acoustical wall panels shall be: Baffles: Fold-Up or Backto-Back as manufactured by Conwed Designscape|Wall
Technology, 800 Gustafson Road, Ladysmith, WI 54848.
Phone (800) 932-2383, fax (800) 833-4798
Baffles shall be constructed of a composite core
construction of dimensionally stable rigid fiberglass of 6-7
pcf density. Fold-Up or Back-to-Back thickness (choose
one) 1, 1-1/2 or 2.

2.3

Sizes: ______ width and _______ high or as shown on


drawings. Fold-Up maximum size is 4 wide x 8 high, or
6 wide x 2 high, and Back-to-Back maximum size is 4 x
12 or 5 x 10 in any orientation. Custom sizes available;
consult manufacturer. Panels are to be manufactured
according to field dimensions supplied by the installing
contractor. Standard tolerances are 1/16 in width and
length.

2.4

Edge profile shall be square for Fold-Up Baffles. Back-toback edges can be: Square, radius, full bevel, half-bevel,
miter, or custom __________________ (specify). Corner
detail shall be: Square. Edge treatment shall be resin
hardened.

2.5

Panel finish shall be __________________________


______________ (specify finish manufacturer, pattern,
color and specifier). Finish shall be applied directly over
the faces and all edges of the baffles. All corners are fully
tailored.

2.6

Mounting shall be vertical attachment to D-Rings with


Fold-Up and Back-to-back Baffles. Any miscellaneous
fasteners are to be supplied by the contractor.

2.7

Acoustical Performance Baffles shall have a minimum


Sabins rating of ____________________ (specify) when
tested in accordance with ASTM C423 Procedure.

2.8

Flammability All panel components shall have a Class


A fire rating in accordance with ASTM E-84.

Thank you for choosing Conwed Designscape|Wall


Technology for your acoustical needs.
The information provided above is correct to the best of our
knowledge at time of printing. We reserve the right to make
changes without prior notification.
DISCLAIMER OF LIABILITY
Technical information contained herein is furnished without charge or obligation and is
given and accepted at recipients sole risk. Because conditions of use may vary and are
beyond our control, Owens Corning makes no representation about, and is not responsible
or liable for the accuracy or reliability of data associated with particular uses of any product
described herein. Nothing contained in this bulletin shall be considered a recommendation.

&'&&25325$7,21
+YWXEJWSR6SEH
0EH]WQMXL;MWGSRWMR
1-800-932-2383
www.conweddesignscape.com

4YF2S%4VMRXIHMR97%%TVMP
3[IRW'SVRMRK%PP6MKLXW6IWIVZIH
0))(MWEVIKMWXIVIHXVEHIQEVOSJ97+VIIR&YMPHMRK'SYRGMP

INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS

ACCESS CEILING SYSTEM


The following are guidelines given in good faith to help avoid

INSPECTION

common errors. They are not intended to be a step-by-step list

Freight Damage: Inspect cartons for obvious damage


before accepting and note on delivery ticket.

of instructions or a checklist, and it is assumed the installer has


general construction knowledge. Conwed Designscape|Wall
Technology bears no responsibility for any installation actions taken
or not taken, and is not responsible for installer selection.

Concealed Damage: Notify Conwed Designscape|Wall


Technology (1-800-932-2383) of any concealed damage
within five (5) business days of receipt. Claims beyond
five (5) days will be honored at the discretion of Conwed
Designscape/Wall Technology or the freight company.
Do not install panels of unacceptable quality. Contact your
sales representative immediately. Conwed Designscape|Wall
Technology will not be responsible for installation or removal
costs of unacceptable panels.

HANDLING AND STORAGE


Clean white gloves must be used whenever handling ceiling
panels.
Store panels on a flat, dry, solid surface. Do not store on edge.
Keep panels dry, clean and free from dust and damage.

SYSTEM COMPONENTS
Cruciform Grid

Saddle Clip

Perimeter Grid

Grid Connector

Spacer Bar

Spring Retainer Clip

Torsion Spring

Panel Pull Tool

INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS

ACCESS CEILING SYSTEM


SYSTEM INSTALLATION

1.

Review layout drawings and determine location of


hardware. Panels are labeled on the back to correspond
with installation drawings.

Best Practice
Keep wires plumb to Grid Mains

4.

Install Spring Retainer Clips and Torsion Springs


a. On the long side of the panel (unless otherwise
specified) apply 1 spring on each end as shown. Add
additional springs (and center) depending on length:
More then 36 add 1, more than 60 add 2, more than
84 add 3, more than 108 add 4 (total of 6 springs per
side, or 12 per panel).

2.

Hang Grid Mains using methods for standard grid (ASTM C


636). A minimum of one (1) wire every 4 along grid mains
is recommended, follow local codes.

3.

Install Grid Connectors as required at grid joints. Fasten


onto the web of the grid joint with 2 self tapping screws
(below).

Install Grid Connectors at the


web or thin part of the grid

b. If the panel has a return on one end, add an additional


spring near the return.
c. Note that spring hardware positioning is flexible;
however do not use less than the recommended
amount of springs!

Torsion Spring
fits tight against corner gusset

INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS

ACCESS CEILING SYSTEM


5. Install Spacer Bars and Saddle Clips
a. Transfer the spacing of the Spring Retainer Clips on the
panels to the grid and apply Saddle Clips.

b. Install Spacer Bars as shown. Note: When working


around ceiling obstructions, the Spring Retainer Clips
and Saddle Clips can be moved when necessary.

Spacer Bars are installed about


every 4 and are staggered. Note:
perimeter Spacer Bars are shorter!

Saddle Clip spacing must match


spring placement on panels.

6. Hang each panel from one side by securing the Torsion


Springs into the Saddle Clips. Note that interior panels and
perimeter panels hang from opposite sides of the Saddle
Clip!

Interior panel is shown in a


hanging position

Perimeter panel is shown


in a hanging position. Note
Perimeter grid

7. Swing the panel to a horizontal position and attach the


remaining springs. Engage as shown. Common practice is to
install one row at a time.
All Torsion Springs attached

Engage!

Push Up In The Middle Of A


Panel Side Between The Grid Mains

INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS

ACCESS CEILING SYSTEM


8. Panels must be aligned one-at-a-time as installed. Usually,
aligning Saddle Clips or Spring Retainer Clips to ensure
springs are in the right place and vertical will resolve
alignment issues. Attempting to install all panels and then
aligning as a second step will result in failure!!!

Torsion Springs must


be vertical and panel
in proper alignment
before installing the
next panel!

Penetrations
Penetrations are handled similar to most drop-ceiling
applications. Use escutcheon plates where appropriate for
penetrations.

Removal

Avoid cutting near panel frames. 3 minimum is


recommended.
Independently support all suspended items including
sprinklers, lights, diffusers and etceteras.

Cleaning Guidelines
For fabric and painted finishes, general maintenance for dust
removal is light brushing or vacuuming. Fingerprints and light
soiling can often be removed using a dry chemical sponge or an
art gum eraser. For more vigorous treatments on fabric covered
panels, the fabric manufacturer should be consulted. Most
polyester fabrics clean well by sponging with the foam from a
mild detergent or upholstery shampoo, followed by rinsing with
a clean sponge. Other cleaning agents, including solvent-based
cleaners can be used to remove spotting, however always pretest in an unseen area.

&'&&25325$7,21
+YWXEJWSR6SEH
0EH]WQMXL;MWGSRWMR
T: 1-800-932-2383
F: 1-800-833-4798
www.conweddesignscape.comm

4YF2S%4VMRXIHMR97%%TVMP
3[IRW'SVRMRK%PP6MKLXW6IWIVZIH

Installation Instructions

GRIDLOCK CEILING PANELS


Fabric Panels, page 1
Painted Panels, page 2
The following are guidelines given in good faith to help avoid
common errors. They are not intended to be a step-by-step
list of instructions or a checklist, and it is assumed the installer
has general construction knowledge. Conwed Designscape|Wall
Technology bears no responsibility for installation actions taken or
not taken, and is not responsible for installer selection.

Step 2: Pull the fabric back from the cut edge just over
and not farther! Cut the core to the finished size. Note that if
the fabric is pulled back too far, it will leave an objectional line
on the face of the panel.

INSPECTION
Freight Damage: Inspect cartons for obvious damage before
accepting and note on delivery ticket.
Concealed Damage: Notify Conwed Designscape|Wall
Technology of any concealed damage within 5 business
days of receipt. Claims beyond 5 days will be honored at
the discretion of Conwed/Wall Technology or the freight
company.

RECOMMENDED PRACTICE
Square the grid before beginning the installation to avoid
later alignment issues. Less than 1/16 variation in diagonal
measurements should be targeted.
Common practice is to install wall angle lower than the
face of the grid to hide field cut edges. If this cannot be
done then follow steps below.

Step 1: If you have a fabric that makes the panels directional,


make sure the arrows on the backs of the panels are aligned
and make your cuts to maintain that direction. Its a good
practice to measure both edges of the grid opening, and mark
those on the panel face.

Step 3: Use a spray contact adhesive such as 3M Spray 77 to


coat both the panel core edge and the fabric. Do not get the
adhesive on the face of the panel.

Step 4: If the direction of the fabric caused you to cut off


an edge that rested on the grid, use the GL Perimeter Clips
providedup to 30 use 2 clips. Add one clip in the center for
longer edges. Note that the longer part of the clip is inserted
in the panel.

Installation Instructions

GRIDLOCK CEILING PANELS


PAINTED PANEL GUIDELINES
Also applies to Scrim-Faced (non-painted) Panels
In many cases, field cut edges can be hidden with a T or L
channel. Often lights, sprinkler heads and similar items have
escutcheon plates that will cover the exposed core. However
if the field-cut edge is exposed, please follow the example
below.
1. Required materials:
a. Pre-painted fiberglass mat from the factory.
2. Recommended Tools:
a. Clean gloves for handling the panels
b. Small circular saw with rip fence
c. Shop knife
d. Contact spray adhesive
e. Straight Edge (T square)
f. Pencil
g. 120 grit sandpaper

10. Apply the pre-painted mat


to the edge of the panel.
Make sure that all panel
edges have good contact
with the mat.

11. Immediately trim using


knife as shown. Cut against
a hard surface. Note that
cutting short ends first
helps prevent tearing the
mat.

3. Determine new dimensions for the panel.


4. Lay the panel face down on a clean surface.
5. Verify panels original dimensions.
6. Mark the back of the panel to the new dimensions. Painted
panels are non-directional, so for Interlocken 2.0 panels,
cut off a non-supporting edge.
7. Cut through the thickness
of the panel on the
mark for the new panel
dimensions. Use a rip
fence if available.

Dimension
Mark

8. Cut a strip of the prepainted mat to cover the cut edge of the panel. The strip
of pre-painted mat should be cut oversize. Mark the back
of the pre-painted mat for easy identification.
9. Spray contact glue on
the pre-painted mat and
panel edge. Make sure to
spray on the backside of
the mat, and make sure to
NOT get any glue on the
panel face!

DISCLAIMER OF LIABILITY
Technical information contained herein is furnished without charge or obligation and
is given and accepted at recipients sole risk. Because conditions of use may vary and
are beyond our control, Owens Corning makes no representation about, and is not
responsible or liable for the accuracy or reliability of data associated with particular
uses of any product described herein. Nothing contained in this bulletin shall be
considered a recommendation.

12. Only if necessary,


touch up the edges
with LIGHT sanding (120
grit).

13. Only if necessary, touchup the corners with touchup paint provided.

&'&&25325$7,21
+YWXEJWSR6SEH
0EH]WQMXL;MWGSRWMR
T: 1-800-932-2383
F: 1-800-833-4798
www.conweddesignscape.com

4YF2S%4VMRXIHMR97%%TVMP
3[IRW'SVRMRK%PP6MKLXW6IWIVZIH
0))(MWEVIKMWXIVIHXVEHIQEVOSJ97+VIIR&YMPHMRK'SYRGMP

INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS

IMPALING CLIP/ADHESIVE
5. Installers of Conwed Designscape|Wall Technology
products have successfully used the following construction
mastics: PL 200, PL 400 (faster acting), Chemrex 200 and
others. (This is not a product endorsement.)
6. Apply a picture frame of adhesive about 1 from the edge
(contacting the vinyl or fabric), and an S or W in the p
anel center. Position the panel against the wall, tilt back to
release the solvents and then reposition.
7. Use perimeter adhesive as a wet shim to help align the
panel faces.
Contact your local representative for ceiling application.

The following are guidelines given in good faith to help


avoid common errors. They are not intended to be a stepby-step list of instructions or a checklist, and it is assumed
the installer has general construction knowledge. Conwed
Designscape|Wall Technology bears no responsibility for any
installation actions taken or not taken, and is not responsible
for installer selection.

HANDLING AND STORAGE


 Handle individual panels on edge to avoid bending when
moving and carrying.

 Store panels on a flat, dry, solid surface. Do not store on


edge.

 Take necessary measures to keep panels dry, clean and free


from dust. Pay special attention to edges.

INSTALLATION
1. The wall surface must be dry and free from dirt, dust,
grease, loose paint, or any foreign matter that would
interfere with a good adhesive bond. If the wall surface is
not reasonably flat then panel alignment will be
compromised.
2. Snap lines on wall both vertically and horizontally keeping
lines plumb and square to create panel locations on the
wall.
3. Impaling clips are designed to help hold panels in place until
adhesive dries.
4. Use the following guide to determine the number of clips
per panel:

&'&&25325$7,21
+YWXEJWSR6SEH
0EH]WQMXL;MWGSRWMR
T: 1-800-932-2383
F: 1-800-833-4798
www.conweddesignscape.com

3[IRW'SVRMRK%PP6MKLXW6IWIVZIH

Width

12

12

12

12

12

30

48

48

48

48

48

Height

48

84

108

132

144

48

48

84

108

132

144

# Clips

10

12

12

INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS

IMPALING CLIP/
ADHESIVE WITH RESIN SPOTS
6. Use the following guide to determine the number of clips
per panel:

The following are guidelines given in good faith to help


avoid common errors. They are not intended to be a stepby-step list of instructions or a checklist, and it is assumed
the installer has general construction knowledge. Conwed
Designscape|Wall Technology bears no responsibility for any
installation actions taken or not taken, and is not responsible
for installer selection.

;MHXL

















,IMKLX















   



'PMTW





7. Installers of Conwed Designscape|Wall Technology


products have successfully used the following construction
mastics: PL 200, PL 400 (faster acting), Chemrex 200 and
others. (This is not a product endorsement.)
8. Panels are supplied with chemically hardened resin spots
on the panel back. Using resin spots, place a 2 diameter
dab of construction mastic on each hardened spot.
9. Position the panel against the wall, tilt back to release the
solvents and then reposition. Temporary support will likely
be required to prevent panel slippage (When Impaling
Clips are not used).
10. Use perimeter adhesive as a wet shim to help align the
panel faces.
Contact your local representative for ceiling application.

HANDLING AND STORAGE


 Handle individual panels on edge to avoid bending when
moving and carrying.

 Store panels on a flat, dry, solid surface. Do not store on


edge.

 Take necessary measures to keep panels dry, clean and free


from dust. Pay special attention to edges.

INSTALLATION
1. The wall surface must be dry and free from dirt, dust,
grease, loose paint, or any foreign matter that would
interfere with a good adhesive bond. If the wall surface
is not reasonably flat then panel alignment will be
compromised.
2. Snap lines on wall both vertically and horizontally keeping
lines plumb and square to create panel locations on the
wall.
3. Impaling clips are designed to help hold panels in place until
adhesive dries.
4. Do not install impaling clips at resin spot locations.
5. Fully seat any fasteners used to attach impaling clips to the
wall.



&'&&25325$7,21
+YWXEJWSR6SEH
0EH]WQMXL;MWGSRWMR
T: 1-800-932-2383
F: 1-800-833-4798
www.conweddesignscape.com

3[IRW'SVRMRK%PP6MKLXW6IWIVZIH




Installation Instructions

RESPOND BAFFLES


INSPECTION

Freight Damage: Inspect cartons for obvious damage


before accepting and note on delivery ticket.

Concealed Damage: Notify Conwed


Designscape|Wall Technology of any concealed damage
within 5 business days of receipt. Claims beyond 5
days will be honored at the discretion of Conwed
Designscape|Wall Technology or the freight company.

Do not install panels of unacceptable quality. Contact your


area representative immediately. Conwed Designscape|Wall
Technology will not be responsible for installation or removal
costs of unacceptable panels.

HANDLING AND STORAGE

Handle individual panels on edge to avoid bending when


moving and carrying.

Store panels on a flat, dry, solid surface. Do not store on


edge.

Take necessary measures to keep panels dry, clean and


free from dust. Pay special attention to edges.

INSTALLING THE BAFFLES


The ffollowing
Th
ll
are guidelines
d l
given in goodd ffaithh to hhelp
l avoidd
common errors. They are not intended to be a step-by-step list
of instructions or a checklist, and it is assumed the installer has
general construction knowledge. Conwed Designscape|Wall
Technology bears no responsibility for any installation actions
taken or not taken, and is not responsible for installer selection.

1.

Review the materials list supplied by Conwed


Designscape|Wall Technology (Plant Order) and any
drawings. Carefully determine the starting position of
the first baffle.

2.

Suspend baffles vertically to either eyehooks or


D-Rings as supplied. Standard placement is 6 from
each edge, and approximately every 24 in the field
with a maximum spacing of 30 on 72 wide panels (3
eyehooks or D-Rings).

3.

Ganging baffles together is usually done using continuous


Velcro strips (supplied by Conwed Designscape|Wall
Technology) on vertical edges; this also seals out light
penetration between baffles.

4.

In a similar manner, Velcro attached to the bottom of the


baffle can be used for attachment to office dividers or
similar situations.

Note: We strongly recommend that baffles not be ganged


vertically.
&'&&25325$7,21
+YWXEJWSR6SEH
0EH]WQMXL;MWGSRWMR
T: 1-800-932-2383
F: 1-800-833-4798
www.conweddesignscape.com

4YF2S&4VMRXIHMR97%%TVMP
3[IRW'SVRMRK%PP6MKLXW6IWIVZIH
0))(MWEVIKMWXIVIHXVEHIQEVOSJ97+VIIR&YMPHMRK'SYRGMP

Installation Instructions

RESPOND DIFFUSER
The following are guidelines given in good faith to help avoid
common errors. They are not intended to be a step-by-step list
of instructions or a checklist, and it is assumed the installer has
general construction knowledge. Conwed Designscape|Wall
Technology bears no responsibility for any installation actions
taken or not taken, and is not responsible for installer selection.

3.

Install L-Clips at top of diffuser and hook & Loop


brackets at bottom of diffuser with white-headed
pop-rivets. Insert pop-rivet from gel coat side.

4.

Mount 6 wall bar to wall using appropriate fasteners


to secure to wall structure. Top of wall bar should be
located 1/8 below desired height of diffuser. Be sure to
allow a 1 minimum clearance above top of wall bar to
engage L-Clip on wall bar.

5.

Peel off white back of hook & Loop to expose adhesive


and insert L-Clips onto wall brackets. With L-Clips fully
engaged, level and adjust position. Press bottom of
diffuser to wall to adhere hook & loop bracket.

INSPECTION

Freight Damage: Inspect cartons for obvious damage


before accepting and note on delivery ticket.
Concealed Damage: Notify us of any concealed
damage within 5 business days of receipt. Claims beyond
5 days will be honored at the discretion of Conwed
Designscape|Wall Technology or the freight company.

Do not install products of unacceptable quality. Contact


your area sales representative immediately. We will not be
responsible for installation or removal costs of unacceptable
product.

DIFFUSER INSTALLATION

WALL MOUNTED BARREL AND PYRAMIDAL


DIFFUSERS

L-Clips
Hook & Loop

1.

2.

Using the 6 L-Clips as a template, drill 1/8 pop-rivet


holes in the front, top lip of the diffuser. Holes should be
drilled from the gel coat side and located so the face of
the clip is flush with the lip of the diffuser.
Drill 1/8 pop-rivet holes for hook & loop bracket in
similar manner. (Diagrams show locations.)

Small Diffuser Parts List, up to 48 x 48


2 6 Wall Bars
2 6 L-Clips
1 6 Hook & Loop Bracket
Locate and install as shown:

Installation Instructions

RESPOND DIFFUSER
Large Diffuser Parts List, Either Dimension over 48
Hardware amounts and placement varies on large diffusers
depending on vertical or horizontal orientation. Enough
hardware is supplied to allow for either:

Large Diffuser Parts List


3 6 Wall Bars
3 6 L-Clips
4 6 Hook & Loop Brackets
Note: L-Clips always on top. Locate Hook & Loop on
bottom and sometimes long vertical edges as shown;
equalize spacing.
Sizes and Ceiling Grid Installation
Nominal Sizes

All diffusers are available with an optional flange for ceiling


grid lay-in mounting as shown.
Note that dimensions are slightly downsized such that
the body of the diffuser would fit inside grid of standard
dimensions.

&'&&25325$7,21
+YWXEJWSR6SEH
0EH]WQMXL;MWGSRWMR
T: 1-800-932-2383
F: 1-800-833-4798
www.conweddesignscape.com

4YF2S&4VMRXIHMR97%%TVMP
3[IRW'SVRMRK%PP6MKLXW6IWIVZIH
0))(MWEVIKMWXIVIHXVEHIQEVOSJ97+VIIR&YMPHMRK'SYRGMP

Installation Instructions

SPLINES
WALL & CEILING MOUNTING

One common option is to run horizontal firing strips


to even-up wall surfaces and to increase the acoustical
absorption of the wall panel assembly.

PLANNING THE INSTALL


1.

Review the materials list supplied by Conwed


Designscape|Wall Technology (Plant Order) and any
drawings. Carefully determine the starting position of
the first panel.

2.

Snap lines on wall both vertically and horizontally


keeping lines plumb and square.

3.

Many installers attach a standard wall angle or wood


nailer to the bottom of the panel run, unless the panels
are resting on the floor. A fabric-covered wall angle can
be supplied.

Th ffollowing
The
ll
are guidelines
d l
given in goodd ffaithh to hhelp
l avoidd
common errors. They are not intended to be a step-by-step list
of instructions or a checklist, and it is assumed the installer has
general construction knowledge. Conwed Designscape|Wall
Technology bears no responsibility for any installation actions
taken or not taken, and is not responsible for installer selection.

INSPECTION

Freight Damage: Inspect cartons for obvious damage


before accepting and note on delivery ticket.

Concealed Damage: Notify Conwed


Designscape|Wall Technology of any concealed damage
within 5 business days of receipt. Claims beyond 5
days will be honored at the discretion of Conwed
Designscape|Wall Technology or the freight company.

Do not install panels of unacceptable quality. Contact


your area representative immediately. Conwed
Designscape|Wall Technology will not be responsible for
installation or removal costs of unacceptable panels.

HANDLING AND STORAGE

INSTALLING THE FIRST PANEL

Handle individual panels on edge to avoid bending when


moving and carrying.

Store panels on a flat, dry, solid surface. Do not store on


edge.

Take necessary measures to keep panels dry, clean and


free from dust. Pay special attention to edges.

The first option shown is to cut the short webs from a


standard spline to create a starter spline. Using #6 sheet
rock screws, or other appropriate fasteners, attach to
wall surface. Common screw spacing is approximately
12 inches apart.

As an option, use adhesive along a corner as shown.


High quality wall mastics such as Liquid Nails PL200,
Chemrex 200 and others have been successfully used.
The goal is to attach the fabric to the wall surface. Also,
adhesive can skin over quickly; therefore apply and
mount quickly.

WALL OPTIONS

The majority of spline attachment is done directly to


drywall often in combination with adhesive.

Installation Instructions

SPLINES
WALL & CEILING MOUNTING
COMPLETING THE INSTALL

Once the first panel is in place, snugly engage a spline


provided into the kerfed edge, attach to the wall surface
as described above. Note that the spline length is 8. Plan
full-length splines for panels 8 and shorter, and 8 splines
for panels longer than 8. For these longer panels, center
splines.

Engage the next panel on the splined assembly. Be sure


to keep each panel in alignment and plumb.

Normally the last panel in a run is held by adhesive on


the trailing edge.

FIELD CUTTING

X
]Y

3.

Cut strips of laminate (Formica), hardboard or similar


material to match substrate thickness. Apply to the cut
edge with spray adhesive such as 3M Spray 77. This is
required for a crisp, uniform fabric edge.

6WH
WHS

X
]

1.

Pull back fabric just beyond field cut. Keep as close to


field cut point as possible without damaging fabric with
field cut.

X
]Q

4.

Apply spray adhesive to fabric back, panel edge and 2


of panel back. Wrap fabric to back and tailor corners to
match unaffected corners using a sharp scissors.

CEILING INSTALLATIONS
2.

Cut and remove excess substrate. A small metal cutting


blade works well to cut hardened fiberglass edges. Trim
the fabric so it will wrap approximately 2 onto the back
of the panel.

Spline installation on ceilings is possible in limited situations.


Usually a maximum distance between splines of 30 is
required for 1 or greater fiberglass thickness, or no more
than 24 for mineral board. Additional adhesive between
splines is required.

&'&&25325$7,21
+YWXEJWSR6SEH
0EH]WQMXL;MWGSRWMR
T: 1-800-932-2383
F: 1-800-833-4798
www.conweddesignscape.com

4YF2S&4VMRXIHMR97%%TVMP
3[IRW'SVRMRK%PP6MKLXW6IWIVZIH
0))(MWEVIKMWXIVIHXVEHIQEVOSJ97+VIIR&YMPHMRK'SYRGMP

INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS

ADHESIVE, NO RESIN
5. Installers of Conwed Designscape|Wall Technology
products have successfully used the following construction
mastics: PL 200, PL 400 (faster acting), Chemrex 200 and
others. (This is not a product endorsement.)
6. Apply a picture frame of adhesive about 1 from the edge
(contacting the vinyl or fabric), and an S or W in the
panel center. Position the panel against the wall, tilt back to
release the solvents and then reposition.
7. Use perimeter adhesive as a wet shim to help align the
panel faces.
Contact your local representative for ceiling application.

The following are guidelines given in good faith to help


avoid common errors. They are not intended to be a stepby-step list of instructions or a checklist, and it is assumed
the installer has general construction knowledge. Conwed
Designscape|Wall Technology bears no responsibility for any
installation actions taken or not taken, and is not responsible
for installer selection.

HANDLING AND STORAGE


 Handle individual panels on edge to avoid bending when
moving and carrying.

 Store panels on a flat, dry, solid surface. Do not store on


edge.

 Take necessary measures to keep panels dry, clean and free


from dust. Pay special attention to edges.

INSTALLATION
1. The wall surface must be dry and free from dirt, dust,
grease, loose paint, or any foreign matter that would
interfere with a good adhesive bond. If the wall surface is
not reasonably flat then panel alignment will be
compromised.
2. Snap lines on wall both vertically and horizontally keeping
lines plumb and square to create panel locations on the
wall.
3. Impaling clips are designed to help hold panels in place until
adhesive dries.
4. Use the following guide to determine the number of clips
per panel:
Width

12

12

12

12

12

30

48

48

48

48

48

Height

48

84

108

132

144

48

48

84

108

132

144

# Clips

10

12

12

&'&&25325$7,21
+YWXEJWSR6SEH
0EH]WQMXL;MWGSRWMR
T: 1-800-932-2383
F: 1-800-833-4798
www.conweddesignscape.com

3[IRW'SVRMRK%PP6MKLXW6IWIVZIH

INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS

Z-BAR WITH HOOK & LOOP


INSTALLING Z-CLIPS WITH HOOK & LOOP
 Z-Clips are on the top row only, with Hook & Loop on the
balance of the panel.

 Note; mounting gap from wall to panel Z-Clip is 3/16,


versus 1/8 for Hook & Loop. Panels will be slightly slanted.

 Measure the Z-Clip locations on the back of the panels and






transfer to the wall. Chalking the clips and pressing the


panels to the wall can help with location.
Prior to engaging Hook & Loop temporarily hang a panel
or series of panels and check for correct positioning.
With panels removed, remove the taped backing on the
hook and loop.
Engage the Z-Clips and lightly press the Hook & Loop
against the wall, making sure positioning is exact, because
the Hook & Loop fastener is designed for one
application only. Damage to the wall or the panel may
result from removal.

The following are guidelines given in good faith to help avoid


common errors. They are not intended to be a step-by-step
list of instructions or a checklist, and it is assumed the installer
has general construction knowledge. Conwed|Wall Technology
bears no responsibility for any installation actions taken or not
taken, and is not responsible for installer selection.

HANDLING AND STORAGE


 Handle individual panels on edge to avoid bending when
moving and carrying.

 Store panels on a flat, dry, solid surface. Do not store on


edge. Take necessary measures to keep panels dry, clean
and free from dust. Pay special attention to edges.

PLANNING THE INSTALL


1. Review the materials list supplied by Conwed|Wall
Technology (Plant Order) and any drawings. Carefully
determine the starting position of the first panel. Note
markings on panel back include item number from packing
list, then panel tag number.
2. In many cases, standing the panels against walls in
numbered sequence is helpful.
3. Note that a minimum clearance at the panel top is
required for Clip engagement.
&'&&25325$7,21
+YWXEJWSR6SEH
0EH]WQMXL;MWGSRWMR
1-800-932-2383
www.conwedwalltech.com

3[IRW'SVRMRK%PP6MKLXW6IWIVZIH

INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS

Z-BAR TO Z-BAR
 Install Z-Bars using appropriate mechanical fasteners for





the mounting surface. Cut Z-Bars to desired lengths, and


use drops as needed.
Fir out hardware to compensate for uneven walls/ceilings,
assuring proper face alignment.
Install panel by holding against wall and lowering into place
to engage clips. Ensure that all Z-Bars are engaged.
Add a dab of adhesive to mating Z-Bar surfaces to prevent
unwanted movement.
For ceiling applications ensure panels are positively locked
to prevent disengagement. Some common examples used
in the field are as follows: Install single pieces or
continuous runs of standard ceiling grid wall angle along the
edge of the panels, or purchase fabric-covered angle; install
wood trim along the panel edges; install a locking screw (by
others) into the ceiling at the outside panel edge. Use a
drywall screw into a ceiling joist or a screw-wall anchor
combination.

The following are guidelines given in good faith to help avoid


common errors. They are not intended to be a step-by-step list
of instructions or a checklist, and it is assumed the installer has
general construction knowledge. Conwed Designscape|Wall
Technology bears no responsibility for any installation actions
taken or not taken, and is not responsible for installer selection.

HANDLING AND STORAGE


 Handle individual panels on edge to avoid bending when
moving and carrying.

 Store panels on a flat, dry, solid surface. Do not store on


edge.

 Take necessary measures to keep panels dry, clean and free


from dust. Pay special attention to edges.

PLANNING THE INSTALL


1. Review the materials list supplied by Conwed
Designscape|Wall Technology (Plant Order) and any
drawings. Carefully determine the starting position of the
first panel. Note markings on panel back include item
number from packing list, then panel tag number.
2. In many cases, standing the panels against walls in
numbered sequence is helpful.
3. Note that a minimum clearance at the panel top is
required for Clip engagement.

INSTALLING Z-BARS
 Measure the Z-Bar locations on the back of the panels and


transfer to the wall. Chalking the Z-Bars and pressing


panels to the wall or ceiling can help with location.
Use a laser or snap a line using Z-Bar locations to provide a
Z-Bar locating guide.

&'&&25325$7,21
+YWXEJWSR6SEH
0EH]WQMXL;MWGSRWMR
T: 1-800-932-2383
F: 1-800-833-4798
www.conweddesignscape.com

3[IRW'SVRMRK%PP6MKLXW6IWIVZIH

INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS

Z-CLIP TO Z-BAR
INSTALLING Z-BARS
 Measure the Z-Clip locations on the back of the panels and






transfer to the wall. Chalking the clips and pressing panels


to the wall can help with location.
Use a laser or snap a line using Z-Clip locations to provide
a wall bar locating guide.
Install Z-Bars using appropriate mechanical fasteners for
the mounting surface. Cut Z-Bars to desired lengths, and
use drops as needed.
Fir out hardware to compensate for uneven walls, assuring
proper face alignment.
Install panel by holding against wall and lowering into place
to engage clips. Ensure that all Z-Clips are engaged.
Add a dab of adhesive to mating Z-Clip surfaces to
prevent unwanted movement.

The following are guidelines given in good faith to help


avoid common errors. They are not intended to be a stepby-step list of instructions or a checklist, and it is assumed
the installer has general construction knowledge. Conwed
Designscape|Wall Technology bears no responsibility for any
installation actions taken or not taken, and is not responsible
for installer selection.

HANDLING AND STORAGE


 Handle individual panels on edge to avoid bending when
moving and carrying.

 Store panels on a flat, dry, solid surface. Do not store on


edge.

 Take necessary measures to keep panels dry, clean and free


from dust. Pay special attention to edges.

PLANNING THE INSTALL


1. Review the materials list supplied by Conwed
Designscape|Wall Technology (Plant Order) and any
drawings. Carefully determine the starting position of the
first panel. Note markings on panel back include item
number from packing list, then panel tag number.
2. In many cases, standing the panels against walls in
numbered sequence is helpful.
3. Note that a minimum clearance at the panel top is
required for Clip engagement.

&'&&25325$7,21
+YWXEJWSR6SEH
0EH]WQMXL;MWGSRWMR
T: 1-800-932-2383
F: 1-800-833-4798
www.conweddesignscape.com

3[IRW'SVRMRK%PP6MKLXW6IWIVZIH

INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS

Z-CLIP TO DOUBLE WALL BRACKETS


INSTALLING DOUBLE WALL BRACKETS
 Measure the Z-Clip locations on the back of the panels and








transfer to the wall. Chalking the clips and pressing panels


to the wall can help with location.
For free-floating panels (non-abutting), Double Wall
Brackets (be sure to break in half) are provided to keep
panels from moving left or right. Where panels abut,
Double Wall Brackets can also span panels as illustrated.
Use a laser or snap a line using Z-Clip locations to provide
a locating guide.
Install Double Wall Brackets using appropriate mechanical
fasteners for the mounting surface.
Fir out hardware to compensate for uneven walls, assuring
proper face alignment.
Install panel by holding against wall and lowering into place
to engage clips. Ensure that all Z-Clips are engaged.
Add a dab of adhesive to mating Z-Clip surfaces to
prevent unwanted movement.

The following are guidelines given in good faith to help


avoid common errors. They are not intended to be a stepby-step list of instructions or a checklist, and it is assumed
the installer has general construction knowledge. Conwed
Designscape|Wall Technology bears no responsibility for any
installation actions taken or not taken, and is not responsible
for installer selection.

HANDLING AND STORAGE


 Handle individual panels on edge to avoid bending when
moving and carrying.

 Store panels on a flat, dry, solid surface. Do not store on


edge.

 Take necessary measures to keep panels dry, clean and free


from dust. Pay special attention to edges.

PLANNING THE INSTALL


1. Review the materials list supplied by Conwed
Designscape|Wall Technology (Plant Order) and any
drawings. Carefully determine the starting position of the
first panel. Note markings on panel back include item
number from packing list, then panel tag number.
2. In many cases, standing the panels against walls in
numbered sequence is helpful.
3. Note that a minimum clearance at the panel top is
required for Clip engagement.

&'&&25325$7,21
+YWXEJWSR6SEH
0EH]WQMXL;MWGSRWMR
T: 1-800-932-2383
F: 1-800-833-4798
www.conweddesignscape.com

3[IRW'SVRMRK%PP6MKLXW6IWIVZIH

WARRANTY

WALL AND CEILING WARRANTY


INTRODUCTION

Thank you for your recent purchase of Conwed Designscape|Wall


Technology Wall or Ceiling panels. We believe we manufacture
the highest quality wall and ceiling panels, and that is why we
stand behind them with this warranty. Terms contained herein are
subject to change without notice.

WHO IS COVERED

The original consumer purchaser (i.e. the building owner, not


the installer or contractor) or the first transferee from the
original purchaser is entitled to the benefits of this warranty.

TRANSFERABILITY OF THIS WARRANTY

You can transfer this warranty one time, anytime during the life
of the warranty. For this warranty to be transferred the Owner
must complete and return the Warranty Transfer within sixty
(60) days after the date of the real estate transfer to obtain the
benefits of this warranty. AFTER YOU HAVE TRANSFERRED
THIS WARRANTY TO THE PURCHASER OF YOUR
PROPERTY, IT MAY NOT BE TRANSFERRED AGAIN. THAT
IS, THE PURCHASER OF YOUR PROPERTY MAY NOT
TRANSFER THIS WARRANTY TO ANY SUBSEQUENT
PURCHASERS.

HOW LONG YOU ARE COVERED

Conwed Designscape|Wall Technology Wall and Ceiling Panels


are covered by a THREE (3) year limited warranty. Diffusers
will also be covered by a THREE (3) year limited warranty.

WHAT IS COVERED

We warrant that your Conwed Designscape|Wall Technology


Wall or Ceiling panels are free from any manufacturing defects in
material or workmanship.

WHAT IS NOT COVERED


This warranty does not cover any problems with non-defective
panels caused by conditions or handling beyond our control.
Some examples of conditions not covered by this warranty
include:
1. Acts of God, fire, flood, exposure to chemicals, physical
abuse or misuse, improper installation.
2. Failure to store panels in a clean, dry area, enclosed and
protected from the elements such as rain, snow and direct
sunlight.
3. Panels being installed or stored in areas having extreme
temperature or humidity (above 80% humidity or
100 degrees F).
4. Failure to install the Wall or Ceiling panels in accordance
with Conwed Designscape|Wall Technologys instructions
or recommendations, including but not limited to using
mountings not supplied or otherwise recommended
by Conwed Designscape|Wall Technology. Conwed
Designscape|Wall Technology bears no responsibility
for any installation actions taken or not taken, and is not
responsible for installer selection.
5. Normal wear and tear or from exposure to smoke, fumes,
leaks or abuse.
6. Alterations made after completion of the installation,
including but not limited to, painting or application of
cleaning solutions, coatings or other modifications.
7. Any Labor Charges.
8. Any costs that you incur that are not authorized in advance
by Conwed Designscape|Wall Technology.

REMEDY

Should the Wall or Ceiling Panels be other than as


warranted during the applicable warranty period, Conwed
Designscape|Wall Technology, at its sole option, will repair or
replace the defective components of the Wall or Ceiling Panel
as well as any other component which must also be repaired
or replaced in order to properly repair or replace the defective
components. Conwed Designscape|Wall Technologys obligation
to pay, however, shall be subject to these limits:
1. Maximum repair or replacement cost to Conwed
Designscape|Wall Technology shall be the replacement cost
of the defective component and will not include any labor
charges.
2. The settlement, described above, or at the option of
Conwed Designscape|Wall Technology its monetary
equivalent, will be the only remedy available to the Owner
for defective components of the Panels.

NOTIFICATION OF CLAIMS

Claims pursuant to this Warranty must be submitted in writing


together with proof of purchase, installation date and defect,
to Conwed Designscape|Wall Technology 800 Gustafson
Road, Ladysmith, WI, 54848, within 30 days after discovery of
the alleged defect. Within 30 days after receipt of the written
claim, a Conwed Designscape|Wall Technology representative
will contact the Owner to investigate the claim. Call 1-800932-2383 for more information regarding the Conwed
Designscape|Wall Technology Wall Ceiling Panel warranty
administration.

LIMITATIONS

ANY IMPLIED WARRANTY, INCLUDING WARRANTY


OF FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR USE OR PURPOSE,
AND WARRANTY OF MERCHANTABILITY, IS LIMITED IN
DURATION TO THE EXPRESS WARRANTY PROVIDED
HEREIN UNLESS A SHORTER PERIOD IS PERMITTED BY
LAW. CONWED/WALL TECHNOLOGY SHALL NOT BE
LIABLE FOR INCIDENTAL OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES
OR FOR DAMAGE TO THE BUILDING, ITS CONTENTS
OR ITS OCCUPANTS. THIS WARRANTY CONTAINS
ALL OF THE PROVISIONS OF YOUR REMEDIES FROM
CONWED/WALL TECHNOLOGY. LIABILITY IS LIMITED TO
THE PROVISION OF THIS WARRANTY, WHETHER ANY
CLAIM AGAINST IT IS BASED UPON STRICT LIABILITY,
NEGLIGENCE, BREACH OF WARRANTY OR ANY OTHER
THEORY OR CAUSE OF ACTION.
Some states do not allow limitations of how long an implied warranty
lasts or the exclusion of incidental or consequential damages, so the
above limitations or exclusions may not apply to you. This warranty
gives you specific legal rights and you may also have other rights which
vary from state to state.

&'&&25325$7,21
+YWXEJWSR6SEH
0EH]WQMXL;MWGSRWMR
T: 1-800-932-2383
F: 1-800-833-4798
www.conweddesignscape.com

4YF2S%4VMRXIHMR97%%TVMP
3[IRW'SVRMRK%PP6MKLXW6IWIVZIH
0))(MWEVIKMWXIVIHXVEHIQEVOSJ97+VIIR&YMPHMRK'SYRGMP

General Cleaning and Maintenance

Maintenance and Cleaning Guide


Cleaning and Maintenance includes:
x Fabric panels
x Painted finishes
x Copoly finishes
x Gel Coat finishes
The following are guidelines given in good faith to help avoid common errors. They are not intended to be a step-by-step list of instructions or a checklist, and it is assumed the user has
general cleaning knowledge. Conwed Designscape|Wall Technology bears no responsibility for
any cleaning or maintenance actions taken or not taken, and is not responsible for cleaning personnel selection.
For fabric and painted finishes including Gel Coat, general maintenance for dust removal is light
brushing or vacuuming. Fingerprints and light soiling can often be removed using a commercially-available dry chemical sponge. Also, an art gum eraser has been successfully used to remove fingerprints, dust and grime. For more vigorous treatments on fabric-covered panels, the
fabric manufacturer should be consulted. Most polyester fabrics clean well by sponging with the
foam from a mild detergent or upholstery shampoo, followed by rinsing with a clean sponge.
Other cleaning agents, including solvent-based cleaners can be used to remove spotting, however first pre-test in an unseen area.
For Copoly finishes such as the Metro Rebound panel, remove staining materials quickly to minimize possible permanent stain. For ordinary dirt and smudges use mild soap and warm water;
clean from the bottom up and rinse often. Do not saturate the panel. Use a soft lint-free cloth to
dry. Do not use steel wool or abrasive cleaners. If a stronger cleaner is required, try Formula
409, Lestoil or Fantastik. As suggested above, first pre-test in an unseen area.
For Gel Coat Touch-up, clean area with rubbing alcohol. Match the color with a latex paint and
apply sparingly using a small art brush. Always pre-test in an unseen area.

Product Data Sheet

SELECTSOUND BLACK ACOUSTIC BOARD


Owens Corning also manufactures SelectSound Black
acoustic blanket. This roll product is ideal for use behind
fabric on theater walls, in sound studios and performing
arts centers.

APPLICABLE STANDARDS
The noise reduction coefficients of SelectSound Black
acoustic board were derived from tests conducted in
accordance with ASTM C 423 on a Type A mounting.

SUPERIOR ACOUSTICAL PERFORMANCE


SelectSound Black acoustic board provides excellent
acoustical performance for multiplex theaters, sound
studios and performing arts centers. Depending on
specified thickness, SelectSound Black acoustic board
absorbs up to 100% of the sound striking its surface.

INSTALLATION PROCEDURE
SelectSound Black acoustic board can be installed on
drywall, concrete block or precast concrete using impaling
pins or appropriate adhesives.
When installing insulation with adhesive, follow adhesive
manufacturers recommendations for surface preparation
and pattern.

SelectSound Black acoustic board helps provide the highest


quality audio reproduction by reducing sound reverberation
within spaces. Sound transfer from space to space is also
noticeably reduced.

When using impaling pins, follow the pin manufacturers


recommendations for surface preparation, location and
amount of pins. Pin length should be selected to ensure
tight fit. Where subject to physical contact, protect pin tips.

DURABLE MATERIAL COMPOSITION

Keep product dry during shipping, storage and installation.

SelectSound Black acoustic board is dimensionally stable and


will not shrink or warp. The boards resilient composition
resists job-site damage. When necessary, the durable black
mat facing may be cleaned by vacuuming. SelectSound Black
acoustic board, composed of inorganic glass fibers, will not
rot or mildew and is noncorrosive to steel, copper and
aluminum.

Typical Physical Properties

FAST, HIGH QUALITY INSTALLATION


Lightweight and resilient, SelectSound Black acoustic board
is easy to handle, fabricate and install. Both stick pins
and adhesives can be used to secure boards to drywall,
concrete block or precast concrete.

Property

Test Method

Compressive Strength
(minimum)
at 10% deformation
at 25% deformation

ASTM C 165

Water Vapor Sorption


(by weight)

ASTM C 1104

Fungi Resistance

ASTM C 1338

Meets Requirement

Nominal Density

ASTM C 303

3.0 pcf (48 kg/m3)

Corrosiveness

ASTM C 665
Corrosiveness Test

Will not cause corrosion


greater than that caused by
sterile cotton on aluminum
or steel1

Surface Burning
Characteristics
Flame Spread
Smoke Developed

ASTM E 84
CAN/ULC-S102 2

SIZE AVAILABILITY
SelectSound Black acoustic board is available in 48 x 96
size. It can also be pre-cut in custom sizes to improve
productivity and speed installation.

BLACK CORE WITH DARK BLACK FINISH SURFACE


SelectSound Black acoustic board has a gray/black fiber
glass core with a black mat finish that provides low light
reflectivity. The black surface is ideal for eliminating screen
light reflections and preventing insulation from showing
through most surface treatments.

DESIGN CONSIDERATIONS
Acoustical performance of interior surfaces can generally
be improved by increasing acoustical material thickness.
SelectSound Black acoustic board can be specified for use in
conjunction with other Owens Corning acoustical materials
to provide additional performance.

Value
25 lb./ft. 2 (1,197 Pa)
90 lb./ft. 2 (4,309 Pa)
<3% by weight at 120F
(49C), 95% R.H.

252
50

When wet, coated surfaces in contact with galvanized steel may cause discoloration of the sheet metal.
2
The surface burning characteristics of these products have been determined in
accordance with UL 723 and CAN/ULC-S102-M. These standards should be used
to measure and describe the properties of materials, products or assemblies in
response to heat and flame under controlled laboratory conditions and should not
be used to describe or appraise the fire hazard or fire risk of materials, products or
assemblies under actual fire conditions. However, results of this test may be used as
elements of a fire risk assessment which takes into account all of the factors which
are pertinent to an assessment of the fire hazard of a particular end use. Values are
reported to the nearest 5 rating.

Product Data Sheet

SELECTSOUND BLACK ACOUSTIC BOARD


Acoustical Performance
Mounting A

Density

Octave Band Frequencies, Hz.

Thermal Resistance1
R-Value
(hrft 2F)/Btu

Product Type
and Thickness

pcf

kg/m3

125

250

500

1000

2000

4000

1 Mat Faced

3.0

48

0.06

0.25

0.62

0.91

0.99

0.98

0.70

4.3

2 Mat Faced

3.0

48

0.18

0.71

1.12

1.12

1.03

1.02

1.00

8.6

NRC

Derived from test conducted in accordance with ASTM C 423. Type A mounting (material placed against a solid backing such as a block wall.)

Suggested Fastener Locations

Conceptual Details

48

96

Fasteners should be a minimum of 3 from edge.

For CSI type sample specification, please contact your local Owens Corning representative.

CDC CORPORATION
800 Gustafson Road
Ladysmith, Wisconsin 54848
1-800-932-2383
www.conweddesignscape.com
1-800-359-3312
www.walltechnology.com
Pub. No. 10018367. Printed in U.S.A. February 2013.
2013 Owens Corning. All Rights Reserved.
LEED is a registered trademark of U.S. Green Building Council.

Product Data Sheet

SELECTSOUND BLACK ACOUSTIC BLANKET


SIZE AVAILABILITY
SelectSound Black acoustic blanket is available in standard
thicknesses of 1 and 2. A 1 thickness is available
through special order.
The 1 and 1 product is available in 72 W x 70 L rolls,
while the 2 product is available in a 72 W x 50 L roll.

ALL BLACK FIBER WITH BLACK MAT FINISH


SelectSound Black acoustic blanket is an all black fiber
product with a black mat surface. It is excellent for
eliminating light reflections while providing outstanding
acoustical performance.

OUTSTANDING ACOUSTICAL PERFORMANCE


SelectSound Black acoustic blanket provides excellent
acoustical performance for walls in multiplex theaters,
sound studios and performing arts centers. SelectSound
Black acoustic blanket is also ideal for use above suspended
metal ceiling systems. Depending on specified thickness,
SelectSound Black acoustic blanket absorbs up to 80% of
the sound striking its surface.
SelectSound Black acoustic blanket helps provide the
highest quality audio reproduction by reducing sound
reverberation within spaces. Sound transfer from space to
space is also noticeably reduced.

DURABLE MATERIAL COMPOSITION


SelectSound Black acoustic blanket is dimensionally stable
and will not shrink or warp. The blankets resilient
composition resists job-site damage. Composed of a mix of
glass fibers, SelectSound Black acoustic blanket will not rot or
mildew and is noncorrosive to steel, copper and aluminum.
As manufactured, fiber glass insulation is resistant to mold
growth, however, mold growth can occur on building
materials, including insulation, when it becomes
contaminated with organic material and when water is
present. To avoid mold growth on fiber glass insulation,
remove any water that has accumulated and correct or
repair the source of the water as soon as possible.
Insulation that has become wet should be inspected for
evidence of residual moisture and contamination, and any
insulation that is contaminated should be promptly removed
and replaced.

DESIGN CONSIDERATIONS
Acoustical performance of interior surfaces can generally be
improved by increasing product thickness. SelectSound Black
acoustic blanket can be specified for use in conjunction with
other Owens Corning acoustical material to provide
additional performance.

APPLICABLE STANDARDS
SelectSound Black acoustic blanket complies with the
property requirements of ASTM C 553, Type III, 250F
maximum use temperature.
The noise reduction coefficients of SelectSound Black
acoustic blanket were derived from tests conducted in
accordance with ASTM C 423 on a Type A mounting.
Meets New York City MEA No.306-03-M.
Typical Physical Properties

FAST, HIGH QUALITY INSTALLATION


This wider product improves job site productivity and
requires less seams. Lightweight and resilient, SelectSound
Black acoustic blanket is easy to handle, fabricate and install.
Both stick pins and adhesives can be used to secure
insulation to drywall, concrete block or precast concrete.

Property

Test Method

Value

Water Vapor Sorption


(by weight)

ASTM C 1104

<3% by weight at 120F


(49C), 95% R.H.

Fungi Resistance

ASTM C 1338

Meets Requirement

Corrosiveness

ASTM C 665
Corrosiveness Test

Will not cause corrosion


greater than that caused
by sterile cotton on
aluminum or steel1

Surface Burning
Characteristics
Flame Spread
Smoke Developed

UL7232, or CAN/
ULC-S102-M2

Maximum Air Velocity

UL 181 Erosion Test

252
50
6,000 fpm (30.5 m/sec.)

When wet, coated surfaces in contact with galvanized steel may cause discoloration of the sheet metal.
The surface burning characteristics of these products have been determined in
accordance with UL 723 and CAN/ULC-S102-M. These standards should be used
to measure and describe the properties of materials, products or assemblies in
response to heat and flame under controlled laboratory conditions and should not
be used to describe or appraise the fire hazard or fire risk of materials, products or
assemblies under actual fire conditions. However, results of this test may be used as
elements of a fire risk assessment which takes into account all of the factors which
are pertinent to an assessment of the fire hazard of a particular end use. Values are
reported to the nearest 5 rating.
2

Product Data Sheet

SELECTSOUND BLACK ACOUSTIC BLANKET


INSTALLATION PROCEDURE

Conceptual Details

SelectSound Black acoustic blanket can be installed on


drywall, concrete block or precast
concrete using impaling pins or appropriate adhesives.
When installing insulation with adhesive, follow adhesive
manufacturers recommendations for surface preparation
and pattern.
When using impaling pins, follow
the pin manufacturers recommendations for surface
preparation, location and amount of pins. Pin length should
be selected to ensure tight fit. Where subject to physical
contact, protect pin tips.
Keep product dry during shipping, storage and installation.
Owens Corning reserves the right to change this product
as needed.
Caution: May cause temporary irritation to skin, eyes
and respiratory tract. Avoid contact with eyes and skin.
Wear long-sleeved, loose-fitting clothing, gloves and eye
protection when handling and applying material. Wash with
soap and warm water after handling. Wash work cloths
separately and wipe out washer.

For CSI type sample specification, please contact your local Owens Corning
representative.

Acoustical Performance
Tested Values - SelectSound Black Acoustic Blanket
Sound Absorption Coefficients (ASTM C 423, Type A Mounting)

Product

Density
pcf
kg/m3

Thickness
in
mm

125

Octave Band Frequencies, Hz.


250
500
1000 2000 4000

NRC*

Thermal Resistance1
R-Value (hrft 2F)/Btu

SelectSound Black 150B

1.5

24

1.0

25

0.08

.025

0.49

0.72

0.86

0.91

0.60

3.8

Acoustic Blanket

1.5

24

1.5

38

0.16

0.36

0.61

0.83

0.90

0.92

0.70

5.8

1.5

24

2.0

51

0.20

0.53

0.79

0.94

0.95

0.97

0.80

7.7

2.0

32

2.0

51

0.20

0.55

0.87

1.00

0.95

0.95

0.85

8.0

1
ASTM C518
These data were collected using a limited sample size and are not absolute values. Reasonable tolerances must therefore be applied. All tests were conducted in accordance
with ASTM C 423, Type A mounting (material placed against a solid backing such as a block wall). Owens Corning Granville Science & Technology Acoustics Lab is National
Voluntary Laboratory Accreditation Program (NVLAP) approved.

CDC CORPORATION
800 Gustafson Road
Ladysmith, Wisconsin 54848
1-800-932-2383
www.conweddesignscape.com
1-800-359-3312
www.walltechnology.com
Pub. No. 10018366. Printed in U.S.A. February 2013.
2013 Owens Corning. All Rights Reserved.
LEED is a registered trademark of U.S. Green Building Council.

Product Data Sheet

EUROSPAN
ACOUSTICAL CEILING SYSTEM
FINISH
The product is available in several textile choices including
standard white or custom special order colors including beige,
light blue, and black. The white textile can be field painted using
special colorants.

NOISE REDUCTION COEFFICIENT (ASTM C 423)

APPLICATION
Eurospan Acoustical Ceiling System provides outstanding
acoustical benefits from virtually any ceiling application without
the traditional look of fabric covered panels. The system is
designed to dampen interior noise and add acoustical benefits
to any commercial, educational or institutional application where
a seamless aesthetic is desired.

CONSTRUCTION
Eurospan Acoustical Ceiling System is comprised of three
basic components: a glass fiber acoustical core, perimeter
tension track andouter textile covering. This seamless product
uses a high-performance integrated glass fibercore with a
white matt covering. Tension tracks arranged around the
perimeter hold an acoustically transparent textile which can be
stretched over areas 16 wide. Architects can design effective
acoustic benefits into any space without compromising their
creativity. Excellent sound absorption is achieved by reducing
the amount of hard surfaces while still keeping the monolithic
appearance of drywall or plaster surfaces. Speakers can be
hidden from view without inhibiting sound clarity. It can be
used on flat, domed or coffered ceilings or to create custom
floating clouds.

SIZE AVAILABLITY
Panels are available in 1 1/2 or 2 1/2 thicknesses. Other
thicknesses are available.

SEAM & EDGE DETAIL


Eurospan has a monolithic surface which merges unobtrusively
with the rooms interior design. Spaces of 16 x 40 or more
can be covered seamlessly. Larger areas can be seamed almost
invisibly or installed with reveals to highlight the edges.

Thickness

A Mounting Rating

1 1/2

1.00

Thickness

E400 Mounting Rating

1 1/2
2 1/2

.80
.95

PHYSICAL PROPERTY DATA


Surface Burning, Core (ASTM E 84)
Components meet 25/50 Class A rating
Light Reflectance
White Textile .75 - .80

RECYCLED CONTENT
Eurospan Acoustical Ceiling System panels utilize an
Owens Corning fiberglass board core that is eligible to bear
the Green Cross label for recycled content. The board is
certified on average to contain at least 30% recycled glass,
with 4% post-consumer and 26% pre-consumer content. For
LEED projects, our acoustical panels can help you qualify for
recycled content points under the Materials and Resources
section. Other LEED categories may also apply depending
upon the project requirements.

WARRANTY

10 Year Limited Warranty against manufacturing defects. See


product warranty for limitations.
* The ASTM E 84 standard should be used to measure and describe the properties
of materials, products or assemblies in response to heat and flame under controlled
laboratory conditions and should not be used to describe or appraise the fire hazard
or fire risk of materials, products or assemblies under actual fire conditions. However,
results of this test may be used as elements of a fire risk assessment, which takes into,
account all of the factors, which are pertinent to an assessment of the fire hazard of a
particular end use. Values are reported to the nearest 5 rating.

Product Data Sheet

EUROSPAN
ACOUSTICAL CEILING SYSTEM
PART 1 GENERAL

2.5

Acoustical Performance in accordance with ASTM C


423 (Type E 400 Mounting) components shall have a
minimum NRC of: 1.00 (1 1/2 thick).In accordance with
ASTM C 423 (Type A Mounting) components shall have a
minimum NRC of: .80 (1 1/2 thick) and .95 (2 1/2 thick).
Flammability All system components shall meet a 25/50
Class A rating in accordance with ASTM E 84.

1.1

Work in this section shall be subject to drawings, general


conditions, schedules, addenda and other contract
documents.

1.2

The extent of the system is shown on the drawings and in


the schedules.

2.6

1.3

Submit ________ samples of each type of system as


shown on the drawings and in schedules and include
appropriate technical information including test data
and maintenance instructions. Submit ________ fabric
selector cards from manufacturers standard or custom
finishes.

PART 3 EXECUTION

1.4

Components shall be installed according to manufacturers


recommendations and instructions.

1.5

Installation of components shall not begin until all wet


work (plastering, concrete, etc.) is completed and dry.
The panels are designed for installation under standard
occupancy conditions from 60F to 85F and not more
than 80% relative humidity (RH) in an enclosed building.

1.6

The contractor shall be responsible for the examination


and acceptance of all surfaces and conditions prior to the
system installation, and will furnish all necessary hardware
and accessories for the complete job installation.

1.7

Substitutions or changes will only be permitted by prior


approval by the architect.

3.1

Manufacturers Instructions Comply with the instructions


and recommendations of the Eurospan Acoustical Ceiling
System manufacturer.

3.2

Examination Verify that site conditions are acceptable


for installation of the Eurospan Acoustical Ceiling System.
Do not proceed with installation of the Eurospan
Acoustical Ceiling System until unacceptable conditions
are corrected.

3.3

Installation Review shop drawings and determine


location of hardware. Identify components and verify
quantities. Install Eurospan Acoustical Ceiling System in
accordance with manufacturers guidelines.

3.4

Demonstration Demonstrate proper use, function


and maintenance of Eurospan Acoustical Ceiling System
components to Owners personnel.

3.5

Protection Protect installed work from damage due to


subsequent construction activity on the site.

PART 2 MATERIALS

Thank you for choosing Eurospan for your acoustical needs.

2.1

Eurospan Acoustical Ceiling System shall have a 10-year


manufacturers warranty.

The information provided above is correct to the best of our


knowledge at time of printing. We reserve the right to make
changes without prior notification.

2.2

Acoustical core shall be constructed of a composite core


construction of 1 thick, medium density glass fiber core
with 12 mil thick face sheet of white/translucent glass
mat thermally bonded to the base core finish surface.
Other glass fiber cores of 1/2, 3/4, 1, 1 1/2, 2, 3, and
4 thickness; with various densities are available to meet
specific acoustical requirements.

2.3

Product finish shall be standard white (or specify custom


color)______________.

2.4

Mounting shall be square perimeter track and square fine


line or reveal mid joint track.

DISCLAIMER OF LIABILITY
Technical information contained herein is furnished without charge or obligation and is
given and accepted at recipients sole risk. Because conditions of use may vary and are
beyond our control, Owens Corning makes no representation about, and is not responsible
or liable for the accuracy or reliability of data associated with particular uses of any product
described herein. Nothing contained in this bulletin shall be considered a recommendation.

&'&&25325$7,21
+YWXEJWSR6SEH
0EH]WQMXL;MWGSRWMR
T: 1-800-932-2383
F: 1-800-833-4798
www.conweddesignscape.com

4YF2S&4VMRXIHMR97%%TVMP
3[IRW'SVRMRK%PP6MKLXW6IWIVZIH
0))(MWEVIKMWXIVIHXVEHIQEVOSJ97+VIIR&YMPHMRK'SYRGMP

EuroSpan Fabric

Maintenance and Cleaning Guide


1. Preventive Measures: Wear clean protective gloves or have clean hands when working
around or with Eurospan fabric. Trained and qualified personnel should perform installation
or removal of fabric for access.
2. General Maintenance: Periodic brushing or light vacuuming of the Eurospan fabric is
recommended for removal of loose dust and airborne particles. Blowing off with clean
compressed air also works well and reduces the chance of pushing particles into the fabric.
3. Stain Removal: The fiber used in the Eurospan fabric allows the use of both water-based
and solvent-based cleaning agents. A product such as Clorox OxiMagic has been reported
to work very well. A special Dry Cleaning Sponge works well on most light stains. These
sponges are shipped with each Eurospan order. For large and unusual stains, or for overall
cleaning, contact a reputable professional cleaning service.

Product Data Sheet

EUROSPAN
EOS CEILING SYSTEM
FINISH
The product is available in several textile choices including
standard white or custom special order colors including
beige, light blue, and black. The white textile can be field
painted using special colorants.

NOISE REDUCTION COEFFICIENT (ASTM C 423)


Thickness
1"

A Mounting Rating
.85

Thickness
1

E400 Mounting Rating


.80

APPLICATION

PHYSICAL PROPERTY DATA

EOS Acoustical Ceiling System provides outstanding


acoustical benefits from virtually any ceiling application
without the traditional look of fabric covered panels. The
system is designed to dampen interior noise and add
acoustical benefits to any commercial, educational, or
healthcare institutional application where a seamless and
cleanable aesthetic is desired.

Surface Burning, Core (ASTM E 84)


Components meet 25/50 Class A rating
Light Reflectance
White Textile.80 - .85

CONSTRUCTION
Eurospan EOS Stretch Ceiling System is comprised of three
basic components: a glass fiber acoustical core, perimeter
tension track and outer washable textile covering. This
seamless product uses a high-performance integrated
glass fiber core with a white matt covering. Tension tracks
arranged around the perimeter hold an acoustically
transparent coated textile which can be stretched over areas
16 wide.
Architects can design effective acoustic benefits into any
space without compromising their creativity. Excellent sound
absorption is achieved by reducing the amount of hard
surfaces while still keeping the monolithic appearance of
drywall or plaster surfaces. The durable coated textile can
cleaned easily and is suitable for healthcare applications. It
can be used on flat, domed or coffered ceilings or to create
custom floating clouds.

SIZE AVAILABILITY
Panels are available in 1" to 2" thicknesses. Other thicknesses
are available.

SEAM AND EDGE DETAIL


Eurospan EOS has a monolithic surface which merges
unobtrusively with the rooms interior design. Spaces of
16' x 40' or more can be covered seamlessly.
Larger areas can be seamed almost invisibly or installed with
reveals to highlight the edges.

RECYCLED CONTENT
Eurospan EOS Stretch Ceiling System panels utilize an
Owens Corning fiberglass board core that is eligible to bear
the Green Cross label for recycled content. The board is
certified on average to contain at least 30% recycled glass, with
4% post-consumer and 26% pre-consumer content.
For LEED projects, our acoustical panels can help you
qualify for recycled content points under the Materials and
Resources section. Other LEED categories may also apply
depending upon the project requirements.

WARRANTY
10 Year Limited Warranty against manufacturing defects.
See product warranty for details and limitations.
* The ASTM E 84 standard should be used to measure and describe the properties
of materials, products or assemblies in response to heat and flame under controlled
laboratory conditions and should not be used to describe or appraise the fire hazard
or fire risk of materials, products or assemblies under actual fire conditions. However,
results of this test may be used as elements of a fire risk assessment which takes into
account all of the factors which are pertinent to an assessment of the fire hazard of a
particular end use. Values are reported to the nearest 5 rating.

Product Data Sheet

EUROSPAN
EOS CEILING SYSTEM
PART 1 GENERAL
1.1 Work in this section shall be subject to drawings, general
conditions, schedules, addenda and other contract
documents.
1.2 The extent of the system is shown on the drawings and
in the schedules.
1.3 Submit samples of each type of system as shown on
the drawings and in schedules and include appropriate
technical information including test data and
maintenance instructions. Submit fabric selector cards
from manufacturers standard or custom finishes.
1.4 Components shall be installed according to
manufacturers recommendations and instructions.
1.5 Installation of components shall not begin until all wet
work (plastering, concrete, etc.) is completed and dry.
The panels are designed for installation under standard
occupancy conditions from 60F to 85F and not more
than 80% relative humidity (RH) in an enclosed building.
1.6 The contractor shall be responsible for the examination
and acceptance of all surfaces and conditions prior to
the system installation, and will furnish all necessary
hardware and accessories for the complete job
installation.
1.7 Substitutions or changes will only be permitted by prior
approval by the architect.

PART 2 MATERIALS
2.1 Eurospan EOS fabric ceiling System shall include the
EOS textile with a light polyurethane coating that can be
cleaned with water or solvent based cleaners.
2.2 Acoustical core shall be constructed of a composite
core construction of 1 thick, medium density glass fiber
core with 12 mil thick face sheet of white/translucent
glass mat thermally bonded to the base core finish
surface. Other glass fiber cores of ", ", 1", 1", 2", 3",
and 4 thickness; with various densities are available to
meet specific acoustical requirements.

2.5 Acoustical Performance in accordance with ASTM


C 423 (Type E 400 Mounting) components shall have
a minimum NRC of: .80 (1" thick). In accordance with
ASTM C 423 (Type A Mounting) components shall have
a minimum NRC of: .85 (1" thick) and .95 (2" thick).
2.6 Flammability All system components shall meet a
25/50 Class A rating in accordance with ASTM E 84.

PART 3 EXECUTION
3.1 Manufacturers Instructions Comply with the
instructions and recommendations of the Eurospan
Acoustical Ceiling System manufacturer.
3.2 Examination Verify that site conditions are acceptable
for installation of the Eurospan Acoustical Ceiling System.
Do not proceed with installation of the Eurospan
Acoustical Ceiling System until unacceptable conditions
are corrected.
3.3 Installation Review shop drawings and determine
location of hardware. Identify components and verify
quantities. Install Eurospan Acoustical Ceiling System in
accordance with manufacturers guidelines.
3.4 Demonstration Demonstrate proper use, function
and maintenance of Eurospan Acoustical Ceiling System
components to Owners personnel.
3.5 Protection Protect installed work from damage due to
subsequent construction activity on the site.
Thank you for choosing Eurospan for your acoustical
needs.
The information provided above is correct to the best of our
knowledge at time of printing. We reserve the right to make
changes without prior notification.
DISCLAIMER OF LIABILITY
Technical information contained herein is furnished without charge or obligation and
is given and accepted at recipients sole risk. Because conditions of use may vary and
are beyond our control, Owens Corning makes no representation about, and is not
responsible or liable for the accuracy or reliability of data associated with particular uses
of any product described herein. Nothing contained in this bulletin shall be considered
a recommendation.

2.3 Product finish shall be standard white (or specify custom


color/ additional cost).
2.4 Mounting shall be square perimeter track and square
fine line or reveal mid joint track.

&'&&25325$7,21
+YWXEJWSR6SEH
0EH]WQMXL;MWGSRWMR
T: 1-800-932-2383
F: 1-800-833-4798
www.conweddesignscape.com

4YF2S%4VMRXIHMR97%%TVMP
3[IRW'SVRMRK%PP6MKLXW6IWIVZIH
0))(MWEVIKMWXIVIHXVEHIQEVOSJ97+VIIR&YMPHMRK'SYRGMP

EuroSpan EOS Fabric

Maintenance and Cleaning Guide


1. Preventive Measures: Have clean hands when working around or with Eurospan EOS
fabric. Trained and qualified personnel should perform installation or removal of fabric for
access.
2. General Maintenance: Periodic brushing, wiping or light sponging of the Eurospan EOS
fabric is recommended for removal of loose dust, or smudge marks.
3. Stain Removal: The polyurethane coated EOS textile allows the use of both water-based
and solvent-based cleaning agents. A product such as 409 all-purpose cleaner has been
reported to work very well. Other mild detergent solutions have also worked well. Do not use
abrasive sponges or cloths as it may dull the surface finish.
A special Dry Cleaning Sponge also works well on most light spots or smudges. These
sponges are shipped with each Eurospan EOS order. For large and unusual stains, or for
overall cleaning, contact a reputable professional cleaning service.

Product Data Sheet

EUROSPAN
ACOUSTICAL WALL SYSTEM
FINISH
The product is available in several textile choices including
fabrics from Guilford, Maharam, Knoll, Carnegie and Designtex.

NOISE REDUCTION COEFFICIENT (ASTM C 423)


Thickness

A Mounting Rating

*1/2
*1
*1 1/2
*2

.55
.80
1.0
1.0

*estimated

PHYSICAL PROPERTY DATA


APPLICATION
Eurospan Acoustical Wall System provides outstanding acoustical
benefits from virtually any wall application without the
traditional look of fabric covered panels. The system is designed
to dampen interior noise and add acoustical benefits to any
commercial, educational or institutional application where a
seamless aesthetic is desired.

USES
Architects can design effective acoustic benefits into any
space without compromising their creativity. Excellent sound
absorption is achieved by reducing the amount of hard
surfaces to reduce noise distractions, enhance privacy, and
create a less stressful, more productive environment.

Surface Burning, Core (ASTM E 84)*


Components meet 25/50 Class A rating
Corner Wall (NFPA 265 or UBC 8-2)
Pass

RECYCLED CONTENT
Eurospan Acoustical Wall System panels utilizean Owens
Corning fiberglass board core that iseligible to bear the
Green Cross label for recycledcontent. The board is
certified on average tocontain at least 30% recycled glass,
with 4%post-consumer and 26% pre-consumer content.For
LEED projects, our acoustical panels canhelp you qualify for
recycled content pointsunder the Materials and Resources
section.Other LEED categories may also applydepending
upon the project requirements.

CONSTRUCTION
Eurospan Acoustical Wall System is comprised of three basic
components: a glass fiber acoustical core, perimeter tension
track with patent pending retaining system and outer textile
covering. This seamless product uses a high-performance
integrated glass fiber core. Tension tracks arranged around the
perimeter hold an acoustically transparent textile which can be
stretched over areas 16 wide.

SIZE AVAILABLITY
Panels are available in 1/2, 1, 1 1/2 or 2thicknesses. Other
thicknesses are available and may be furred up to a 4 depth.

SEAM & EDGE DETAIL


Eurospan Acoustical Wall System has amonolithic surface which
merges unobtrusively with the rooms interior design. Spaces of
16 x40 or more can be covered seamlessly. Larger areas can be
seamed almost invisibly or installed with reveals to highlight the
edges.

WARRANTY

5 Year Limited Warranty against manufacturing defects. See


product warranty for limitations.
* The ASTM E 84 standard should be used to measure and describe the properties
of materials, products or assemblies in response to heat and flame under controlled
laboratory conditions and should not be used to describe or appraise the fire hazard
or fire risk of materials, products or assemblies under actual fire conditions. However,
results of this test may be used as elements of a fire risk assessment, which takes into,
account all of the factors, which are pertinent to an assessment of the fire hazard of a
particular end use. Values are reported to the nearest 5 rating.

Product Data Sheet

EUROSPAN
ACOUSTICAL WALL SYSTEM
PART 1 GENERAL
1.1

Work in this section shall be subject to drawings, general


conditions, schedules, addenda and other contract
documents.

1.2

The extent of the system is shown on the drawings and in


the schedules.

1.3

Submit ________ samples of each type of system as


shown on the drawings and in schedules and include
appropriate technical information including test data
and maintenance instructions. Submit ________ fabric
selector cards from manufacturers standard or custom
finishes.

1.4

Components shall be installed according to manufacturers


recommendations and instructions.

1.5

Installation of components shall not begin until all wet


work (plastering, concrete, etc.) is completed and dry.
The panels are designed for installation under standard
occupancy conditions from 60F to 85F and not more
than 80% relative humidity (RH) in an enclosed building.

1.6

The contractor shall be responsible for the examination


and acceptance of all surfaces and conditions prior to the
system installation, and willfurnish all necessary hardware
and accessories for the complete job installation.

1.7

Substitutions or changes will only be permitted by prior


approval by the architect.

2.5

Acoustical Performance In accordance with ASTM


C 423 (Type A Mounting) components shall have a
minimum NRC of: .55 (1/2 thick), .80(1 thick), and 1.0 (1
1/2 and 2 thicknesses).

2.6

Flammability Wall system shall meet a 25/50 Class A


rating in accordance with ASTM E 84*.

PART 3 EXECUTION
3.1

Manufacturers Instructions Comply with the


instructions and recommendations of the Eurospan
Acoustical Wall System manufacturer.

3.2

Examination Verify that site conditions are acceptable


for installation of the Eurospan Acoustical Wall System.
Do not proceed with installation of the Eurospan
Acoustical Wall System until unacceptable conditions are
corrected.

3.3

Installation Review shop drawings and determine


location of hardware. Identify components and verify
quantities. Install Eurospan Acoustical Wall System in
accordance with manufacturers guidelines.

3.4

Demonstration Demonstrate proper use, function


and maintenance of Eurospan Acoustical Wall System
components to Owners personnel.

3.5

Protection Protect installed work from damage due to


subsequent construction activity on the site.

PART 2 MATERIALS

Thank you for choosing Eurospan for your acoustical needs.

2.1

Eurospan Acoustical Wall System shall have a 5-year


manufacturers warranty.

The information provided above is correct to the best of our


knowledge at time of printing. We reserve the right to make
changes without prior notification.

2.2

Acoustical core shall be constructed of dimensionally


stable rigid fiberglass of 6-7 pcf density. Thickness (choose
one) 1/2, 1, 1 1/2, 2 or custom ________ (specify).

2.3

Product finish shall be __________________________


(specify finish manufacturer, pattern, color and specifier).

2.4

Mounting shall be square, bevel, radius (choose one)


perimeter track and square, bevel, radius (choose one)
mid joint track.

DISCLAIMER OF LIABILITY
Technical information contained herein is furnished without charge or obligation and is
given and accepted at recipients sole risk. Because conditions of use may vary and are
beyond our control, Owens Corning makes no representation about, and is not responsible
or liable for the accuracy or reliability of data associated with particular uses of any product
described herein. Nothing contained in this bulletin shall be considered a recommendation.

&'&&25325$7,21
+YWXEJWSR6SEH
0EH]WQMXL;MWGSRWMR
T: 1-800-932-2383
F: 1-800-833-4798
www.conweddesignscape.com

4YF2S%4VMRXIHMR97%%TVMP
3[IRW'SVRMRK%PP6MKLXW6IWIVZIH
0))(MWEVIKMWXIVIHXVEHIQEVOSJ97+VIIR&YMPHMRK'SYRGMP

EuroSpan Fabric

Maintenance and Cleaning Guide


1. Preventive Measures: Wear clean protective gloves or have clean hands when working
around or with Eurospan fabric. Trained and qualified personnel should perform installation
or removal of fabric for access.
2. General Maintenance: Periodic brushing or light vacuuming of the Eurospan fabric is
recommended for removal of loose dust and airborne particles. Blowing off with clean
compressed air also works well and reduces the chance of pushing particles into the fabric.
3. Stain Removal: The fiber used in the Eurospan fabric allows the use of both water-based
and solvent-based cleaning agents. A product such as Clorox OxiMagic has been reported
to work very well. A special Dry Cleaning Sponge works well on most light stains. These
sponges are shipped with each Eurospan order. For large and unusual stains, or for overall
cleaning, contact a reputable professional cleaning service.

QuietZone
Acoustic Batts
Product Data Sheet
Availability
Wood Frame Construction

Width
Length
Inches mm Inches mm

Unfaced
Batts

Faced Batts

15

Thickness Pieces per


Inches mm Package Sq. ft.

381

93

2,362

89

16

m2

Linear
ft

155

14.40

124

37.8

15

381

105

2,664

89

16

175

16.26

140

42.7

15

394

93

2,362

139

10

101

9.38

78

23.8

23

584

93

2,362

89

16

238

22.11

124

37.8

15

381

105

2,664

89

1 (Roll)

88

8.18

70

21.3

15

387

93

2,362

89

16

155

14.40

124

37.8

15

387

105

2,664

89

16

178

16.54

140

42.7

23

591

93

2,362

89

16

241

22.39

124

37.8

Typical Physical Properties


Property

Fiber glass acoustic batt insulation


designed to absorb sound
vibrations in wall, floor and ceiling
applications for noise control.
QuietZone Acoustic Batts
Owens Corning QuietZone
acoustic batts are an essential
part of controlling noise
transmission between rooms. The
QuietZone acoustic batt actually
absorbs sound vibrations within
the wall cavity to control noise in
the home.
QuietZone acoustic batts
reduce noise transmission
coming from laundry rooms,
entertainment rooms, family
rooms and any other area where
noise is created. It can also be
used to create privacy in home
offices, master bedrooms or
other areas where peace and
quiet is desired.

QuietZone Acoustic Batts

Water Absorption (max. % by volume)

Less than 0.05%

Dimensional Stability (linear shrinkage)

Less than 0.10%

Product Benefits:
Differentiate the homes
you build with increased
performance

Lightweight and pre-cut


to 93" or 105" lengths for
quick installation and easy
transportation

Increase sales by offering


unique up-sell options

Faced batts are easily identified


by attractive, PINK-kraft facing
featuring large images of the
Pink Panther

Provide homeowners with


quieter, more peaceful living
conditions
Enhance your image by
positioning yourself as an
acoustic solutions expert
Save homeowners time and
money by suggesting noise
control prior to new home
construction compared to
retrofitting at a later date
Product Attributes
QuietZone acoustic batts are:
Acoustically engineered to
absorb sound vibrations
Installed between interior
walls, floors, and ceilings when
constructed of standard wood
framing members

Easily stapled and cleanly


fabricated to allow for
improved workmanship and
acoustical performance
Compliant with building codes
and standards
Product Applications
Basic Noise Control Wall
Construction
Using single 2x4 wood studs
(16" o.c.), QuietZone acoustic
batts, and " Type X gypsum
board provides basic noise
control between adjoining rooms.
QuietZone acoustic batts can
improve conventional wood stud
walls to a Sound Transmission
Class (STC) rating of 39.

QuietZone
Acoustic Batts
Product Data Sheet
Product Installation
QuietZone acoustic batts are
designed for interior cavities only
and are not recommended for
exterior walls. The facing on this
product is provided for ease of
installation and is not a vapor
retarder.
Insulation must fit snugly
into place, filling the cavity
completely.
Staple batts along kraft flanges
to the inside of the wall
framing.
In cases where wall
penetrations apply, cut with a
utility knife to fit around wiring,
outlets, junction boxes, pipes
and other obstructions.
For desired performance,
keep batts dry during shipping,
storage and installation.
QuietZone acoustic batts
may be installed with the
facing toward either side of
interior walls, floors, or ceilings
in conventional wood stud
construction.
QuietZone acoustic batts (15"
or 23" width) will be required
in the cavity space between
wall framing sections spaced
either 16" or 24" o.c.
Owens Corning acoustic
batts will be required to fill
the cavity space between wall
framing sections spaced either
16" or 24" o.c. when using 2x6
QuietZone acoustic wall
framing.
*The facing on QuietZone batts will burn and must
not be left exposed. The facing must be installed in
substantial contact with an approved interior material.
Protect facing from any open flame or heat surface.

Durable Composition
QuietZone acoustic batts:

Figure 1
Single wood studs, QuietZone acoustic batt insulation and a
single layer of " Type X gypsum board.

Are dimensionally stable


Will not slump over time
Are composed of inorganic
glass fibers which do not
absorb water

Zo

iet

Qu

Maintain original acoustic


properties over time

ne

Zo

iet

Qu

ne

Will not rot or mildew


Fire Safety
When installing QuietZone
acoustic batts in areas containing
high temperature appliances,
fireplace flues or furnaces, the
kraft-facing must be protected
and enclosed with an approved
finishing material.*
Applicable Standards
Kraft facing will burn. Do not
leave exposed. Facing must be
installed in substantial contact
with an approved ceiling, floor
or wall material. Keep open
flame and other heat sources
away from facing. Do not place
insulation within 3" of light
fixtures or similar electrical
devices unless device is labeled
for contact with insulation. Use
only unfaced insulation between
wood framing and masonry
chimneys. Do not use insulation
in spaces around metal chimneys,
fireplaces, or flues. See package

ne

Zo

iet

Qu

for warnings fire hazard and


installation instructions, or call
1-419-248-8234.
Always check with your local
building code official regarding
local requirements affecting
installation of all building
components.
For more information on
QuietZone acoustic batts or
the QuietZone Noise Control
System, call 1-800-GET-PINK
or visit our Web site at
www.owenscorning.com.

OWENS CORNING INSULATING SYSTEMS, LLC


ONE OWENS CORNING PARKWAY
TOLEDO, OHIO 43659
1-800-GET-PINK
www.owenscorning.com
Pub. No. 43824-D. Printed in U.S.A. October 2007. THE PINK PANTHER
& 1964-2007 Metro-Goldwyn-Mayer Studios Inc. All Rights Reserved.
The color PINK is a registered trademark of Owens Corning.
2007 Owens Corning.

QuietZone
Acoustic Sealant
Product Data Sheet
Product Attributes:
QuietZone acoustic sealant
features these properties:
50-year guarantee
Available in convenient
29 ounce tubes
Premium siliconized
acrylic sealant
Premium acrylic-based
acoustic sealant designed to
seal openings in Walls,
Floors, Ceilings, Doors
and Windows
Owens Corning QuietZone
acoustic sealant is an effective
way to reduce sound
transmission between rooms
and can even help reduce
noise coming in around
exterior doors and windows and
stop air infiltration.

Class A Flame Spread

Product Benefits:
Differentiate the homes you
build with increased noise
control for quieter, more
peaceful living

Paintable

use one sealant for air


infiltration and noise

Interior and exterior sealant


applications

Increase sales potential by


offering unique up-sell options

Product Applications
QuietZone acoustic sealant
produces a flexible, acoustic
seal. The product should be
used to fill and seal all gaps in
wall, floor, and ceilings to reduce
noise transmission and stop
air infiltration.

Help to enhance your image by


positioning yourself as an
acoustic solutions expert
Save homeowners time and
money by suggesting noise
control prior to new home
construction compared to
retrofitting at a later date

Non-hardening for the lifetime


of the installed product
Acoustically engineered to
block sound vibrations
Blocks air infiltration
Mildew and water-resistant
Superior adhesion - can be
applied to a variety of
different surfaces

Quick clean-up with water


Retains acoustic properties
over time

Applications include:
Gaps between wall stud plates
and the subfloor
Around electrical outlets
and boxes

Around air ducts and boots


Around doors and windows
Any other miscellaneous wall,
ceiling and floor penetrations
or gaps
QuietZone Noise Control
Systems
Install QuietZone Noise Control
Products to form Systems that
meet individual needs.
Using Quiet Retreat Noise Control
Solutions, which includes
QuietZone acoustic wall framing,
QuietZone acoustic sealant,
QuietZone acoustic floor mat and
QuietZone acoustic batts, can
provide walls and floors with
superior noise isolation
properties.
Wall performance can range from
Sound Transmission Class (STC)
of 39 for walls constructed using
QuietZone acoustic sealant,
standard wood studs, and
QuietZone acoustic batts, up to
STC 63 for walls incorporating
QuietZone acoustic sealant,
QuietZone acoustic wall framing,
and QuietZone acoustic batts. The
result is a reduction in perceived
noise levels from 30% and up to
80%, when compared with
uninsulated conventional wood
stud wall assemblies.
Similarly, floors constructed using
QuietZone acoustic sealant,
QuietZone acoustic floor mat and
QuietZone acoustic batts can
result in floors ranging in
performance from STC 43 up
to STC 73. and in addition
these floors would have Impact
Isolation Class (IIC) of 37
through to IIC 63.

QuietZone
Acoustic Sealant
Product Data Sheet
For information on different wall,
floor and ceiling construction
techniques and performance
values contact your Sales
Representative or contact
Owens Corning at
1-800-GET-PINK.
Product Installation
QuietZone acoustic sealant is
designed for use in all wall and
floor systems to seal gypsum
and other small openings from
plumbing or electrical work, but
can be used in other areas where
a non-hardening sealant is
required.
Before use, wipe excess dirt,
dust or moisture away from
applicable area to produce a
clean, dry surface
Cut tip to suggested bead
size and place into gun
Apply at a 45 angle and,
after 3-5 minutes, tool
bead into place
Product Precautions
QuietZone acoustic sealant may
cause irritation to the eyes and
skin and is harmful by inhalation
or if swallowed. Avoid contact
with eyes and skin. Avoid
breathing vapors and ingesting
this product. Keep QuietZone
acoustic sealant away from heat,
sparks, or open flame. Use with
adequate ventilation and wash
thoroughly after handling.

Product Specifications
NET 10.1 FL. OZ. (300ml) and
29 FL. OZ. (857.6 ml)
Rating Scale:
Superior: 5 - Lowest: 1
Paintability: 5
Flexibility: 5
Durability: 5
Adhesion to Wood: 5
Adhesion to Glass: 5
Adhesion to Metal: 5
Adhesion to Masonry: 5
QuietZone
Internal and external uses apply to:
Wood
Glass
Brick
Concrete
Masonry
Drywall
Aluminum
Steel
Plastic
Tile
Vinyl
PVC
FOAMULAR Foam Insulation
Fiber Glass
Particle Board
Plywood
Cement Board

Figure 1
QuietZone 2x4 acoustic wall framing 16 o.c.,
QuietZone acoustic batt insulation and a double
layers of Type X gypsum board.

ne

Zo

iet

Qu

ne

Zo

iet

Qu

Applicable Standards
QuietZone acoustic sealant
exceeds ASTM C 834, Type P,
Grade - 18C and exceeds
performance requirements of
TT-S-00230C, Type II, Class B
and ASTM C 920, Class 25.
Meets ASTM E-84 Class A.
Always check with your local
building code official regarding
local requirements affecting
installation of all building
components.
For more information on
QuietZone acoustic sealant or the
QuietZone Noise Control System,
call 1-800-GET-PINK
or visit our Web site at:
www.quietzone.com

OWENS CORNING INSULATING SYSTEMS, LLC


ONE OWENS CORNING PARKWAY
TOLEDO, OHIO, USA 43659
1- 800 - GET- PINK
www.owenscorning.com
Pub. No. 43823-D. Printed in U.S.A. January 2007. THE PINK PANTHER &
1964 2007 Metro-Goldwyn-Mayer Studios Inc. All Rights Reserved. The color
PINK is a registered trademark of Owens Corning. 2007 Owens Corning.

QuietZone
Acoustic Batts
Product Data Sheet
performance desired. The STC
performance data for various wall
constructions can be found on
pages 3 and 4.

Lightweight and pre-cut


to 93" or 105" lengths for
quick installation and
easy transportation.

Durable Composition
QuietZone acoustic batts:

Faced batts are easily identified


by attractive, PINK-kraft facing
featuring large images of the
PINK PANTHER.

Are dimensionally stable.


Will not slump over time.

Owens Corning QuietZone


acoustic batts are an essential
part of controlling noise
transmission between rooms. The
QuietZone acoustic batt actually
absorbs sound vibrations within
the wall cavity to control noise in
the home.
QuietZone acoustic batts help
reduce noise transmission coming
from laundry rooms,
entertainment rooms, family
rooms and any other area where
noise is created. It can also be
used to create privacy in home
offices, master bedrooms or
other areas where peace and
quiet is desired.
Excellent Acoustical
Performance
QuietZone acoustic batts provide
excellent in-place acoustical
performance. Depending on the
construction method used,
QuietZone acoustic batts can
improve Sound Transmission
Class ratings by 4 to 10 dBs.
Installation advantages can help a
contractor achieve the acoustical

Are composed of inorganic


glass fibers which do not
absorb water.

Easily stapled and cleanly


fabricated to allow for
improved workmanship and
acoustical performance.

Maintain original acoustic


properties over time.

Compliant with building


codes and standards.

Will not rot or mildew.

Product Installation
QuietZone acoustic batts are
designed for interior cavities only
and are not recommended for
exterior walls. The facing on this
product is provided for ease of
installation and is not a vapor
retarder.

Product Benefits:
Differentiate the homes
you build with increased
performance.
Increase sales by offering
unique up-sell options.
Provide homeowners with
quieter, more peaceful
living conditions.
Enhance your image by
positioning yourself as an
acoustic solutions expert.
Save homeowners time and
money by suggesting noise
control prior to new home
construction compared to
retrofitting at a later date.
Product Attributes
QuietZone acoustic batts are:
Acoustically engineered to
absorb sound vibrations.
Installed between interior walls,
floors, and ceilings when
constructed of standard wood
framing members.

Insulation must fit snugly


into place, filling the cavity
completely.
Staple batts along kraft
flanges to the inside of the
wall framing.
In cases where wall penetrations
apply, cut with a utility knife to
fit around wiring, outlets,
junction boxes, pipes and
other obstructions.
For desired performance, keep
batts dry during shipping,
storage and installation.
QuietZone acoustic batts may
be installed with the facing
toward either side of interior
walls, floors, or ceilings in
conventional wood stud
construction.

QuietZone
Acoustic Batts
Product Data Sheet
QuietZone acoustic batts (15" or
23" width) will be required in
the cavity space between wall
framing sections spaced either
16" or 24" o.c.
Owens Corning QuietZone
acoustic batts will be required
to fill the cavity space between
wall framing sections spaced
either 16" or 24" o.c. when
using 2x6 QuietZone acoustic
wall framing.
Product Applications
QuietZone Quiet Foundations
Noise Control System
Using single 2x4 wood studs (16"
o.c.), QuietZone acoustic batts,
and " Type X gypsum board
provides basic noise control
between adjoining rooms.
QuietZone acoustic batts can
improve conventional wood stud
walls to a Sound Transmission
Class (STC) rating of 39.

QuietZone Quiet Retreats


Studs, Batts, Caulk and Mat
Using QuietZone acoustic framing
on 24 centers, 2x6 QuietZone
acoustic wall studs, double layers
5 8 Type X gypsum drywall each
side, 5 QuietZone acoustic batts.
In this assembly wall performance
improves to an STC rating of 63.
Technical Design
Considerations
Acoustical performance of
interior drywall partitions can
be substantially improved by
including a number of important
design and construction details.
Important details include sealing
the perimeter of walls, wall intersection construction details, and

Technical Data
Wood Frame Construction

Width

Length

Thickness

Pieces Per Package Sq. Ft./m2 Linear Ft./m

Faced Batts
15"

381mm

93"

2362mm

3"

89mm

16

155/14.40

124/37.8

15"

381mm

105"

2664mm

3"

89mm

16

175/16.26

140/42.7

15"

394mm

93"

2362mm

5"

139mm

10

101/9.38

78/23.8

23"

584mm

93"

2362mm

3"

89mm

16

238/22.11

124/37.8

15"

381mm

105"

2664mm

3"

89mm

1 (Roll)

88/8.18

70/21.3

Unfaced Batts
15"

387mm

93"

2362mm

3"

89mm

16

155/14.40

124/37.8

15 "

387mm

105"

2664mm

3"

89mm

16

178/16.54

140/42.7

23 "

591mm

93"

2362mm

3"

89mm

16

241/22.39

124/37.8

QuietZone acoustic batts comply with the requirements of the Uniform Building Code (ICBO) building types III, IV,
and V; National Building Code (BOCAI) building types 3, 4, and 5; and Standard Building Code (SBCCI) building
types III, V, VI.

Dimensional Stability
Linear Shrinkage

Less than 0.1%

Water Absorption
Max. by Volume

the location and proper installation of electrical outlets, ducts,


doors and mechanical equipment.
Perimeter Sealing
Seal walls on both sides at top
and bottom plates with a
non-hardening, permanently
resilient caulking such as a
butyl rubber-base compound.
Where required, two layers of
wallboard, properly staggered,
joint compound and tape will
effectively seal corners.
Doors
Where optimum acoustical
control is desired, solid wood
core doors or insulated metal
doors should be specified. Door
tops and sides should be gasketed
with a soft weather stripping.
Use of threshold closures at the
bottom of the door or air seals
will reduce sound transmission.

Less than 0.05%

Figure 1
Single wood studs, QuietZone acoustic batt insulation
and a single layer of Type X gypsum board.

QuietZone
Acoustic Batts
Product Data Sheet
Single Wood Stud Wall System
STC

STC
Test No.

Fire
Rating

Fire
Test

36

OCF423

Single wood studs 16" o.c.; single layer 5/8" type "x" gypsum drywall each side;
one thickness, 3" thick QuietZone Acoustic Batts

1 Hr.

UL U305

39

W2069

Single wood studs 16" o.c.; single layer " type "x" gypsum drywall each side;
one thickness, 3" thick QuietZone Acoustic Batts

N.A.

40

W2469

Single wood studs 16" o.c.; double layer " type "x" gypsum drywall one side,
single layer other side; one thickness, 3" thick QuietZone Acoustic Batts

N.A.

45

W2569

Single wood studs 16" o.c.; double layer " type "x" gypsum drywall each side;
one thickness, 3" thick QuietZone Acoustic Batts

1 Hr.1

UL U305

Construction Description

Rating is estimated from tests using thinner assemblies of fewer layers of gypsum drywall. Specific test references are available and will be provided upon request.

Single Wood Stud with Resilient Channel Wall System


STC

STC
Test No.

Fire
Rating

Fire
Test

46

W0769

Single wood studs, resilient channel; single layer " type "x" gypsum drywall each side;
one thickness. 3" thick QuietZone Acoustic Batts

N.A.

50

WP32302

Single wood studs, resilient channel; single layer 5/8" type "x" gypsum drywall each side;
one thickness, 3" thick QuietZone Acoustic Batts

1 Hr.

OSU T-3127

52

W0669

Single wood studs, resilient channel; single layer " type "x" gypsum drywall one side,
double layer other side; one thickness, 3" thick QuietZone Acoustic Batts

N.A.

56

W0569

Single wood studs, resilient channel; double layer " type "x" gypsum drywall each side;
one thickness, 3" thick QuietZone Acoustic Batts

1 Hr.1

OSU T-3127

Construction Description

Rating is estimated from tests using thinner assemblies of fewer layers of gypsum drywall. Specific test references are available and will be provided upon request.
Listed in the Gyspum Association Fire Resistance Design Manual

Staggered Wood Stud Wall System


STC

STC
Test No.

Fire
Rating

Fire
Test

46

W5769

Staggered wood studs 16" o.c.; single layer 5/8" type "x" gypsum drywall each side;
one thickness, 3" thick QuietZone Acoustic Batts

1 hr.1

UL U305

51

W01486

Staggered wood studs 16" o.c.; single layer " type "x" gypsum drywall each side;
one thickness, 3" thick QuietZone Acoustic Batts

N.A.

51

OC5FC

Staggered wood studs 16" o.c.; single layer " type "x" gypsum drywall each side;
two thicknesses, 3" thick QuietZone Acoustic Batts

1 hr.

OSU 4970

53

W4769

Staggered wood studs 24" o.c.; double layer " type "x" gypsum drywall one side,
single layer other side; one thickness, 3" thick QuietZone Acoustic Batts

N.A.

55

W4869

Staggered wood studs 24" o.c.; double layer " type "x" gypsum drywall each side;
one thickness, 3" thick QuietZone Acoustic Batts

1 hr.1

UL U309

Construction Description

Rating is estimated from tests using thinner assemblies of fewer layers of gypsum drywall. Specific test references are available and will be provided upon request.

QuietZone Wall Framing System


STC

STC
Test No.

Fire
Rating

Fire
Test

57

E90-99087

2x4 QuietZone Acoustic Framing on 16 centers, double layers type "x" gypsum
drywall each side, 3" thick QuietZone Acoustic Batts

1 hr.1

UL U305

60

E90-01029

2x6 QuietZone Acoustic Framing on 16 centers, double layers 5/8" type "x" gypsum
drywall each side; 5" thick QuietZone Acoustic Batts

N.A.

63

E90-99102

2x6 QuietZone Acoustic Framing on 24 centers, double layers 5/8" type "x" gypsum
drywall each side; 5" thick QuietZone Acoustic Batts

1 hr.

OSU 4970

Construction Description

QuietZone
Acoustic Batts
Product Data Sheet
Sliding doors should be avoided
where optimum noise control
is desired. Doors opening on
hallways should not open across
from one another.
Electrical
Light switches and outlets should
not be located back-to-back.
Ceiling fixtures should be surface
mounted and openings around
boxes should be sealed airtight.
Circuit breaker boxes, telephone
outlets and intercom systems
should be located on wellinsulated interior walls and never
on exterior, part or hallway walls.
Plumbing
Pipe runs should be designed
with swing arms so expansion
and contraction can occur
without binding, thus eliminating
unwanted water flow generated
sound. Piping should also be
isolated from surrounding
structures with resilient mounts.
Installation of fixtures back-toback should be avoided. In all
cases, openings made in walls
should be caulked or sealed
to ensure optimum acoustical
integrity.
Ducts and HVAC Equipment
Since ducts can easily transmit
sound, duct design should be
given special consideration when
planning the heating and air
conditioning system.
The installation of a quiet,
high quality heating and air
conditioning unit is recommended
to reduce duct-carried noise.
When possible, isolate equipment
away from quiet areas.

Owens Corning offers a variety


of duct systems, wraps and liners
that effectively reduce noise.
Fire Safety
Kraft facing will burn. Do not
leave exposed. Facing must be
installed in substantial contact
with an approved ceiling, floor
or wall material. Keep open
flame and other heat sources
away from facing. Do not place
insulation within 3 of light
fixtures or similar electrical
devices unless device is labeled
for contact with insulation. Use
only unfaced insulation between
wood framing and masonry
chimneys. Do not use insulation
in spaces around metal chimneys,
fireplaces, or flues. Unfaced
insulation is considered noncombustible by model building
codes. Flame Spread 25 products
are flame spread rated and can
be left exposed where codes
allow. See package for warnings,
fire hazard and installation
instructions, or call 1-419-248-8234.
Applicable Standards
QuietZone acoustic batts
comply with:
ASTM C 665, Type II,
Class C. Federal Specification
HH-I-521F has been cancelled
and is replaced by ASTM
C 665.

Uniform Building Code (ICBO)


building types III, IV, and V
National Building Code
(BOCA) building types
3, 4, and 5
Standard Building Code
(SBCCI) building types
III, V, and VI.
Always check with your local
building code official regarding
local requirements affecting
installation of all building
components.
Fiber Glass and Mold
As manufactured, fiber glass
insulation is resistant to mold
growth. However, mold growth
can occur on building materials,
including insulation, when it
becomes contaminated with
organic material and when water
is present. To avoid mold growth
on fiber glass insulation, remove
any water that has accumulated
and correct or repair the source
of that water as soon as possible.
Insulation that has become wet
should be inspected for evidence
of residual moisture and
contamination, and any insulation
that is contaminated should be
promptly removed and replaced.
For more information on
QuietZone acoustic batts or the
QuietZone Noise Control System,
call 1-800-GET-PINK or visit our
Web site at:
www.quietzone.com

OWENS CORNING INSULATING SYSTEMS, LLC


ONE OWENS CORNING PARKWAY
TOLEDO, OHIO, USA 43659
1- 800 - GET- PINK
www.owenscorning.com
Pub. No. 102321-A. Printed in U.S.A. January 2007. THE PINK PANTHER &
1964 2007 Metro-Goldwyn-Mayer Studios Inc. All Rights Reserved. The color
PINK is a registered trademark of Owens Corning. 2007 Owens Corning.

QuietZone

QuietZone

Acoustic Floor Mat

Acoustic Floor Mat

Installation Instructions
concrete material per
manufacturers instructions on
top of the QuietZone Acoustic
Floor Mat so there is a layer of
gypsum concrete at least 1
thick covering the entire floor
surface area.
3. 1 Alternative to Gypsum
Concrete Using USG
LEVELROCK Brand Floor
Underlayment 2500 or 3500
Apply USG LEVELROCK
Brand Floor Primer or
equivalent over QuietZone
Acoustic Floor Mat following
manufacturers instructions for
mixing and application.
Pour USG LEVELROCK Brand
Floor Underlayment 2500
or 3500 over floor primer
to a minimum thickness of
1. Follow manufacturers
instructions for mixing and
application.
Depending on the finish
floor application, apply
LEVELROCK Brand Surface
Enhancer SE-100 over the
USG LEVELROCK gypsum
concrete topping. Follow
manufacturers instructions to
determine when and how to
apply.
For a tile finish floor add:
Noble Company, NobleBond
21 Adhesive following
manufacturers instructions
Noble Company, NobleBond
CIS Crack Suppression
Membrane following
manufacturers instructions

4. Clean-up
Remove tape from wall.

Installation Instructions
For more information, call
1-800-GET-PINK or visit our
Web site at: www.quietzone.com

Typical Physical Properties


Property

Test Method

Compressive Strength, Vertical Direction

ASTM D 3575 93 Suffi x D @ 25%/50%

Value
720/1800 (psf )
19% (81% Recovery)

Trim away excess QuietZone


acoustic floor mat so that
the mat is flush with the
finished floor.

Compression Set
(50% deflection requires a loading of 1800 psf )

ASTM D 3575 93 Suffi x B

Nominal Density

ASTM C 303

2.2 (pcf )

Water Absorption

ASTM D 3575 93 Suffi x L

<0.1 (psf )

Thermal Resistance R-Value

ASTM C 518 85

1.3 (HrFt. 2F/BTU)

Add baseboard or finishing


trim as required.

Surface Burning Charateristics


Flame Spread
Smoke Developed

ASTM E 841

Design Considerations
QuietZone Acoustic Floor Mat is
to be placed between the
subfloor and plywood or gypsum
concrete overlayment to create
an isolation layer for sound
vibrations and impact noises such
as foot traffic. The plywood or
gypsum concrete overlayment,
once installed, floats on top of
the floor mat providing a rigid
surface for the finished flooring.
Fire Safety & Applicable
Standards
QuietZone Acoustic Floor Mat has
been tested in accordance with
ASTM E-84 with resulting flame
spread/smoke developed indices
of 20/50. Thermal barrier and
structural requirements are met
by using 1 of gypsum concrete
or 2 layers of 3 8 exterior grade
plywood.
Always check with your local
building code official regarding
local requirements affecting
installation of all building
components.
OWENS CORNING INSULATING SYSTEMS, LLC
ONE OWENS CORNING PARKWAY
TOLEDO, OHIO 43659
1-800-GET-PINK
www.owenscorning.com
Pub. No. 102322-B. Printed in U.S.A. January 2008. THE PINK PANTHER &
1964 -2008 Metro - Goldwyn- Mayer Studios Inc. All Rights Reserved.
T h e c o l o r P I N K i s a r e g i s te r e d t r a d e m a r k o f O w e n s C o r n i n g .
2008 Owens Corning.

IMPORTANT: For proper


acoustic isolation, QuietZone
Acoustic Floor Mat must be laid
on a clean, dry and level surface
covering the entire floor area
with the mat turned up at each
wall and should be installed after
the drywall has been applied. A
gypsum concrete or two-layer
plywood raft is installed to float
on top of the floor mat and
provide a rigid surface for finished
flooring.
Excellent Acoustical
Performance
QuietZone Acoustic Floor Mat,
composed of a lightweight, closed
cell, extruded polyethylene
foam, is acoustically engineered
to isolate sound vibrations and
impact noises. Wall performance
will also increase, as flanking noise
will be reduced.
Commercial applications, such as
hotel rooms, conference rooms
and condominiums as well as
residential applications like home
theaters or laundry rooms are
ideal areas for noise control
treatment.

20
50

ASTM E84 is a standard used to measure and describe the properties of materials, products or assemblies in response
to heat and flame under controlled laboratory conditions using proper construction techniques and assembly.
Improper installation can adversely affect fire performance.

Technical Data
Property

Test Method

Material

Polyethylene foam with an anti-static agent

Package Form

Roll

Length

35 ft.

Width

4 ft.

Area

140 Sq. Ft.

Thickness

3 8

Roll Diameter

14 in.

Roll Weight

10.25 lbs.

in. (9.5mm)

Specification
Sound rated floor material shall be 3 8 (9.5mm) thick closed cell polyethylene foam with an anti-static agent.
The sound rated material shall be QuietZone Acoustic Floor mat as supplied by Owens Corning.

Durable Material
Composition
QuietZone Acoustic Floor Mat has
exceptional compressive strength,
while also being resilient enough
to absorb impact vibrations. It will
retain its acoustic properties over
time while also being resistant to
moisture, mold and fungus.

Fast, High Quality


Installation
QuietZone Acoustic Floor Mat is
lightweight, easy to cut and install.
Installed beneath 1 gypsum
concrete or a double layer of 3 8
exterior-grade plywood and
finished flooring, QuietZone
Acoustic Floor Mat isolates and
minimizes structure-borne noise
from transferring to adjacent
areas or rooms. Refer to product
packaging for complete
installation instructions.

QuietZone

QuietZone

Acoustic Floor Mat

Acoustic Floor Mat

Installation Instructions

wood laminate
carpet and padding
1. Install Floor Mat
Roll out QuietZone Acoustic
Floor Mat directly on top of the
subfloor so that the entire floor
surface area is covered and
3-4 of floor mat is turned up
along wall.
Butt adjoining edges of floor
mat against each other and
tape all seams with standard
(2 wide) building tape. Also,
tape the turned up edges to
the wall to help with installation
of the wood raft.
Ensure the QuietZone Acoustic
Floor Mat is free of any tears or
punctures.
2. Install Plywood Raft on Top
of Floor Mat
Combine two layers of 3 8 (or
thicker), exterior, AC-grade
plywood together. (Note: two
layers of plywood should be
used with hardwood finished
flooring.) Select plywood that
is uniform, flat, dry and free
of defect to ensure that the
finished floor is level. Allow the
plywood to become acclimated
to the environment so that the
wood is dry and the moisture
content has stabilized. This can
be done by standing the panels
on edge for several days in
the rooms where they will be

Place one layer of plywood


directly on top of the floor
mat so the entire surface area
is covered. Space the plywood
panels so that there is a 1 8
gap between adjacent pieces of
plywood and from the walls.
Apply an even coat of standard
wood glue to the top surface
of bottom layer of plywood,
and then place a second
layer of plywood onto glued
surface. The second layer of
plywood should be oriented
perpendicular to the bottom
layer with the joints staggered.
The finished surface of the
plywood forms the top surface
of the raft. Space the plywood
panels so that there is a 1 8
gap between adjacent pieces of
plywood and from wall.
Fasten the two layers of
plywood together using
long wood screws spaced 12
apart across entire surface
area, including the joints and
perimeter. Use 1 long screws
when plywood is being
installed.
NOTE: Since wood is a natural
material, it is susceptible to
dimensional change. Providing
a gap around all edges of
the plywood panels should
accommodate any dimensional
change. However, in the
event that the plywood raft
does not lay evenly over the
QuietZone Acoustic Floor Mat,
one may selectively screw

down the plywood raft (up to


16 oc) without significantly
compromising the acoustic
performance of the system. Care
should be taken to use wood
screws that completely penetrate
the subfloor without entering into
the floor joists.

Figure 1
STC-63
IIC-55

STC-73
IIC-63

Wood Parquet Flooring

Tile Flooring

Cut a strip of QuietZone


Acoustic Floor Mat 3-4 wide
and place strip along wall and
tape edge to the floor mat on
the subfloor.

2 layers of 3 8 exterior grade plywood


1 reinforced mortar bed
3
8 Owens Corning
QuietZone Acoustic Floor Mat

3. Install Finished Flooring


Install the finished flooring
as recommended by the
manufacturer.
Ensure that the finished
flooring is installed close
enough to the wall so that the
finishing trim will conceal the
QuietZone Acoustic Floor Mat.

NOTE: Floor mat strip should


form a sealed, right angle with the
floor mat on the subfloor.

Plywood Subfloor
2x10 wood joists, 16 o.c.
QuietZone Acoustic Batt

Tape the top of the perimeter


strip to the wall so that the
gypsum concrete can fill the
entire floor surface area.

Resilient Channel 24 o.c.


2 layer, 5 8 Resilient Gypsum Ceiling
Acoustic Testing completed by the
National Research Council of Canada.

Acoustic Testing completed by the


National Research Council of Canada.

4. Clean-up
Remove tape from wall.
Trim away excess QuietZone
Acoustic Floor Mat so that
the mat is flush with the
finished floor.

Passed Heavy Rating when tested in


accordance with ASTM C 627 by the
Tile Council of America.

Figure 2
Concrete Slab Construction
Finished Flooring

Finished Flooring
1 reinforced mortar bed
3

8 Owens Corning
QuietZone Acoustic Floor Mat

Add baseboard or finishing


trim as required.
Installation with Gypsum
Concrete Raft
Note: for use with
hardwood

Butt adjoining edges of floor


mat against each other and
tape all seams with standard
(2 wide) building tape.

Wood Frame Construction

6 Reinforced concrete slab

QuietZone Acoustic
Batt Insulation
5

8 Resilient Gypsum Ceiling

Acoustic Testing completed by


Riverbank Acoustical Laboratories.

STC

IIC

Vinyl
RAL-TL99-213;
RAL-IN99-18

59

59

Laminate Wood
RAL-TL99-214;
RAL-IN99-19

59

58

Tile1
RAL-TL88-217;
RAL-IN99-17

58

57

1
Passed Light Commercial Rating when tested in
accordance with ASTM C 627 by the Tile Council
of America.

vinyl
ceramic tile
wood laminate
carpet and padding
1. Install Floor Mat
Roll out QuietZone Acoustic
Floor Mat directly on top of the
subfloor so that the entire floor
surface area is covered and
floor mat just touches the wall.

Figure 3

Figure 4

Installation with Plywood Raft

Installation with Gypsum Concrete Raft

Plywood Raft: Two staggered layers


of 38 exterior, AC-grade plywood
(use two layers of plywood
when installing hardwood flooring).

QuietZone
Acoustic
Floor Mat

Finished Flooring

Sub-floor

Gypsum Concrete Raft:


1 or 1 thick
Wall

Wall
QuietZone
Acoustic
Floor Mat

Finished Flooring

Sub-floor

Trim

vinyl

installed. It is recommended
that all of the plywood raft
pieces needed are pre-cut
prior to assembly.

Trim

Installation with
Plywood Raft
Note: for use with
hardwood

Installation Instructions

Ensure the QuietZone Acoustic


Floor Mat is free of any tears or
punctures.
2. Install Gypsum Concrete Raft
on Top of Floor Mat
Pour the lightweight gypsum

CAUTION: COMBUSTIBLE.
This product should not be
exposed to open flames
or other possible ignition
sources. It may contain
flammable vapors and should
be stored in well ventilated
areas. Further processing of
the product may result in the
localized release of flammable
vapors. This product should
be installed in such a way
that it is separated from the
building interior by a thermal
barrier. Typical thermal
barriers are a minimum of 5 8
plywood or 1 thick concrete.
Please refer to the Material
Safety Data Sheet for more
information.

QuietZone

QuietZone

Acoustic Floor Mat

Acoustic Floor Mat

Installation Instructions

wood laminate
carpet and padding
1. Install Floor Mat
Roll out QuietZone Acoustic
Floor Mat directly on top of the
subfloor so that the entire floor
surface area is covered and
3-4 of floor mat is turned up
along wall.
Butt adjoining edges of floor
mat against each other and
tape all seams with standard
(2 wide) building tape. Also,
tape the turned up edges to
the wall to help with installation
of the wood raft.
Ensure the QuietZone Acoustic
Floor Mat is free of any tears or
punctures.
2. Install Plywood Raft on Top
of Floor Mat
Combine two layers of 3 8 (or
thicker), exterior, AC-grade
plywood together. (Note: two
layers of plywood should be
used with hardwood finished
flooring.) Select plywood that
is uniform, flat, dry and free
of defect to ensure that the
finished floor is level. Allow the
plywood to become acclimated
to the environment so that the
wood is dry and the moisture
content has stabilized. This can
be done by standing the panels
on edge for several days in
the rooms where they will be

Place one layer of plywood


directly on top of the floor
mat so the entire surface area
is covered. Space the plywood
panels so that there is a 1 8
gap between adjacent pieces of
plywood and from the walls.
Apply an even coat of standard
wood glue to the top surface
of bottom layer of plywood,
and then place a second
layer of plywood onto glued
surface. The second layer of
plywood should be oriented
perpendicular to the bottom
layer with the joints staggered.
The finished surface of the
plywood forms the top surface
of the raft. Space the plywood
panels so that there is a 1 8
gap between adjacent pieces of
plywood and from wall.
Fasten the two layers of
plywood together using
long wood screws spaced 12
apart across entire surface
area, including the joints and
perimeter. Use 1 long screws
when plywood is being
installed.
NOTE: Since wood is a natural
material, it is susceptible to
dimensional change. Providing
a gap around all edges of
the plywood panels should
accommodate any dimensional
change. However, in the
event that the plywood raft
does not lay evenly over the
QuietZone Acoustic Floor Mat,
one may selectively screw

down the plywood raft (up to


16 oc) without significantly
compromising the acoustic
performance of the system. Care
should be taken to use wood
screws that completely penetrate
the subfloor without entering into
the floor joists.

Figure 1
STC-63
IIC-55

STC-73
IIC-63

Wood Parquet Flooring

Tile Flooring

Cut a strip of QuietZone


Acoustic Floor Mat 3-4 wide
and place strip along wall and
tape edge to the floor mat on
the subfloor.

2 layers of 3 8 exterior grade plywood


1 reinforced mortar bed
3
8 Owens Corning
QuietZone Acoustic Floor Mat

3. Install Finished Flooring


Install the finished flooring
as recommended by the
manufacturer.
Ensure that the finished
flooring is installed close
enough to the wall so that the
finishing trim will conceal the
QuietZone Acoustic Floor Mat.

NOTE: Floor mat strip should


form a sealed, right angle with the
floor mat on the subfloor.

Plywood Subfloor
2x10 wood joists, 16 o.c.
QuietZone Acoustic Batt

Tape the top of the perimeter


strip to the wall so that the
gypsum concrete can fill the
entire floor surface area.

Resilient Channel 24 o.c.


2 layer, 5 8 Resilient Gypsum Ceiling
Acoustic Testing completed by the
National Research Council of Canada.

Acoustic Testing completed by the


National Research Council of Canada.

4. Clean-up
Remove tape from wall.
Trim away excess QuietZone
Acoustic Floor Mat so that
the mat is flush with the
finished floor.

Passed Heavy Rating when tested in


accordance with ASTM C 627 by the
Tile Council of America.

Figure 2
Concrete Slab Construction
Finished Flooring

Finished Flooring
1 reinforced mortar bed
3

8 Owens Corning
QuietZone Acoustic Floor Mat

Add baseboard or finishing


trim as required.
Installation with Gypsum
Concrete Raft
Note: for use with
hardwood

Butt adjoining edges of floor


mat against each other and
tape all seams with standard
(2 wide) building tape.

Wood Frame Construction

6 Reinforced concrete slab

QuietZone Acoustic
Batt Insulation
5

8 Resilient Gypsum Ceiling

Acoustic Testing completed by


Riverbank Acoustical Laboratories.

STC

IIC

Vinyl
RAL-TL99-213;
RAL-IN99-18

59

59

Laminate Wood
RAL-TL99-214;
RAL-IN99-19

59

58

Tile1
RAL-TL88-217;
RAL-IN99-17

58

57

1
Passed Light Commercial Rating when tested in
accordance with ASTM C 627 by the Tile Council
of America.

vinyl
ceramic tile
wood laminate
carpet and padding
1. Install Floor Mat
Roll out QuietZone Acoustic
Floor Mat directly on top of the
subfloor so that the entire floor
surface area is covered and
floor mat just touches the wall.

Figure 3

Figure 4

Installation with Plywood Raft

Installation with Gypsum Concrete Raft

Plywood Raft: Two staggered layers


of 38 exterior, AC-grade plywood
(use two layers of plywood
when installing hardwood flooring).

QuietZone
Acoustic
Floor Mat

Finished Flooring

Sub-floor

Gypsum Concrete Raft:


1 or 1 thick
Wall

Wall
QuietZone
Acoustic
Floor Mat

Finished Flooring

Sub-floor

Trim

vinyl

installed. It is recommended
that all of the plywood raft
pieces needed are pre-cut
prior to assembly.

Trim

Installation with
Plywood Raft
Note: for use with
hardwood

Installation Instructions

Ensure the QuietZone Acoustic


Floor Mat is free of any tears or
punctures.
2. Install Gypsum Concrete Raft
on Top of Floor Mat
Pour the lightweight gypsum

CAUTION: COMBUSTIBLE.
This product should not be
exposed to open flames
or other possible ignition
sources. It may contain
flammable vapors and should
be stored in well ventilated
areas. Further processing of
the product may result in the
localized release of flammable
vapors. This product should
be installed in such a way
that it is separated from the
building interior by a thermal
barrier. Typical thermal
barriers are a minimum of 5 8
plywood or 1 thick concrete.
Please refer to the Material
Safety Data Sheet for more
information.

QuietZone

QuietZone

Acoustic Floor Mat

Acoustic Floor Mat

Installation Instructions
concrete material per
manufacturers instructions on
top of the QuietZone Acoustic
Floor Mat so there is a layer of
gypsum concrete at least 1
thick covering the entire floor
surface area.
3. 1 Alternative to Gypsum
Concrete Using USG
LEVELROCK Brand Floor
Underlayment 2500 or 3500
Apply USG LEVELROCK
Brand Floor Primer or
equivalent over QuietZone
Acoustic Floor Mat following
manufacturers instructions for
mixing and application.
Pour USG LEVELROCK Brand
Floor Underlayment 2500
or 3500 over floor primer
to a minimum thickness of
1. Follow manufacturers
instructions for mixing and
application.
Depending on the finish
floor application, apply
LEVELROCK Brand Surface
Enhancer SE-100 over the
USG LEVELROCK gypsum
concrete topping. Follow
manufacturers instructions to
determine when and how to
apply.
For a tile finish floor add:
Noble Company, NobleBond
21 Adhesive following
manufacturers instructions
Noble Company, NobleBond
CIS Crack Suppression
Membrane following
manufacturers instructions

4. Clean-up
Remove tape from wall.

Installation Instructions
For more information, call
1-800-GET-PINK or visit our
Web site at: www.quietzone.com

Typical Physical Properties


Property

Test Method

Compressive Strength, Vertical Direction

ASTM D 3575 93 Suffi x D @ 25%/50%

Value
720/1800 (psf )
19% (81% Recovery)

Trim away excess QuietZone


acoustic floor mat so that
the mat is flush with the
finished floor.

Compression Set
(50% deflection requires a loading of 1800 psf )

ASTM D 3575 93 Suffi x B

Nominal Density

ASTM C 303

2.2 (pcf )

Water Absorption

ASTM D 3575 93 Suffi x L

<0.1 (psf )

Thermal Resistance R-Value

ASTM C 518 85

1.3 (HrFt. 2F/BTU)

Add baseboard or finishing


trim as required.

Surface Burning Charateristics


Flame Spread
Smoke Developed

ASTM E 841

Design Considerations
QuietZone Acoustic Floor Mat is
to be placed between the
subfloor and plywood or gypsum
concrete overlayment to create
an isolation layer for sound
vibrations and impact noises such
as foot traffic. The plywood or
gypsum concrete overlayment,
once installed, floats on top of
the floor mat providing a rigid
surface for the finished flooring.
Fire Safety & Applicable
Standards
QuietZone Acoustic Floor Mat has
been tested in accordance with
ASTM E-84 with resulting flame
spread/smoke developed indices
of 20/50. Thermal barrier and
structural requirements are met
by using 1 of gypsum concrete
or 2 layers of 3 8 exterior grade
plywood.
Always check with your local
building code official regarding
local requirements affecting
installation of all building
components.
OWENS CORNING INSULATING SYSTEMS, LLC
ONE OWENS CORNING PARKWAY
TOLEDO, OHIO 43659
1-800-GET-PINK
www.owenscorning.com
Pub. No. 102322-B. Printed in U.S.A. January 2008. THE PINK PANTHER &
1964 -2008 Metro - Goldwyn- Mayer Studios Inc. All Rights Reserved.
T h e c o l o r P I N K i s a r e g i s te r e d t r a d e m a r k o f O w e n s C o r n i n g .
2008 Owens Corning.

IMPORTANT: For proper


acoustic isolation, QuietZone
Acoustic Floor Mat must be laid
on a clean, dry and level surface
covering the entire floor area
with the mat turned up at each
wall and should be installed after
the drywall has been applied. A
gypsum concrete or two-layer
plywood raft is installed to float
on top of the floor mat and
provide a rigid surface for finished
flooring.
Excellent Acoustical
Performance
QuietZone Acoustic Floor Mat,
composed of a lightweight, closed
cell, extruded polyethylene
foam, is acoustically engineered
to isolate sound vibrations and
impact noises. Wall performance
will also increase, as flanking noise
will be reduced.
Commercial applications, such as
hotel rooms, conference rooms
and condominiums as well as
residential applications like home
theaters or laundry rooms are
ideal areas for noise control
treatment.

20
50

ASTM E84 is a standard used to measure and describe the properties of materials, products or assemblies in response
to heat and flame under controlled laboratory conditions using proper construction techniques and assembly.
Improper installation can adversely affect fire performance.

Technical Data
Property

Test Method

Material

Polyethylene foam with an anti-static agent

Package Form

Roll

Length

35 ft.

Width

4 ft.

Area

140 Sq. Ft.

Thickness

3 8

Roll Diameter

14 in.

Roll Weight

10.25 lbs.

in. (9.5mm)

Specification
Sound rated floor material shall be 3 8 (9.5mm) thick closed cell polyethylene foam with an anti-static agent.
The sound rated material shall be QuietZone Acoustic Floor mat as supplied by Owens Corning.

Durable Material
Composition
QuietZone Acoustic Floor Mat has
exceptional compressive strength,
while also being resilient enough
to absorb impact vibrations. It will
retain its acoustic properties over
time while also being resistant to
moisture, mold and fungus.

Fast, High Quality


Installation
QuietZone Acoustic Floor Mat is
lightweight, easy to cut and install.
Installed beneath 1 gypsum
concrete or a double layer of 3 8
exterior-grade plywood and
finished flooring, QuietZone
Acoustic Floor Mat isolates and
minimizes structure-borne noise
from transferring to adjacent
areas or rooms. Refer to product
packaging for complete
installation instructions.

EcoTouch Sound Attenuation Batts


with PureFiber Technology
Product Data Sheet
Description
EcoTouch Sound Attenuation
Batts (SABs) are unfaced,
lightweight, flexible fiberglass
insulation batts, designed to
deliver noise control in metal
stud wall cavities of interior
partitions. Manufactured to fit
metal framing, they come in 2"
and 3" thicknesses, with lengths
of 8.'
Product Attributes
Excellent Acoustical Performance
Sound Attenuation Batts
provide excellent acoustical
performance for metal framed
interior partitions. Depending
on the construction method
and components used, SABs
can improve STC (Sound
Transmission Class) ratings by
4-10 points over an empty cavity.
Easy to Install and Fabricate
Sound Attenuation Batts are
1
8" wider than stud spacing
for easy friction-fit installation.
No adhesives or fasteners are
required. Supplementary support
should be provided when the
SABs do not fill the cavity or if
one side of the cavity is left open
and the partition is 8' or higher.
SABs are easily cut to fit around
wires, outlets, junction boxes,
pipes and other obstructions.
Friction fit installation and easy
fabrication, improves installation
speed and workmanship.
Acoustic performance of a wall
assembly can be affected by
workmanship and attention to
detail while constructing a wall.
Data on acoustic performance of
specific wall assemblies is available
on page 2.

Acoustic Comparison of Cavity Insulation Types


Gypsum Board

Insulation Type

Test Number

STC

One layer each side.


8 "

None

TL-92-618

38

8 "

Glass fiber

TL-93-325

49

8 "

Mineral fiber

TL-93-327

47

8 "

Cellulose (spray)

TL-93-049

45
52

5
5
5
5

One layer one side, two layers the other side


8 "

Glass fiber

TL-92-420

8 "

Mineral fiber

TL-93-329

53

8 "

Cellulose (spray)

TL-93-050

49

8 "

Cellulose (blown)

TL-92-437

49

5
5
5
5

3 58 " 25 Gauge Non Load Bearing Studs at 16" on center NRC-CNRC Internal Report IRC-IR-693, October 1995

Available Sizes
Thickness

Width

Length

2"

16"/24" (406mm/609mm)

96"

3"

16"/24" (406mm/609mm)

96"

Reality of Sound Transmission


Class (STC).
STC is a method of rating airborne
sound transmission performance
of a wall or floor assembly. It is
intended as a quick screening
tool to compare different wall or
floor assemblies. STC ratings are
determined in a laboratory under
controlled conditions. Even then,
differences of 1-2 points STC can
occur for the same assembly in
the same laboratory. In the field,
flanking noise, quality of material
and construction practices can
lead to widely varied STCs for the
same assembly. Typically a two
(2) or more point change in STC
is necessary to notice an audible
difference.
Product Comparison
Independent ASTM E90-1990
testing was used to determine
Sound Transmission Class in
accordance with ASTM E413 for
several types of building insulation.
All the testing was done at
the same lab, using the same
individually tested components,
to give the most reproducible

results. The results show that


insulating the cavity is critical to
acoustic performance. It also
shows that the type of insulation
does not significantly affect the
performance of the assembly.
Design Considerations
Acoustical performance of metal
stud interior partitions can
be substantially affected by a
number of important design and
construction details. Important
details include:
1. Seal the bottom plate and any wall
penetrations with non-hardening
permanently resilient sealant.
2. Location and attachment of
outlets, ducts and mechanical
equipment. Plumbing should be
designed to allow for expansion
and contraction. Pipes should
also be isolated from structure
using resilient mounts.
3. Use solid core wood or
metal doors for best noise
control. Depending on HVAC
requirements, weather-stripping
may be used around the door to
reduce sound transmission.

EcoTouch Sound Attenuation Batts


with PureFiber Technology
Product Data Sheet
Fire Safety
Sound Attenuation Batts are
considered non-combustible
when tested in accordance with
ASTM E136. They are rated at
10 flame spread and 10 smoke
developed when tested in
accordance with ASTM E84. Wall
assemblies with SAB installed in
the cavities can achieve up to a
2 hour fire resistance rating when
tested in accordance with
ASTM E119.
Special
Due to the potential for skin
irritation Sound Attenuation
Batts should not be used in open
cavities that will be subject to
human contact. If specifying for
an open cavity, remember to use
supplemental support for heights
over 8.'
Product should be kept dry during
shipping, storage and installation.
Applicable Standards
Sound Attenuation Batt Insulation
is manufactured in compliance
with ASTM C665 Type I.
Laws regulating the New York
City Materials and Equipment
Acceptance (MEA) Division
have been repealed. Federal
Specification HH-I-521F has
been canceled and is replaced by
ASTM C665.

Surface Burning Characteristics/Building Code Construction


Classification1
Products

Flame Spread

Smoke Developed

ICBO

BOCA

SBCCI

ICC

10

10

All Types

All Types

All Types

All Types

Unfaced

1. Sound Attenuation Batt Insulation complies with ICBO (Uniform Building Code), BOCA (National Building Code)
and SBCCI (Standard Building Code) and ICC (International Building Code) model code requirements for building
costruction types listed above. Products are tested in accordance with Surface Burning Characteristics ASTM E84.

Water Absorption
Maximum by Volume

Less than 0.05%

Dimensional Stability
Linear Shrinkage

Less than 0.1%

Acoustic and Fire Ratings for Typical Steel Stud Partitions


STC Test No.

Construction Description

Fire
Test

Fire
Rating

Double Layer Wall System


56

W02184

" Type X gypsum; 3 58 " SS, 3" thick, EcoTouch Sound


Attenuation Batt Insulation

WP 1521

2 Hr.

54

W03084

" Type X gypsum; 2" SS, 2 " thick, EcoTouch Sound


Attenuation Batt Insulation

WP 1546

2 Hr.

Unbalanced Wall System (2 layer/1 layer gypsum)


55

W02484

Unbalanced 58 " Type X gypsum; 358 " SS, 3" thick, EcoTouch
Sound Attenuation Batt Insulation

WP 1052

1 Hr.

52

W02884

Unbalanced 58 " Type X gypsum; 2" SS, 2" thick, EcoTouch


Sound Attenuation Batt Insulation

UL U494

1 Hr.*

8 " Type X gypsum single layer, resilient channel, one side;


double layer other side; 3 58 " SS, 3" thick, EcoTouch Sound
Attenuation Batt Insulation

UL U465

1 Hr.*

Unbalanced with Resilient Channel Wall System


58

RAL-TL90-345

Single Layer Wall System


50

RAL-TL89-157

Single Layer 58 " Type X gypsum; 3 58 " SS, 3" thick, EcoTouch
Sound Attenuation Batt Insulation

UL U465

1 Hr.

47

W05182

Single Layer 58 " Type X gypsum; 2" SS, 2" thick, EcoTouch
Sound Attenuation Batt Insulation

UL U494

1 Hr.

UL U465

1 Hr.*

Single Layer with Resilient Channel Wall System


54

RAL-TL90-344

Single layer, resilient channel, one side only; 58 " Type X gypsum;
3 58 " SS, 3" thick, EcoTouch Sound Attenuation Batt Insulation

Listed in the Gypsum Association Fire Resistance Design Manual


Key: SS = Steel Stud

Formaldehyde

Disclaimer of Liability
Technical information contained herein is furnished
without charge or obligation and is given and accepted
at recipients sole risk. Because conditions of use may
vary and are beyond our control, Owens Corning makes
no representation about, and is not responsible or
liable for the accuracy or reliability of data associated
with particular uses of any product described herein.
Nothing contained in this bulletin shall be considered a
recommendation.
The GREENGUARD INDOOR AIR QUALITY
CERTIFIED mark is registered certification mark
used under license through the GREENGUARD
Environmental Institute.

FREE

OWENS CORNING INSULATING SYSTEMS, LLC


ONE OWENS CORNING PARKWAY
TOLEDO, OHIO 43659
1-800-GET-PINK
www.owenscorning.com
Pub. No. 18141- S. Printed in U.S. A . Januar y 2012. THE PINK
PANTHER & 1964-2012 Metro-Goldwyn-Mayer Studios Inc. All Rights
Reserved. The color PINK is a registered trademark of Owens Corning.
2012 Owens Corning.

EcoTouch PINK FIBERGLAS Insulation


with PureFiber Technology
Product Data Sheet
Surface Burning Characteristics/Building Code
Construction Classification
Products

Flame Spread

Smoke Developed

ICC

<25

<50

All Types

Foil Faced

<75

<150

III, IV, V

Kraft Faced

N/R

N/R

III, IV, V

Unfaced

EcoTouch Insulation complies with ICC (International Building Code), model code requirements for building
construction types listed above.
Kraft and standard foil facing will burn. Do not leave exposed. Facing must be installed in substantial contact with
an approved ceiling, floor or wall material. Keep open flame and other heat sources away from facing. Do not place
insulation within 3" of light fixtures or similar electrical devices unless device is labeled for contact with insulation.
Use only unfaced insulation between wood framing and masonry chimneys. Do not use insulation in spaces around
metal chimneys, fireplaces, or flues. EcoTouch Unfaced insulation is considered non-combustible by model building
codes. Flame Spread 25 products are flame spread rated and can be left exposed where codes allow. See package for
warnings, fire hazard and installation instructions, or call 1-800-GET-PINK.
Due to the potential for skin irritation, EcoTouch Unfaced Insulation should not be used for exposed applications
where it will be subject to human contact.

Description
Owens Corning EcoTouch
Insulation with PureFiber
Technology is flexible insulation
and is made in R-values from 11
to 38. EcoTouch Insulation is
available plain, or faced with either
a kraft or foil vapor retarder.
The product is manufactured in
thicknesses from 3" to 12."
Uses
EcoTouch Insulation can be used
in a wide range of exterior wall
and roof/ceiling applications. The
product can be installed in wood
or metal framing cavities, or can
be installed between furring strips.

Features and Benefits


Excellent Thermal Control
With the range of R-values and
thicknesses available, EcoTouch
Insulation can meet most thermal
specifications with ease. The R30C
and R38C provide excellent
thermal performance in the limited
space of cathedral ceilings.

place. Trimming and fabrication


can be done with an ordinary
utility knife and is easily installed
into odd-shaped cavities and small
spaces. With less dust than other
fiberglass insulation products,
EcoTouch Insulation has excellent
stiffness and recovery
characteristics.2

Effective Acoustical Control


EcoTouch Insulation enhances
interior noise control by
improving the Sound Transmission
Class (STC) of walls and floor/
ceiling assemblies.

Designed with the


Environment in Mind
EcoTouch Insulation with
PureFiber Technology contains
more than 99% natural3
ingredients, and includes a
minimum of 58% total recycled
contentthe highest certified
recycled content available in the
fiberglass industry.4 EcoTouch
Insulation is GREENGUARD
Children & Schools certifiedSM
and is verified to be formaldehyde
free. 5

Long Term Performance


EcoTouch Insulation is
dimensionally stable and will not
slump within the wall cavity. Due
to its inorganic fibers, EcoTouch
Insulation will not rot or mildew1
and is noncorrosive to steel,
copper, and aluminum.
Easy Installation
EcoTouch Insulation is easy to
handle and install. Sized for
installation in either wood or
metal stud construction,
EcoTouch Insulation can either
be friction-fit or stapled into

SpaceSaver Packaging
EcoTouch Insulation is
compression packaged in
exclusive SpaceSaver packaging
from Owens Corning. SpaceSaver
packaging reduces freight and
speeds job site handling/
installation.

EcoTouch PINK FIBERGLAS Insulation


with PureFiber Technology
Product Data Sheet
Design Considerations
Kraft and standard foil facings on
this insulation will burn and must
not be left exposed. Install facings
in substantial contact with the
finish material. Protect from open
flame or other heat source.
Buildings utilizing curtainwall
construction may be required to
be equipped with a sprinkler
system to provide adequate fire
protection. Check local building
codes for specific requirements.
Commercial roof/ceiling thermal
applications require that the
building envelope block the
movement of air from the
outdoor environment to the
conditioned space. Neither the
insulation nor its facing should be
relied upon to provide an air
barrier. Failure to provide an
adequate air barrier could lead to
loss of thermal control,
discomfort of the building
occupants and frozen pipes.
When insulation is added to the
inside perimeter of a structure,
the area outside the insulation
becomes exposed to greater
temperature extremes. Building
structures should be inspected to
ensure they can withstand the
additional expansion and
contraction forces. Check for
piping which should be protected
against freezing.
The need for and placement of a
vapor retarder in commercial
construction depends on many
factors. The architect or specifier
should evaluate the requirements
of each project. If a vapor retarder
is specified, maintaining the facing
integrity may be important for

Product Data
Kraft
Available Vapor Retarder Facings, Perms Maximum1

Foil

Water Absorption, Maximum by Volume

0.5
Less than 0.05%

Dimensional Stability, Linear Shrinkage

Less than 0.1%

1. Products are tested in accordance:


R-Value
ASTM C518
Surface Burning Characteristics ASTM E84
Perm Rating
ASTM E96
R-values differ. Find out why in the sellers fact sheet on R-values. Higher R-values mean greater insulating power.

EcoTouch Insulation Technical DataWall or Roof/Floor/Ceiling


Width
Metal Frame
Construction

Wood Frame
Construction
Walls

Roof/Floor/
Ceiling

16" (406mm)
16" (406mm)
16" (406mm)
16" (406mm)
16" (406mm)
15" (381mm)
15" (381mm)
15" (381mm)
15" (381mm)
15" (381mm)
15" (381mm)
15" (381mm)
15" (381mm)
15" (394mm)
16" (406mm)
15" (394mm)
16" (406mm)

24" (609mm)
24" (609mm)
24" (609mm)
24" (609mm)
24" (609mm)
23" (584mm)
23" (584mm)
23" (584mm)
19" 23" (584mm)
23" (584mm)
19" 23" (584mm)
23" (584mm)
23" (584mm)
23" (603mm)
19" 24" (609mm)
23" (603mm)
24" (609mm)

Length

Thickness

R-Value1

48" (1,219mm) 96" (2,438mm)


48" (1,219mm) 96" (2,438mm)
96" (2,438mm)
48" (1,219mm) 96" (2,438mm)
96" (2,438mm)
48" (1,219mm) 93" (2,362mm)
48" (1,219mm) 93" (2,362mm)
93" (2,362mm)
48" (1,219mm) 93" (2,362mm)
93" (2,362mm)
48" (1,219mm) 93" (2,362mm)
48" (1,219mm)
48" (1,219mm)
48" (1,219mm)
48" (1,219mm)
48" (1,219mm)
48" (1,219mm)

3" (89mm)
3" (89mm)
3" (89mm)
6" (159mm)
5" (139mm)
3" (89mm)
3" (89mm)
3" (89mm)
6" (159mm)
5" (139mm)
6" (159mm)
6" (171mm)
8" (203mm)
8" (209mm)
9" (241mm)
10" (260mm)
12" (305mm)

11
13
15
19
21
11
13
15
19
21
19
22
25
30
30
38
38

EcoTouch Unfaced Insulation complies with the property requirements of ASTM C665, Type I and ASTM E136.
EcoTouch Kraft-faced Insulation complies with ASTM C665, Type II, Class C. EcoTouch Foil-faced Insulation complies
with ASTM C665, Type III, Class B and C.
1. Higher R-values mean greater insulating power. Find out why in the seller's fact sheet on R-values.

Read This Before You Buy


What you should know about R-Values
The chart shows the R-value of this insulation. R means resistance
to heat flow. The higher the R-value, the greater the insulating power.
Compare insulation R-values before you buy.
There are other factors to consider. The amount of insulation you
need depends mainly on the climate, the type and size of your home,
and your fuel use patterns and family size. If you buy too much insulation,
it will cost you more than youll save on fuel.
To get the marked R-value, it is essential that this insulation
be installed properly.

EcoTouch PINK FIBERGLAS Insulation


with PureFiber Technology
Product Data Sheet
Figure 1

effective moisture/humidity
control. Repair any punctures or
tears in the facing by taping. Follow
the tape manufacturers
application recommendations.
1" Ventilation
Passageway

Insulation installed too close to


light fixtures may affect the
luminaires performance. Do not
install insulation on top of or
within 3" of recessed light fixtures
unless the fixtures are approved
for such use. This is a requirement
of the National Electrical Code.
Due to the potential for skin
irritation, EcoTouch Unfaced
Insulation should not be used for
exposed applications where it will
be subject to human contact.

Figure 2

Installation
Between Wood Studs/Rafters
EcoTouch Insulation fits between
studs. If required, the flanges can
be stapled to either the face or
the side of the stud every 812"
to prevent gaping or
fishmouthing of the vapor
retarder.
EcoTouch Unfaced insulation can
be friction-fit between studs after
the cover material has been
installed on one side of the cavity.
Use wire or metal straps to hold
insulation in place in applications
without a cover material, or
where the insulation does not fill
the depth of the cavity.
Cathedral ceiling products
(R3OC and R38C) are intended
to be friction-fit between rafters.
Cathedral ceiling insulation should
be installed to provide a minimum
1" ventilation passageway between
the roof deck and insulation. (See

Figure 1) It is recommended to
use a vent baffle to assure proper
clearance.
Between Metal Studs
EcoTouch Insulation can be
friction-fit in place until the
interior finish is applied. Insulation
should fill the cavity and the wall
should eventually be closed on
both sides. (See Figure 2)
In areas where it will be applied
in heights over 8', use wire or
metal straps to hold the product
in place until the interior finish is
applied. When faced insulation is
used, the attachment flanges may
be taped to the face of the metal
stud prior to applying the interior
finish. Wire or metal straps
should also be used to hold the
product in place in applications
without a cover material or
where the stud depth is larger
than the insulation thickness.
Furring Strips
EcoTouch Insulation can be
applied between furring strips, hat
channels, or Z-shaped furring in
areas where a finish surface will
be installed. Contact the furring
strip manufacturer for
appropriate fastening system.
Caution: FIBERGLAS insulation
may cause temporary irritation
to the skin, eyes and respiratory
tract. Avoid contact with eyes
and skin, wear loose-fitting,
long-sleeved clothing, gloves and
eye protection when handling
and applying the material. Wash
with soap and warm water after
handling. Wash work clothes
separately and wipe out washer.

EcoTouch PINK FIBERGLAS Insulation


with PureFiber Technology
Product Data Sheet
Applicable Standards
EcoTouch Unfaced Insulation is
manufactured in compliance with
ASTM Standard Specification C665
and is classified noncombustible
per ASTM E136. EcoTouch
Kraft-faced Insulation is
manufactured in compliance with
ASTM C665, Type II, Class C.
EcoTouch Foil-faced Insulation is
manufactured in compliance with
ASTM C665, Type III, Class B and
C. Federal Specification HH-I521F has been canceled and is
replaced by ASTM C665.

standard is used solely to measure


and describe properties of
products in response to heat and
flame under controlled laboratory
conditions, and should not be used
to describe or approve the fire
hazard of materials under actual
fire conditions. However, the
results of these tests may be used
as elements of a fire risk
assessment that takes into account
all of the factors pertinent to an
assessment of the fire hazard of a
particular end use. Values are
reported to the nearest five rating.

The thermal resistance values for


EcoTouch Insulation were tested
in accordance with ASTM C518;
R-value for insulation only.

The vapor retarder permeance of


the kraft and foil facings on
EcoTouch Insulation were
developed from tests conducted
in accordance with ASTM E96,
desiccant method.

The surface burning characteristics


of EcoTouch Insulation were
derived from products tested in
accordance with ASTM E84. This

Notes
1. As manufactured, FIBERGLAS insulation is
resistant to mold growth. However, mold growth
can occur on building materials, including insulation,
when it becomes contaminated with organic material
and when water is present. To avoid mold growth on
FIBERGLAS insulation, remove any water that has
accumulated and correct or repair the source of the
water as soon as possible. Insulation that has become
wet should be inspected for evidence of residual
moisture and contamination, and any insulation that
is contaminated should be promptly removed and
replaced.
2. According to 2010 clinical trial conducted in Toronto,
Canada by Ducker Worldwide on behalf of Owens
Corning Insulation Systems, LLC.
3. Unfaced insulation is made with a minimum of 99
percent by weight natural materials consisting of
minerals and plant-based compounds.
4. Certified by Scientific Certifications Systems to have
a minimum of 58% recycled glass content, with at
least 36% post-consumer recycled and the balance of
pre-consumer recycled glass content.
5. Owens Corning EcoTouch Unfaced FIBERGLAS
insulation is verified to be formaldehyde free by the
GREENGUARD Environmental Institute.

Formaldehyde

FREE
GREENGUARD Indoor Air Quality and GREENGUARD Children & Schools SM
applies to EcoTouch Unfaced Batts, EcoTouch Faced Batts and Unbonded
Loosell Insulation. GREENGUARD Formaldehyde Free applies to EcoTouch
Unfaced Batts and Unbonded Loosell Insulation.

SCS 58% recycled content applies to EcoTouch Unfaced Batts and


Rolls, EcoTouch Faced Batts and Rolls, Loosell Insulation, Metal
Building Insulation products and Flexible Air Handling products.

GREENGUARD Children & SchoolsSM applies to Flame Spread 25 FSK Faced;


Flame Spread 25 Extended Flanges PSK Faced; Sound Attenuation Batt
Insulation; Sonobatts Insulation Unfaced; Sonobatts Insulation Kraft-Faced
and Metal Building Insulation.

Disclaimer of Liability
Technical information contained herein is furnished
without charge or obligation and is given and accepted
at recipients sole risk. Because conditions of use may
vary and are beyond our control, Owens Corning makes
no representation about, and is not responsible or
liable for the accuracy or reliability of data associated
with particular uses of any product described herein.
Nothing contained in this bulletin shall be considered a
recommendation.
The GREENGUARD INDOOR AIR QUALITY
CERTIFIED mark is a registered certification mark
used under license through the GREENGUARD
Environmental Institute.

Applies to EcoTouch Unfaced Insulation

OWENS CORNING INSULATING SYSTEMS, LLC


ONE OWENS CORNING PARKWAY
TOLEDO, OHIO, USA 43659
1- 800 - GET- PINK
www.owenscorning.com
Pub. No. 10013811-D. Printed in U.S.A. February 2013. THE PINK
PANTHER & 19642013 Metro-Goldwyn-Mayer Studios Inc. All Rights
Reserved. The color PINK is a registered trademark of Owens Corning.
2013 Owens Corning. All Rights Reserved.

Energy tax credit is for qualified energy-efficiency improvements. Consult your tax advisor or visit www.energystar.gov for more information.

DIVISION

OWENS CORNING INSULATING SYSTEMS, LLC


ONE OWENS CORNING PARKWAY
TOLEDO, OHIO, USA 43659
1-800- GET-PINK

www.owenscorningcommercial.com
Pub. No. 10018081. Printed in U.S.A. February 2013.
THE PINK PANTHER & 1964 2013 Metro-Goldwyn-Mayer Studios Inc.
All Rights Reserved. The color PINK is a registered trademark of
Owens Corning. 2013 Owens Corning. All Rights Reserved.

Вам также может понравиться